WO2023076626A1 - Rxfp1 agonists - Google Patents

Rxfp1 agonists Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023076626A1
WO2023076626A1 PCT/US2022/048277 US2022048277W WO2023076626A1 WO 2023076626 A1 WO2023076626 A1 WO 2023076626A1 US 2022048277 W US2022048277 W US 2022048277W WO 2023076626 A1 WO2023076626 A1 WO 2023076626A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
alkyl
halo
substituents
heteroatoms selected
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2022/048277
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Shun Su
Donna M. Bilder
Adam James Clarke
Heather Finlay
Todd J. Friends
Arvind Mathur
Michael C. Myers
R. Michael Lawrence
Jianqing Li
Donald J.P. Pinto
Michael J. Orwat
Kumar Balashanmuga PABBISETTY
Scott A. SHAW
Leon M. Smith Ii
George O. Tora
Benjamin P. VOKITS
Daniel O'MALLEY
Nicholas R. Wurtz
Vikram BHOGADI
Laxman PASUNOORI
Pitani Veera Venkata Srinivas
Sreekantha Ratna KUMAR
Hima Kiran POTTURI
Subramanya HEGDE
Original Assignee
Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company filed Critical Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
Priority to MX2024005142A priority Critical patent/MX2024005142A/en
Priority to KR1020247017527A priority patent/KR20240099354A/en
Priority to EP22830974.6A priority patent/EP4422746A1/en
Priority to CA3234990A priority patent/CA3234990A1/en
Priority to IL312125A priority patent/IL312125A/en
Priority to AU2022378644A priority patent/AU2022378644A1/en
Publication of WO2023076626A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023076626A1/en
Priority to CONC2024/0005247A priority patent/CO2024005247A2/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C237/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
    • C07C237/24—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A61K31/166—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide having the carbon of a carboxamide group directly attached to the aromatic ring, e.g. procainamide, procarbazine, metoclopramide, labetalol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C237/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
    • C07C237/28—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C237/38—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group bound to a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C251/00—Compounds containing nitrogen atoms doubly-bound to a carbon skeleton
    • C07C251/32—Oximes
    • C07C251/34—Oximes with oxygen atoms of oxyimino groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to carbon atoms of unsubstituted hydrocarbon radicals
    • C07C251/44—Oximes with oxygen atoms of oxyimino groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to carbon atoms of unsubstituted hydrocarbon radicals with the carbon atom of at least one of the oxyimino groups being part of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C255/00—Carboxylic acid nitriles
    • C07C255/49—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C255/57—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing cyano groups and carboxyl groups, other than cyano groups, bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C255/00—Carboxylic acid nitriles
    • C07C255/49—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C255/58—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing cyano groups and singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms, bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C07C255/60—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing cyano groups and singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms, bound to the carbon skeleton at least one of the singly-bound nitrogen atoms being acylated
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/30—Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C311/45—Sulfonamides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups at least one of the singly-bound nitrogen atoms being part of any of the groups, X being a hetero atom, Y being any atom, e.g. N-acylaminosulfonamides
    • C07C311/46—Y being a hydrogen or a carbon atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C317/00—Sulfones; Sulfoxides
    • C07C317/26—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C317/32—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton with sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C317/34—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton with sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings being part of the same non-condensed ring or of a condensed ring system containing that ring
    • C07C317/38—Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton with sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton having sulfone or sulfoxide groups and amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings being part of the same non-condensed ring or of a condensed ring system containing that ring with the nitrogen atom of at least one amino group being part of any of the groups, X being a hetero atom, Y being any atom, e.g. N-acylaminosulfones
    • C07C317/40—Y being a hydrogen or a carbon atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/09—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms, not forming part of a nitro radical
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/14—Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D207/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/24—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D207/26—2-Pyrrolidones
    • C07D207/263—2-Pyrrolidones with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms directly attached to other ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/27—2-Pyrrolidones with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms directly attached to other ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
    • C07D209/30—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D209/42—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/60—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/68—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D211/70—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D211/68—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D211/72—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D211/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/54—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D213/56—Amides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D237/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings
    • C07D237/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D237/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D237/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D237/14—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/32—One oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom
    • C07D239/34—One oxygen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D249/04—1,2,3-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-triazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D249/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D249/18—Benzotriazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D257/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D257/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D257/04—Five-membered rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D261/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D261/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D263/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D263/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D275/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings
    • C07D275/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D275/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings
    • C07D275/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D275/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,2-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems with hetero atoms directly attached to the ring sulfur atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/28—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D279/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom and one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D279/02—1,2-Thiazines; Hydrogenated 1,2-thiazines
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D285/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D275/00 - C07D283/00
    • C07D285/01—Five-membered rings
    • C07D285/02—Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles
    • C07D285/04—Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated thiadiazoles not condensed with other rings
    • C07D285/12—1,3,4-Thiadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-thiadiazoles
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C07D295/145—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/38—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/87—Benzo [c] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [c] furans
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D309/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D309/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D309/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D309/06—Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D309/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D309/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D309/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D317/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D317/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
    • C07D317/72—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 spiro-condensed with carbocyclic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D493/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system
    • C07D493/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D493/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D498/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D498/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D498/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D498/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D498/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D498/10—Spiro-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to novel compounds which are relaxin family peptide receptor 1 (RXFP1) agonists, compositions containing them, and methods of using them, for example in the treatment of heart failure, fibrotic diseases, and related diseases such as lung disease (e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis), kidney disease (e.g., chronic kidney disease), and hepatic disease (e.g., non-alcoholic steatohepatitis and portal hypertension).
  • RXFP1 relaxin family peptide receptor 1
  • the human relaxin hormone (also called relaxin or H2 relaxin) is a 6-kDa peptide composed of 53 amino acids whose activity was initially discovered when Frederick Hisaw in 1926 injected crude extracts from swine corpus luteum into virgin guinea pigs and observed a relaxation of the fibrocartilaginous pubic symphysis joint (Hisaw FL., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med., 1926, 23, 661-663).
  • the relaxin receptor was previously known as Lgr7 but is now officially termed the relaxin family peptide receptor 1 (RXFP1) and was deorphanized as a receptor for relaxin in 2002 (Hsu SY., et al., Science, 2002, 295, 671-674).
  • RXFP1 is reasonably well conserved between mouse and human with 85% amino acid identity and is essentially ubiquitously expressed in humans and in other species (Halls ML, et al., Br. J. Pharmacol., 2007, 150, 677-691).
  • the cell signaling pathways for relaxin and RXFP1 are cell type dependent and quite complex (Halls ML., et al, Br. J.
  • Additional vascular adaptations include an -30% increase in global arterial compliance that is important for maintaining efficient ventricular-arterial coupling, as well as an -50% increase in both renal blood flow (RBF) and glomerular filtration rate (GFR), important for metabolic waste elimination (Jeyabalan AC., K.P., Renal and Electolyte Disorders. 2010, 462-518), (Poppas A., et al., Circ., 1997, 95, 2407-2415). Both pre-clinical studies in rodents as well as clinical studies performed in a variety of patient settings, provide evidence that relaxin is involved, at least to some extent, in mediating these adaptive physiological changes (Conrad KP., Regul. Integr. Comp.
  • Heart failure defined hemodynamically as “systemic perfusion inadequate to meet the body's metabolic demands as a result of impaired cardiac pump function”, represents a tremendous burden on today’s health care system with an estimated United States prevalence of 5.8 million and greater than 23 million worldwide (Roger VL., et al., Circ. Res., 2013, 113, 646-659). It is estimated that by 2030, an additional 3 million people in the United States alone will have HF, a 25% increase from 2010. The estimated direct costs (2008 dollars) associated with HF for 2010 was $25 billion, projected to grow to $78 B by 2030 (Heidenreich PA., et al., Circ., 2011, 123, 933-944).
  • HF HF-related diseases
  • Major symptoms and signs of HF include: 1) dyspnea (difficulty in breathing) resulting from pulmonary edema due to ineffective forward flow from the left ventricle and increased pressure in the pulmonary capillary bed; 2) lower extremity edema occurs when the right ventricle is unable to accommodate systemic venous return; and 3) fatigue due to the failing heart’s inability to sustain sufficient cardiac output (CO) to meet the body's metabolic needs (Kemp CD., & Conte JV., Cardiovasc. Pathol., 2011, 21, 365-371).
  • HF patients are often described as “compensated” or “decompensated”.
  • symptoms are stable, and many overt features of fluid retention and pulmonary edema are absent.
  • Decompensated heart failure refers to a deterioration, which may present as an acute episode of pulmonary edema, a reduction in exercise tolerance, and increasing breathlessness upon exertion (Millane T., et al., BMJ, 2000, 320, 559-562).
  • HF was primarily described as “systolic HF” in which decreased left-ventricular (LV) contractile function limits the expulsion of blood and hence results in a reduced ejection fraction (EF is stroke volume/end diastolic volume), or “diastolic HF” in which active relaxation is decreased and passive stiffness is increased limiting LV filling during diastole, however overall EF is maintained (Borlaug BA. & Paulus WJ., Eur Heart J., 2011, 32, 670-679).
  • HFrEF heart failure with reduced ejection fraction
  • HFpEF heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
  • Serelaxin an intravenous (IV) formulation of the recombinant human relaxin peptide with a relatively short first-phase pharmacokinetic half-life of 0.09 hours, is currently being developed for the treatment of HF (Novartis, 2014). Serelaxin has been given to normal healthy volunteers (NHV) and demonstrated to increase RBF (Smith MC., et al., J. Am. Soc. Nephrol.
  • kidney Garber SL., et al., Kidney Int., 2001, 59, 876-882
  • liver injury Bennett RG., Liver Int., 2014, 34, 416-426.
  • a large body of evidence supports a role for relaxin-dependent agonism of RXFP1 mediating the adaptive changes that occur during mammalian pregnancy, and that these changes translate into favorable physiological effects and outcomes when relaxin is given to HF patients.
  • Additional preclinical animal studies in various disease models of lung, kidney, and liver injury provide evidence that relaxin, when chronically administered, has the potential to provide therapeutic benefit for multiple indications in addition to HF. More specifically, chronic relaxin administration could be of benefit to patients suffering from lung disease (e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis), kidney disease (e.g., chronic kidney disease), or hepatic disease (e.g., nonalcoholic steatohepatitis and portal hypertension).
  • lung disease e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
  • kidney disease e.g., chronic kidney disease
  • hepatic disease e.g., nonalcoholic steatohepatitis and portal hypertension.
  • the present invention provides novel substituted norbomyl compounds, their analogues, including stereoisomers, tautomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or solvates thereof, which are useful as RXFP1 receptor agonists.
  • the present invention also provides processes and intermediates for making the compounds of the present invention.
  • the present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of the compounds of the present invention or stereoisomers, tautomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or solvates thereof.
  • the compounds of the invention may be used, for example, in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of heart failure, fibrotic diseases, and related diseases, such as; lung disease (e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis), kidney disease (e.g., chronic kidney disease), or hepatic disease (e.g., non-alcoholic steatohepatitis and portal hypertension).
  • lung disease e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
  • kidney disease e.g., chronic kidney disease
  • hepatic disease e.g., non-alcoholic steatohepatitis and portal hypertension.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be used in therapy.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be used for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of heart failure.
  • the compounds of the invention can be used alone, in combination with other compounds of the present invention, or in combination with one or more, preferably one to two other agent(s).
  • the invention encompasses compounds of Formula (I), which are RXFP1 receptor agonists, compositions containing them, and methods of using them.
  • the present invention provides, inter alia, compounds of Formula (I):
  • L is -0- or -NH-
  • R 1 is C 1- alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl or C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituent
  • R6a is halo, -OH, -OC1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkyl, aryl, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
  • R6b is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
  • R7 is H or C1-4 alkyl; or R6 and R7 together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached form a cyclopentadienyl, an indanyl, or an indenyl;
  • R 15 is H, C 1-4 alkyl, or aryl
  • R d is H, C 1-4 alkyl, or C 3-6 cycloalkyd
  • R 8 is halo, CN, -OH, C 1-6 alk l, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
  • R 4 is halo or C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents
  • R 4c is H or C 1-4 alkyl
  • R d is C 1-3 alkyl.
  • R 5 is H or halo
  • R 6a is halo, -OH, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl;
  • R 6b is H, C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent, or C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
  • R 7 is H or C 1-3 alkyl
  • R 8 is halo, CN, -N(C 1-2 alkyl)2, C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo or -OH substituents, or -OC 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo, -OH, aryl, or -OC 1-4 alkyl substituents;
  • R 14 is halo, CN, C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -OC 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -(CH 2 ) 0-2 -NR a R a , -(CH 2 )o-3-aryl substituted with 0-3 R e , -O-aryl substituted with 0-3
  • R 15 is H, C 1-3 alkyl, or aryl
  • R d is H or C 1-4 alkyl
  • R f is H, C 1-5 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; or R f and R f together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a heterocyclyl;
  • R g is halo, CN, -OH, C 1-5 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl;
  • n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and
  • p is zero, 1, or 2.
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (III): or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
  • R 4a is halo
  • R 4b is C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents
  • R 5 is H or F
  • R 6a is halo, -OH, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl
  • R 6b is H or Ci -4 alkyl
  • R 7 is H or C 1-3 alkyl; or R 6 and R 7 together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached form a cyclopentadienyl, an indanyl, or an indenyl;
  • R 8 is -N(C 1-4 alkyl)2 or -OC 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 -OC 1-4 alkyl substituent;
  • R 8a is halo
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (IV): or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
  • R 4 is halo, C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, or -OC 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
  • R 5 is H or F;
  • R 6a is halo, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl
  • R 6b is H, C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent, or C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
  • R 7 is H or C 1-2 alkyl
  • R 8 is -OC 1-4 alkyd substituted with 0-4 halo, -OH, aryl or -OC 1-4 alkyl substituents;
  • R 10 is halo, CN, C 1-3 alkyl, -OH, or -OC 1-4 alkyl;
  • R 15 is H, C 1-2 alkyl, or phenyl
  • R f is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; or R f and R f together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a heterocyclyl;
  • R g is halo, CN, -OH, C 1-5 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
  • R 4a is halo or C 1-2 alkyl
  • R 4b is C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents
  • R 5 is H or F
  • R 6a is halo, -OH, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl
  • R 6b is H, C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent, or C 3-6 cycloalkyl;
  • R 7 is H or C 1-2 alkyl
  • R 8 is -OC 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo, -OH, -OC 1-4 alkyl, or aryl substituents;
  • R 10 is halo or C 1-3 alkyl
  • R 14 is halo, CN, C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -OC 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -(CH 2 ) 0-2 -NR a R a , -(CH 2 )o-i-aryl substituted with 0-3 R e , -O-aryl substituted with 0-3 R e , or -(CH 2 ) 0-1 -3- to 9-membered heterocyclyl
  • R 15 is H, C 1-2 alkyl, or phenyl
  • R f is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; or R f and R f together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a heterocyclyl;
  • R g is, halo CN, -OH, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
  • R 4a is F or CH 3 ;
  • R 4b is CF 3 ;
  • R 6 is phenyl or 5- membered heteroaryl comprising 1-2 heteroatoms selected from 0 and N;
  • R 7 is H;
  • R 8 is - OCi- 2 alkyl;
  • R 10 is halo;
  • R 15 is H, C 1-2 alkyl, or phenyl; and
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (V) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: R 4a is halo;
  • R 4b is CF3
  • R 6 is C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents or C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0- 3 halo substituents;
  • R 8 is -OCwalkyl
  • R 10 is F
  • R 15 is H or Ci- 2 alkyl
  • R a is H or C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 R e ; or R a and R a together
  • R b is H or C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 R e ;
  • R c is C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-5 R e or C 3-6 carbocyclyl
  • R f is H and C 1-6 alkyl; or R f and R f together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a heterocyclyl; and R g is halo.
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VI): or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
  • R 4a is halo
  • R 4b is CF 3 ;
  • R 6 is C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents or C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0- 3 halo substituents;
  • R 8 is-OC 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent
  • R 10 is halo
  • R c is C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 R e ,
  • R f is H, C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl or aryl;
  • R g is halo; n is zero or 1 ; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VI) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
  • R 4a is F
  • R 4b is CF 3
  • R 6 is CF 3 or C 3-6 cycloalkyl
  • R 8 is -OCH 3 or -OCH 2 -phenyl
  • R 10 is F
  • R b is H, C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 R e , phenyl, or
  • R f is H, C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl.
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VII): or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
  • R 4a is halo
  • R 4b is C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, or -OC 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
  • R 5 is H or F
  • R 6a is halo, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl
  • R 7 is H or C 1-2 alkyl
  • R 8 is halo, CN, or -OC 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo, -OH, or -OC 1-4 alkyl substituents
  • R 8a is halo or CN
  • R 15 is H, C 1-2 alkyl, or phenyl
  • R f is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl;
  • R g is halo, CN, -OH, C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VII) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, thereof, wherein:
  • R 4a is halo
  • R 4b is C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents
  • R 5 is H
  • R 6 is C 1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-2 F substituents or C 3-6 cycloalkyl
  • R 8 is -OC 1-3 alkyl
  • R 8a is F or CN
  • R 11b is -OH or aryl;
  • R a is H or C 1-6 alkyl or R a and R a together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3 to 9-membered heterocyclyl substituted with 0-4 R e ;
  • R b is H, C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R e , or C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R e ;
  • R e is -OR f ;
  • R f is H or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VII) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
  • R 4a is halo;
  • R 4b is CF 3 ;
  • R 5 is H
  • R 6 is CF 3 or C 3-6 cyclopropyl
  • R 8 IS -OC 1-3 alkyl
  • R 10 is C 1-2 alkyl, -OH, or -OC 1-4 alkyl
  • R 13 is -OH
  • R a is H or C 1-4 alkyl
  • R b is H or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VI) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
  • R 4a is halo
  • R 4b is C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents
  • R 5 is H
  • R 6 is C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 F substituents or C 3-6 cycloalkyl
  • R 8 is -OC 1-3 alkyl
  • R 10 is halo, C 1-3 alkyl, -OH, or -OC 1-3 alkyl
  • R 13 is -OH; and R b is H or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • R 4a is F; R 4b is CF 3 ; R 5 is H; R 6 is C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 F substituents or C 3-6 cycloalkyl; R 8 is -OCH 3 or - OCH 3 (CH 2 ) 2 OCH ; R 9 is
  • R 11 is C 1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R 13 ;
  • R 13 is -OH.
  • R 4a is F; R 4b is CF 3 ; F R 5 is H; R 6 is C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 F substituents or C 3-6 cycloalkyl; R 8 is -OCH 3 ; R 9 is
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VIII): or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
  • R 4a is halo
  • R 4b is C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents
  • R 6 is C 1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-2 F substituents, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl;
  • R 7 is H
  • R 8 IS -OC 1-3 alkyl
  • R a is H or C 1-4 alkyl
  • R 4a is F
  • R 4b is CF 3
  • R 5 is H
  • R 6 is CF 3 or cyclopropyl
  • R 8 is -OCH 3
  • R 9 is
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (IX): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R 3 is C 1-6 alkyl, CF3, -(CRdRd) 0-1 -C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 R 4 , or phenyl substituted with 0-4 R 4 ;
  • R 4 is halo, CN, CH 3 , or CF 3 ;
  • R 5 is H
  • R 6 is C 1-5 alkyl, CF3, or C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 F substituents;
  • R 7 is H;
  • R 8 is halo, -N(C 1-3 alkyl) 2 , -OC 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 -OC 1-4 alkyl substituent;
  • R 9 is
  • R 10 is halo, C 1-4 alkyl, -OH, or -OC 1-4 alkyl
  • R 13 is -OH
  • R a is H or C 1-3 alkyl
  • R b is H or C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R e ;
  • R e is -OR f ;
  • R f is H or C 1-6 alkyl.
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (X): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R 1 is C 1-2 alky l substituted with C 3-6 cycloalkyl;
  • R 6 is halo, C 1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R 6a , C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R 14 , or 5 to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from 0, S, and N, and substituted with 0-3 R 14 ;
  • R 6a is halo, -OH, or C 3-6 cycloalkyl
  • R 7 is H
  • R 8 is H, halo, CN, C 1-4 alkyl, or -OC 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo, -OH, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or -OC 1-4 alkyl substituents;
  • R 10 is halo, CN, C 1-4 alkyl, or -OH;
  • R 12 is halo
  • R 13 is -OR b or C 3-6 carbocyclyl
  • R 14 is halo, CN, or C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents
  • R b is H or C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-5 R e ;
  • R d is H or C 1-4 alkyl
  • R e is -OH; and n is zero or 1.
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (XI): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
  • R 3 is C 1-5 alkyl or
  • R 6 is Ci-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 R 6a , C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R 14 , or 5 to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N, and substituted with 0-2 R 14 ;
  • R 6a is halo, -OH, or C 3-6 cycloalkyl
  • R 7 is H
  • R 8 is -OC 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo, -OH, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or -OC 1-3 alkyl substituents;
  • R 8a is H, halo, CN, or C 1-3 alkyl
  • R 10 is halo, CN, C 1-4 alkyl, or -OH;
  • R 12 is halo;
  • R 13 is -OR b or C 3-6 carbocyclyl
  • R 14 is halo or C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents
  • R b is H or C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-5 R e ;
  • R d is H or C 1-2 alkyl; and n is zero or 1.
  • any instance of a variable substituent including R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 (R 4a , R 4b ), R 4c , R 5 , R 6 , R 6a , R 6b , R 7 , R 8 (R 8a ), R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 11a , R 11b , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 14a , R 15 , R a , R b , R c , R d , R e , R f , and R" can be used independently with the scope of any other instance of a variable substituent.
  • the invention includes combinations of the different aspects.
  • R 4a and R 4b are a subset of variable R 4 and R 8a is a subset of variable R 8 .
  • R 3 is
  • R 6 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl or C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R 6a ; R 6a is halo; R y is H; R 8 is -OC 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 CF3 or -OCH 3 substituent; R 9 is alkyl or -OH; R 11 is C 1-3 alkyl substituted with with 0-3 R 12 and 0-1 R 13 ; R 12 is halo; and R 13 is -OH.
  • R 3 is ;
  • R 4 is halo or C 1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
  • R d is C 1-2 alkyl;
  • R 6 is , C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R 6a , or C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R 6a ;
  • R 6a is halo or -OH;
  • R 14 is C 1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
  • R 7 is H;
  • R 8 is -OC 1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-1 C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituents;
  • R 8a is H or halo;
  • R 9 is -1 ;
  • R 10 is C 1-4 alkyl or -OH;
  • R 11 is C 1-3 alkyl substituted with with 0-3 R 12 and 0-1 R 13 ;
  • R 12 is halo; and
  • R 13 is -OH.
  • R 3 is phenyl substituted with 0-2 R 4 , R 4 is halo or CF3; R 6 is CF3 or cyclopropyl; R 7 is H; R 8 is -OC 1-2 alkyl; R 9 is R 11a is H, C 1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R 11b ; R 11b is - OH.
  • R 1 and R 2 together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached form a dioxolanyl.
  • R 6 is methyl ethyl, propyl, or butyl, each optioinally substituted with -OH or halo;
  • R 7 is H.
  • R 6 is phenyl substituted with 0-1 R 14 ;
  • R 7 is H;
  • R 14 is halo, -OC 1-4 alkyl, or phenyl.
  • R 6 is 5- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O and N;
  • R 7 is H.
  • R 7 is H.
  • R 7 is H.
  • R 7 is H.
  • R 6 is C3- 6 cycloalkyl;
  • R 7 is H.
  • R 6 is - CH 2 -C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with halo;
  • R 7 is H.
  • R 3 is C 1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R 4 .
  • R 3 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl, or pentyl.
  • R 3 is
  • R 3 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
  • R 3 is C 3-6 cycloalkenyl substituted with 0-2
  • R 4 is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N
  • R 3 is In another embodiment of Formula (I), R 3 is
  • R 3 is -(CR d R d )i-2-phenyl substituted with 0-2 R 4 ;
  • R 4 is halo, CF3 or OCF3;
  • R d is H or methyl.
  • R 3 is -(CHR d )-C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R 4 ;
  • R 4 is halo or C 1-2 alkyl;
  • Rd is H or C 1-2 alkyl .
  • R 3 is R 4 is halo or C 1-3 alkyl.
  • R 3 is R 4 is C 1-2 alkyl.
  • R 3 is ; If 4 is halo or CN.
  • R 3 is -(CR d R d )i-2-5-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-2 heteroatoms selected from O and N; R d is H or methyl.
  • R 4 is halo, CN, C 1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo.
  • R 3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl substituted with 0-1 R 4 , or cyclohexyl;
  • R 4 is CN or C 1-2 alkyl.
  • R 5 is H, halo, or -OH.
  • R 5 is H or -OH.
  • R 6 is C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R 6a or C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R 14 , or 5 to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, N, and NR 14a and substituted with 0-3 R 14 ;
  • R 6a is halo, - OH, or C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
  • R 14 is halo or C 1-3 alkyd substituted with 0-3 halo substituents.
  • R 6 is C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R 14 ; R 14 is halo substituents.
  • R 6 is isopropyl.
  • R 7 is H or C 1-2 alkyl.
  • R 8 variables there are two R 8 variables.
  • One of R 8 is -OC 1-3 alkyl.
  • the other R 8 sometimes referenced as R 8a , is halo or CN.
  • R 9 is phenyl substituted with 0-3 R 10 and 0-2 R 11 .
  • R 9 is phenyl substituted with 0-3 R 10 and 0-2 R 11 ;
  • R 10 is halo;
  • R n is C 1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 R 12 and 0-2 R 13 ;
  • R a is C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-6 alky 1, or phenyl.
  • R 9 is phenyl substituted with 0-3 R 10 and 0-2 R 11 ;
  • R 10 is halo;
  • R n is C 1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 R 12 and 0-2 R 13 ;
  • R b is 3- to 6 membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N.
  • R 9 is phenyl substituted with 0-1 R 10 and 0-1 R 11 ;
  • R 10 is halo;
  • R e is -COOH or C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-5 R g ;
  • R g is -OH.
  • R 9 is or
  • R 10 is C 1-2 alkyl
  • R 11 is C 1-3 alkyl substituted with -OH substituent
  • R 11a is
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (Illa): or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
  • R 4a is halo
  • R 4b is C 1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents
  • R 6a is halo, -OH, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl
  • R 7 is H; or R 6 and R 7 together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached form a cyclopentadienyl, an indanyl, or an indenyl;
  • R 14a is H or C 1-3 alkyl
  • R a is H or C 1-3 alkyl
  • R b is H or C 1-3 alkyl; and p is zero or 2.
  • R 4a is F or CH 3 ;
  • R 4b is CF3;
  • R 6 is phenyl or 5- membered heteroaryl comprising 1-2 heteroatoms selected from O and N;
  • R 7 is H;
  • R 8 is - OCi- 2 alkyl;
  • R 10 is halo;
  • R 15 is H, C 1-2 alkyl, or phenyl; and
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VIb):
  • R 4a is halo
  • R 4b is CF 3 ;
  • R 8 IS-OC 1-4 alkyl
  • R 10 is halo
  • R a is H, C 1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo substituents, phenyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 R e , spirocycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl substituted with 0-4 R e ; or R a and R a together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a heterocyclyl substituted with 0-4 R e ;
  • R c is C 1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-4 R e ,
  • R f is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl or aryl;
  • R g is halo; n is zero or 1 ; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
  • R 4a is F
  • R 4b is CF3
  • R 5 is H
  • R 6 is C 1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 F substituents or C 3-6 cycloalkyl
  • R 8 is -OCH 3 ;
  • Halo includes fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
  • Alkyl or “alkylene” is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms.
  • “Ci to Cio alkyl” or “Ci-io alkyl” (or alkylene) is intended to include Ci, C2, C3, C 4 , C 5 , C e , C 7 , C s , C 9 , and C io alkyl groups.
  • Ci to Cio alkyl or “Ci-io alkyl” (or alkylene)
  • Ci-io alkyl or alkylene
  • alkyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with at least one hydrogen being replaced by another chemical group.
  • Example alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (e.g., n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, /-butyl), and pentyl (e.g., n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl).
  • Me methyl
  • Et ethyl
  • propyl e.g., n-propyl and isopropyl
  • butyl e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, /-butyl
  • pentyl e.g., n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl
  • Alkyd also includes deuteroalkyl such as CD3.
  • Alkenyl or “alkenylene” is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either straight or branched configuration having one or more, preferably one to three, carboncarbon double bonds that may occur in any stable point along the chain.
  • C2 to Ce alkenyl or “C 2-6 alkenyl” (or alkenylene) is intended to include C2, C3, Cr, C5, and Ce alkenyl groups; such as ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, and hexenyl.
  • Alkynyl or “alkynylene” is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either straight or branched configuration having one or more, preferably one to three, carboncarbon triple bonds that may occur in any stable point along the chain.
  • C2 to Ce alkynyl or “C 2-6 alkynyl” (or alkynylene) is intended to include C2, C3, C4, Cs, and Ce alkynyl groups; such as ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, and hexynyl.
  • Carbocycle is intended to mean any stable 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7-, 8-, 9-, 10-, 11-, 12-, or 13-membered bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon ring, any of which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, unsaturated or aromatic.
  • carbocyclyls include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptenyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, adamantyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctadienyl, [3.3.0]bicyclooctane, [4.3.0]bicyclononane, [4.4.0]bicyclodecane (decalin), [2.2.2]bicyclooctane, fluorenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, adamantyl, anthracenyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl (tetralin).
  • bridged rings are also included in the definition of carbocyclyl (e.g., [2.2.2]bicyclooctane).
  • a bridged ring occurs when one or more carbon atoms link two non-adjacent carbon atoms.
  • Preferred bridges are one or two carbon atoms. It is noted that a bridge always converts a monocyclic ring into a tricyclic ring. When a ring is bridged, the substituents recited for the ring may also be present on the bridge.
  • carbocyclyl When the term “carbocyclyl” is used, it is intended to include “aryl,” “cycloalkyl,” “spirocycloalkyl,” “cycloalkenyl.”
  • Preferred carbocyclyls unless otherwise specified, are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, and indanyl.
  • Cycloalkyl is intended to mean cyclized alkyl groups, including mono-, bi- or multicyclic ring systems. "C3 to C7 cycloalkyl” or “C3-7 cycloalkyl” is intended to include C3, C4, C5, Ce, and C7 cycloalkyl groups. Non-limiting examples of monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl. Non-limiting examples of multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1 -decalinyl, norbomyl and adamantyl.
  • Cycloalkenyl is intended to mean cyclized alkenyl groups, including mono- or multi-cyclic ring systems that contain one or more double bonds in at least one ring; although, if there is more than one, the double bonds cannot form a fully delocalized pi- electron system throughout all the rings (otherwise the group would be "aryl,” as defined herein).
  • C3 to C7 cycloalkenyl or “C3-7 cycloalkenyl” is intended to include C3, C4, Cs, Ce, and C7 cycloalkenyl groups.
  • “Spirocycloalkyl” is intended to mean hydrocarbon bicyclic ring systems with both rings connected through a single atom.
  • the ring can be different in size and nature, or identical in size and nature. Examples include spiropentane, spriohexane, spiroheptane, spirooctane, spirononane, or spirodecane.
  • Bicyclic carbocyclyl or "bicyclic carbocyclic group” is intended to mean a stable 9- or 10-membered carbocyclic ring system that contains two fused rings and consists of carbon atoms. Of the two fused rings, one ring is a benzo ring fused to a second ring; and the second ring is a 5- or 6-membered carbon ring which is saturated, partially unsaturated, or unsaturated.
  • the bicyclic carbocyclic group may be attached to its pendant group at any carbon atom which results in a stable structure.
  • the bicyclic carbocyclic group described herein may be substituted on any carbon if the resulting compound is stable. Examples of a bicyclic carbocyclic group are, but not limited to, naphthyl, 1,2-dihydronaphthyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, and indanyl.
  • Aryl groups refer to monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, including, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, and phenanthranyl. Aryl moieties are well known and described, for example, in Lewis, R.J., ed., Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, 13th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1997).
  • Benzyl is intended to mean a methyl group on which one of the hydrogen atoms is replaced by a phenyl group, wherein said phenyl group may optionally be substituted with 1 to 5 groups, preferably 1 to 3 groups.
  • Heterocycle is intended to mean a stable 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7-, 8-, 9-, 10-, 11-, 12-, 13-, or 14- membered polycyclic heterocyclic ring that is saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated, and that contains carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, 0 and S; and including any polycyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring.
  • the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized (z.e., N— >0 and S(O) P , wherein p is 0, 1 or 2).
  • the nitrogen atom may be substituted or unsubstituted (i.e., N or NR wherein R is H or another substituent, if defined).
  • the heterocyclic ring may be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure.
  • the heterocyclic rings described herein may be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable.
  • a nitrogen in the heterocyclyl may optionally be quatemized.
  • heterocyclyl when the total number of S and 0 atoms in the heterocyclyl exceeds 1, then these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It is preferred that the total number of S and 0 atoms in the heterocyclyl is not more than 1. Bridged rings are also included in the definition of heterocyclyl. When the term “heterocyclyl” is used, it is intended to include heteroaryl.
  • heterocyclyls include, but are not limited to, acridinyl, azetidinyl, azocinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl.
  • carbolinyl chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H, 6H- 1,5,2- dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3-o]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, I H-indazolyl.
  • “Bicyclic heterocyclyl” "bicyclic heterocyclyl” or “bicyclic heterocyclic group” is intended to mean a stable 9- or 10-membered heterocyclic ring system which contains two fused rings and consists of carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, 0 and S. Of the two fused rings, one ring is a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic aromatic ring comprising a 5-membered heteroaryl ring, a 6- membered heteroaryl ring or a benzo ring, each fused to a second ring.
  • the second ring is a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic ring which is saturated, partially unsaturated, or unsaturated, and comprises a 5-membered heterocyclyl, a 6-membered heterocyclyl or a carbocyclyl (provided the first ring is not benzo when the second ring is a carbocyclyl).
  • the bicyclic heterocyclic group may be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in a stable structure.
  • the bicyclic heterocyclic group described herein may be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable. It is preferred that when the total number of S and 0 atoms in the heterocyclyl exceeds 1, then these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It is preferred that the total number of S and 0 atoms in the heterocyclyl is not more than 1.
  • bicyclic heterocyclic group examples include quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, IH-indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 5, 6,7,8- tetrahydroquinolinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, chromanyl, 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinoxalinyl, and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinazolinyl.
  • Heteroaryl is intended to mean stable monocyclic and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons that include at least one heteroatom ring member such as sulfur, oxygen, or nitrogen.
  • Heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, furyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, pyrroyl, oxazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, benzthiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, indazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, purinyl, carbazolyl, benzimidazolyl, indolinyl, benzodioxolanyl, and benzodioxane.
  • Heteroaryl groups are substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the nitrogen atom is substituted or unsubstituted (re., N or NR wherein R is H or another substituent, if defined).
  • the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized (z.e., N— >0 and S(O) P , wherein p is 0, 1 or 2).
  • substituted means that at least one hydrogen atom is replaced with a non-hydrogen group, provided that normal valencies are maintained and that the substitution results in a stable compound.
  • a substituent is keto (z.e., ⁇ O). then 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced. Keto substituents are not present on aromatic moieties.
  • a ring system e.g. , carbocyclic or heterocyclic
  • nitrogen atoms e.g., amines
  • these may be converted to N-oxides by treatment with an oxidizing agent (e.g., mCPBA and/or hydrogen peroxides) to afford other compounds of this invention.
  • an oxidizing agent e.g., mCPBA and/or hydrogen peroxides
  • shown and claimed nitrogen atoms are considered to cover both the shown nitrogen and its N-oxide (N->0) derivative.
  • the invention includes all pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms of the compounds.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are those in which the counter ions do not contribute significantly to the physiological activity or toxicity of the compounds and as such function as pharmacological equivalents. These salts can be made according to common organic techniques employing commercially available reagents. Some anionic salt forms include acetate, acistrate, besylate, bromide, chloride, citrate, fumarate, glucouronate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, iodide, lactate, maleate, mesylate, nitrate, pamoate, phosphate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, tosylate, and xinofoate.
  • Some cationic salt forms include ammonium, aluminum, benzathine, bismuth, calcium, choline, diethylamine, diethanolamine, lithium, magnesium, meglumine, 4-phenylcyclohexylamine, piperazine, potassium, sodium, tromethamine, and zinc.
  • a given chemical formula or name shall encompass all stereo and optical isomers and racemates thereof where such isomers exist. Unless otherwise indicated, all chiral (enantiomeric and diastereomeric) and racemic forms are within the scope of the invention. Enantiomers and diastereomers are examples of stereoisomers.
  • the term "enantiomer” refers to one of a pair of molecular species that are mirror images of each other and are not superimposable.
  • the term “diastereomer” refers to stereoisomers that are not mirror images.
  • racemate or “racemic mixture” refers to a composition composed of equimolar quantities of two enantiomeric species, wherein the composition is devoid of optical activity.
  • the invention includes all tautomeric forms of the compounds, atropisomers and rotational isomers.
  • counterion is used to represent a negatively charged species such as chloride, bromide, hydroxide, acetate, and sulfate.
  • R and S represent the configuration of substituents around a chiral carbon atom(s).
  • the isomeric descriptors “R” and “S” are used as described herein for indicating atom configuration(s) relative to a core molecule and are intended to be used as defined in the literature (IUPAC Recommendations 1996, Pure and Applied Chemistry, 68:2193-2222 (1996)).
  • chiral refers to the structural characteristic of a molecule that makes it impossible to superimpose it on its minor image.
  • homochiral refers to a state of enantiomeric purity.
  • optical activity refers to the degree to which a homochiral molecule or nonracemic mixture of chiral molecules rotates a plane of polarized light.
  • the invention is intended to include all isotopes of atoms occurring in the compounds.
  • Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers.
  • isotopes of hydrogen include deuterium and tritium.
  • Isotopes of carbon include 13 C and 14 C.
  • Isotopically- labeled compounds of the invention can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described herein, using an appropriate isotopically -labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent otherwise employed. Such compounds may have a variety of potential uses, for example as standards and reagents in determining biological activity. In the case of stable isotopes, such compounds may have the potential to favorably modify biological, pharmacological, or pharmacokinetic properties. BIOLOGICAL METHODS
  • Human embryonic kidney cells 293 (HEK293) cells and HEK293 cells stably expressing human RXFP1 were cultured in MEM medium supplemented with 10% qualified FBS, and 300 pg/ml hygromycin (Life Technologies). Cells were dissociated and suspended in assay buffer.
  • the assay buffer was HBSS buffer (with calcium and magnesium) containing 20 mM HEPES, 0.05% BSA, and 0.5 mM IBMX. Cells (3000 cells per well, except 1500 cell per well for HEK293 cells stably expressing human RXFP1) were added to 384-well Proxiplates (Perkin-Elmer).
  • time-resolved fluorescence intensity was measured using the Envision (Perkin-Elmer) at 400 nm excitation and dual emission at 590 nm and 665 nm.
  • a calibration curve was constructed with an external cAMP standard at concentrations ranging from 2.7 uM to 0. 1 pM by plotting the fluorescent intensity ratio from 665 nm emission to the intensity from the 590 nm emission against cAMP concentrations.
  • the potency and activity of a compound to inhibit cAMP production was then determined by fitting to a 4-parametric logistic equation from a plot of cAMP level versus compound concentrations.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are RXFP1 receptor agonists and may find use in the treatment of medical indications such as heart failure (e.g., heart failure with reduced ejection fraction (HFREF) or heart failure with preserved ejection fraction. (HFpEF)), fibrotic diseases, and related diseases such as lung disease (e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis or pulmonary hypertension), kidney disease (e g., chronic kidney disease), or hepatic disease (e.g., non-alcoholic steatohepatitis and portal hypertension).
  • heart failure e.g., heart failure with reduced ejection fraction (HFREF) or heart failure with preserved ejection fraction. (HFpEF)
  • fibrotic diseases e.g., fibrotic diseases, and related diseases such as lung disease (e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis or pulmonary hypertension), kidney disease (e g., chronic kidney disease), or hepatic disease (e.g., non-alcoholic
  • the compounds of Formular (I) can also be used to treat disorders that are a result of or a cause of arterial stiffness, reduced arterial elasticity, reduced arterial compliance and distensibility including hypertension, kidney disease, peripheral arterial disease, carotid and cerebrovascular disease (i.e stroke and dementia), diabetes, microvascular disease resulting in end organ damage, coronary artery' disease, and heart failure.
  • disorders that are a result of or a cause of arterial stiffness, reduced arterial elasticity, reduced arterial compliance and distensibility including hypertension, kidney disease, peripheral arterial disease, carotid and cerebrovascular disease (i.e stroke and dementia), diabetes, microvascular disease resulting in end organ damage, coronary artery' disease, and heart failure.
  • the compounds described herein may also be used in the treatment of pre-eclampsia.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) for the treatment of a relaxin-associated disorder and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating a disease associated with relaxin comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I).
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating a cardiovascular disease comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating heart failure comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating fibrosis comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating a disease associated with fibrosis comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating idiopathic pulmonary' fibrosis comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating a kidney disease (e.g., chronic kidney disease), comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
  • a kidney disease e.g., chronic kidney disease
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating or preventing kidney failure, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of improving, stabilizing or restoring renal function in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to the patient.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating idiopathic pulmonary' fibrosis comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating a kidney disease (e.g., chronic kidney disease), comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
  • a kidney disease e.g., chronic kidney disease
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating a hepatic disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating non-alcoholic steatohepatitis and portal hypertension comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention is use of a compound of Formula (I) for prophylaxis and/or treatment of a relaxin-associated disorder.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a compound of Formula (I) for use in the prophylaxis and/or treatment of a relaxin-associated disorder.
  • patient refers to any human or non-human organism that could potentially benefit from treatment with a RXFP1 agonist as understood by practi oners in this field.
  • exemplary' subjects include human beings of any age with risk factors for cardiovascular disease. Common risk factors include, but are not limited to, age, sex, weight, family history, sleep apnea, alcohol or tobacco use, physical inactivity arrythmia or signs of insulin resistance such as acanthosis nigricans, hypertension, dyslipidemia, or polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS).
  • risk factors include, but are not limited to, age, sex, weight, family history, sleep apnea, alcohol or tobacco use, physical inactivity arrythmia or signs of insulin resistance such as acanthosis nigricans, hypertension, dyslipidemia, or polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS).
  • PCOS polycystic ovary syndrome
  • Treating" or “treatment” cover the treatment of a disease-state as understood by practitioners in this field and include the following: (a) inhibiting the disease-state, i.e., arresting it development; (b) relieving the disease-state, i.e., causing regression of the disease state; and/or (c) preventing the disease-state from occurring in a mammal, in particular, when such mammal is predisposed to the disease-state but has not yet been diagnosed as having it.
  • Preventing cover the preventive treatment (i.e., prophylaxis and/or risk reduction) of a subclinical disease-state aimed at reducing the probability of the occurrence of a clinical disease-state as understood by practitioners in this field. Patients are selected for preventative therapy based on factors that are known to increase risk of suffering a clinical disease state compared to the general population.
  • "Prophylaxis” therapies can be divided into (a) primary prevention and (b) secondary prevention. Primary prevention is defined as treatment in a subject that has not yet presented with a clinical disease state, whereas secondary prevention is defined as preventing a second occurrence of the same or similar clinical disease state.
  • “Risk reduction” or “reducing risk” covers therapies that lower the incidence of development of a clinical disease state. As such, primary and secondary prevention therapies are examples of risk reduction.
  • “Therapeutically effective amount” is intended to include an amount of a compound of the present invention that is effective when administered alone or in combination with other agents to treat disorders as understood by practitioners in this field. When applied to a combination, the term refers to combined amounts of the active ingredients that result in the preventive or therapeutic effect, whether administered in combination, serially, or simultaneously.
  • “Disorders of the cardiovascular system” or “cardiovascular disorders” include for example the following disorders: hypertension (high blood pressure), peripheral and cardiac vascular disorders, coronary heart disease, stable and unstable angina pectoris, heart attack, myocardial insufficiency, abnormal heart rhythms (or ariiythmias), persistent ischemic dysfunction ("hibernating myocardium”), temporary postischemic dysfunction ("stunned myocardium”), heart failure, disturbances of peripheral blood flow, acute coronary syndrome, heart failure, heart muscle disease (cardiomyopathy), myocardial infarction and vascular disease (blood vessel disease).
  • Heart failure includes both acute and chronic manifestations of heart failure, as well as more specific or related ty pes of disease, such as advanced heart failure, postacute heart failure, cardio-renal syndrome, heart failure with impaired kidney function, chronic heart failure, chronic heart failure with mid-range ejection fraction (HFmEF), compensated bean failure, decompensated heart failure, right heart failure, left heart failure, global failure, ischemic cardiomyopathy, dilated cardiomyopathy, heart failure associated with congenital heart defects, heart valve defects, heart failure associated with heart valve defects, mitral stenosis, mitral insufficiency, aortic stenosis, aortic insufficiency, tricuspid stenosis, tricuspid insufficiency, pulmonary stenosis, pulmonary valve insufficiency, heart failure associated with combined heart valve defects, myocardial inflammation (myocarditis), chronic myocarditis, acute myocarditis, viral myocarditis, diabetic heart failure
  • Fibrotic disorders encompasses diseases and disorders characterized by fibrosis, including among others the following diseases and disorders: hepatic fibrosis, cirrhosis of the liver, NASH, pulmonary fibrosis or lung fibrosis, cardiac fibrosis, endomyocardial fibrosis, nephropathy, glomerulonephritis, interstitial renal fibrosis, fibrotic damage resulting from diabetes, bone marrow fibrosis and similar fibrotic disorders, scleroderma, morphea, keloids, hypertrophic scarring (also following surgical procedures), naevi, diabetic retinopathy, proliferative vitreoretinopathy and disorders of the connective tissue (for example sarcoidosis).
  • diseases and disorders including among others the following diseases and disorders: hepatic fibrosis, cirrhosis of the liver, NASH, pulmonary fibrosis or lung fibrosis, cardiac fibrosis, endomyocardial
  • Relaxin-associated disorders include but are not limited to disorders of the cardiovascular system and fibrotic disorders.
  • the compounds of this invention can be administered by any suitable means, for example, orally, such as tablets, capsules (each of which includes sustained release or timed release formulations), pills, powders, granules, elixirs, tinctures, suspensions (including nanosuspensions, microsuspensions, spray-dried dispersions), syrups, and emulsions; sublingually; bucally; parenterally, such as by subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, or intrastemal injection, or infusion techniques (e g, as sterile injectable aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions); nasally, including administration to the nasal membranes, such as by inhalation spray; topically, such as in the form of a cream or ointment; or rectally such as in the form of suppositories. They can be administered alone, but generally will be administered with a pharmaceutical carrier selected on
  • “Pharmaceutical composition” means a composition comprising a compound of the invention in combination with at least one additional pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to media generally accepted in the art for the delivery of biologically active agents to animals, in particular, mammals, including, i.e.. adjuvant, excipient or vehicle, such as diluents, preserving agents, fillers, flow regulating agents, disintegrating agents, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, suspending agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, perfuming agents, anti-bacterial agents, anti-fungal agents, lubricating agents and dispensing agents, depending on the nature of the mode of administration and dosage forms.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are formulated according to a number of factors well within the purview of those of ordinary skill in the art. These include, without limitation: the type and nature of the active agent being formulated; the subject to which the agent-containing composition is to be administered; the intended route of administration of the composition; and the therapeutic indication being targeted. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include both aqueous and non-aqueous liquid media, as well as a variety of solid and semi-solid dosage forms. Such carriers can include a number of different ingredients and additives in addition to the active agent, such additional ingredients being included in the formulation for a variety of reasons, e.g., stabilization of the active agent, binders, etc., well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the dosage regimen for the compounds of the present invention will, of course, vary depending upon known factors, such as the pharmacodynamic characteristics of the particular agent and its mode and route of administration; the species, age, sex, health, medical condition, and weight of the recipient; the nature and extent of the symptoms; the kind of concurrent treatment; the frequency of treatment; the route of administration, the renal and hepatic function of the patient, and the effect desired.
  • the daily oral dosage of each active ingredient when used for the indicated effects, will range between about 0.01 to about 5000 mg per day, preferably between about 0.1 to about 1000 mg per day, and most preferably between about 0. 1 to about 250 mg per day.
  • the most preferred doses will range from about 0.01 to about 10 mg/kg/minute during a constant rate infusion.
  • Compounds of this invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three, or four times daily.
  • the compounds are typically administered in admixture with suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients, or carriers (collectively referred to herein as pharmaceutical carriers) suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration, e.g., oral tablets, capsules, elixirs, and syrups, and consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices.
  • suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients, or carriers suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration, e.g., oral tablets, capsules, elixirs, and syrups, and consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices.
  • Dosage forms may contain from about 1 milligram to about 2000 milligrams of active ingredient per dosage unit. In these pharmaceutical compositions the active ingredient will ordinarily be present in an amount of about 0. 1-95% by weight based on the total weight of the composition.
  • a typical capsule for oral administration contains at least one of the compounds of the present invention (250 mg), lactose (75 mg), and magnesium stearate (15 mg). The mixture is passed through a 60 mesh sieve and packed into a No. 1 gelatin capsule.
  • a typical injectable preparation is produced by aseptically placing at least one of the compounds of the present invention (250 mg) into a vial, aseptically freeze-drying and sealing.
  • the contents of the vial are mixed with 2 mL of physiological saline, to produce an injectable preparation.
  • the compounds may be employed in combination with other suitable therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of diseases or disorders including: anti-atherosclerotic agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, anti-diabetic agents, anti-hyperglycemic agents, anti-hyperinsulinemic agents, anti-thrombotic agents, anti-retinopathic agents, anti-neuropathic agents, anti-nephropathic agents, anti-ischemic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-obesity agents, anti-hyperlipidemic agents, anti-hypertriglyceridemic agents, anti-hypercholesterolemic agents, anti-restenotic agents, anti-pancreatic agents, lipid lowering agents, anorectic agents, memory enhancing agents, anti-dementia agents, cognition promoting agents, appetite suppressants, agents for treating heart failure, agents for treating peripheral arterial disease, agents for treating malignant tumors,
  • the additional therapeutic agents may include ACE inhibitors, -blockers, diuretics, mineralocorticoid receptor antagonists, ryanodine receptor modulators, SERCA2a activators, renin inhibitors, calcium channel blockers, adenosine Al receptor agonists, partial adenosine Al receptor, dopamine P-hydroxylase inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin II receptor antagonists with biased agonism for select cell signaling pathways, combinations of angiotensin II receptor antagonists and neprilysin enzyme inhibitors, neprilysin enzyme inhibitors, soluble guanylate cyclase activators, myosin ATPase activators, rho-kinase 1 inhibitors, rho-kinase 2 inhibitors, apehn receptor agonists, nitroxyl donating compounds, calcium-dependent kinase II inhibitors, antifibrotic agents, galectin-3 inhibitors, vasopress
  • the additional therapeutic agents may also include nintedanib, Pirfenidone, LPA1 antagonists, LPA1 receptor antagonists, GLP1 analogs, tralokinumab (IL-13, AstraZeneca), vismodegib (hedgehog antagonist, Roche), PRM-151 (pentraxin-2, TGF beta-1, Promedior), SAR-156597 (bispecific Mab IL-4&IL-13, Sanofi), pumpuzumab ((anti-ly syl oxidase-like 2 (anti-LOXL2) antibody, Gilead), CKD-942, PTL-202 (PDE inh./pentoxifylline/NAC oral control, release, Pacific Ther.), omipalisib (oral PI3K/mT0R inhibitor, GSK), IW-001 (oral sol.
  • bovine type V collagen mod. ImmuneWorks
  • STX-100 integrated alpha V/ beta-6 ant, Stromedix/ Biogen
  • Actimmune IFN gamma
  • PC-SOD midismase; inhaled, LTT Bio-Pharma / CKD Pharm
  • lebrikizumab anti-IL-13 SC humanized mAb, Roche
  • AQX-1125 SHIP1 activator, Aquinox), CC-539 (JNK inhibitor, Celgene), FG-3019 (FibroGen), SAR-100842 (Sanofi), and obeticholic acid (OCA or INT-747, Intercept).
  • one active ingredient may be enteric coated.
  • enteric coating one of the active ingredients it is possible not only to minimize the contact between the combined active ingredients, but also, it is possible to control the release of one of these components in the gastrointestinal tract such that one of these components is not released in the stomach but rather is released in the intestines.
  • One of the active ingredients may also be coated with a material that affects a sustained-release throughout the gastrointestinal tract and also serves to minimize physical contact between the combined active ingredients.
  • the sustained-released component can be additionally enteric coated such that the release of this component occurs only in the intestine.
  • Still another approach would involve the formulation of a combination product in which the one component is coated with a sustained and/or enteric release polymer, and the other component is also coated with a polymer such as a low viscosity grade of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) or other appropriate materials as known in the art, in order to further separate the active components.
  • HPMC hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
  • the polymer coating serves to form an additional barrier to interaction with the other component.
  • the compounds of the present invention are also useful as standard or reference compounds, for example as a quality standard or control, in tests or assays involving the RXFP1.
  • Such compounds may be provided in a commercial kit, for example, for use in pharmaceutical research involving RXFP1 activity.
  • a compound of the present invention could be used as a reference in an assay to compare its known activity to a compound with an unknown activity. This would ensure the experimenter that the assay was being performed properly and provide a basis for comparison, especially if the test compound was a derivative of the reference compound.
  • compounds according to the present invention could be used to test their effectiveness.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also be used in diagnostic assays involving RXFP1.
  • the present invention also encompasses an article of manufacture.
  • article of manufacture is intended to include, but not be limited to, kits and packages.
  • the article of manufacture of the present invention comprises: (a) a first container; (b) a pharmaceutical composition located within the first container, wherein the composition, comprises a first therapeutic agent, comprising a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof; and, (c) a package insert stating that the pharmaceutical composition can be used for the treatment of dyslipidemias and the sequelae thereof.
  • the package insert states that the pharmaceutical composition can be used in combination (as defined previously) with a second therapeutic agent for the treatment of dyslipidemias and the sequelae thereof.
  • the article of manufacture can further comprise: (d) a second container, wherein components (a) and (b) are located within the second container and component (c) is located within or outside of the second container.
  • Located within the first and second containers means that the respective container holds the item within its boundaries.
  • the first container is a receptacle used to hold a pharmaceutical composition. This container can be for manufacturing, storing, shipping, and/or individual/bulk selling.
  • First container is intended to cover a bottle, jar, vial, flask, syringe, tube (e.g. , for a cream preparation), or any other container used to manufacture, hold, store, or distribute a pharmaceutical product.
  • the second container is one used to hold the first container and, optionally, the package insert.
  • the second container include, but are not limited to, boxes (e.g., cardboard or plastic), crates, cartons, bags (e.g., paper or plastic bags), pouches, and sacks.
  • the package insert can be physically attached to the outside of the first container via tape, glue, staple, or another method of attachment, or it can rest inside the second container without any physical means of attachment to the first container.
  • the package insert is located on the outside of the second container. When located on the outside of the second container, it is preferable that the package insert is physically attached via tape, glue, staple, or another method of attachment. Alternatively, it can be adjacent to or touching the outside of the second container without being physically attached.
  • the package insert is a label, tag, marker, etc. that recites information relating to the pharmaceutical composition located within the first container.
  • the information recited will usually be determined by the regulatory agency governing the area in which the article of manufacture is to be sold (e.g., the United States Food and Drug Administration).
  • the package insert specifically recites the indications for which the pharmaceutical composition has been approved.
  • the package insert may be made of any material on which a person can read information contained therein or thereon.
  • the package insert is a printable material (c.g.. paper, plastic, cardboard, foil, adhesive-backed paper or plastic, etc.) on which the desired information has been formed (e.g., printed or applied).
  • the compounds of this invention can be made by various methods known in the art including those of the following schemes and in the specific embodiments section.
  • the structure numbering and variable numbering shown in the synthetic schemes are distinct from, and should not be confused with, the structure or variable numbering in the claims or the rest of the specification.
  • the variables in the schemes are meant only to illustrate how to make some of the compounds of this invention.
  • HATU l-[Bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-lH-l,2,3-triazolo[4,5- b]pyridinium 3-oxid hexafluorophosphate
  • Reverse phase preparative HPLC was carried out using C18 columns with UV 220 nm or prep LCMS detection eluting with gradients of Solvent A (90% water, 10% MeOH, 0.1% TFA) and Solvent B (10% water, 90% MeOH, 0.1% TFA) or with gradients of Solvent A (95% water, 5% ACN, 0.1% TFA) and Solvent B (5% water, 95% ACN, 0.1% TFA) or with gradients of Solvent A (95% water, 2% ACN, 0.1% HCOOH) and Solvent B (98% ACN, 2% water, 0.1% HCOOH) or with gradients of Solvent A (95% water, 5% ACN, 10 mM NH 4 OAc) and Solvent B (98% ACN, 2% water, 10 mM NH 4 OAc) or with gradients of Solvent A (98% water, 2% ACN, 0.1% NH 4 0H) and Solvent B (98% ACN, 2% water, 0.1% NH 4 OH).
  • NMR NMR Employed in Characterization of Examples. 1 H NMR spectra were obtained with Bruker or JEOL® Fourier transform spectrometers operating at frequencies as follows: NMR: 400 MHz (Bruker or JEOL®) or 500 MHz (Bruker or JEOL®). Spectra data are reported in the format: chemical shift (multiplicity, coupling constants, number of hydrogens).
  • the sequence of amide bond forming reactions may be reversed starting with saponification of 1-2 followed by treatment with T3P® and an appropriate amine to produce 1-4. Deprotection and acylation according to the previously described conditions would then also yield Examples of the general structure I.
  • the initial hydrogenation step may be delayed until any point in the sequence without altering the outcome of the steps described in Scheme 1.
  • Scheme II shows one method for the production of norbomyl analogs with substitution at the C7 position starting from II-l.
  • Treatment of II- 1 with malic anhydride furnished II-2, which was selectively hydrogenated and solvolyzed to produce II-3.
  • Curtius reaction of II-3 with DPPA in the presence of tnmethylsilanol led to the formation of II-4.
  • structure II could be treated with ozone to furnish ketone II-6, which could in turn be functionalized via a variety of standard transformations including but not limited to organometallic addition (e.g., R-Li, R-MgBr), Wittig or Homer-Wadsworth Emmons (HWE) olefination, or acetal formation.
  • organometallic addition e.g., R-Li, R-MgBr
  • HWE Homer-Wadsworth Emmons
  • ozonolysis step could be conducted earlier in the synthetic sequence for strategic reasons without altering the outcome of the synthetic steps outline in Scheme II.
  • the norbomyl intermediate IIa-8 could also be prepared by the general route shown in Scheme Ila from furan-2, 5-dione and ferrocenium hexafluorophosphate. Diels Alder condensation, followed by hydrolysis to IIa-2, Curtius rearrangement to the intermediate amine which was reduced under hydrogenation conditions and subsequently protected to generate intermediate IIa-3. Cleavage of the benzyl ester and cross coupling to NR1R2 generated intermediates with the general structure IIa-5. Conversion of the C7 hydroxy group to the ketone followed by Wittig olefination generated major isomer intermediate IIa-8. The major isomer was separated from the minor isomer by chromatography and the racemate separated into enantiopure IIa-8 (-).
  • Scheme III shows how the norbomyl cores may be fluorinated.
  • the material was deprotonated with LDA and fluorinated with N-fluoro- bisbenezenesulfonimide, then subsequently elaborated to Examples of the general structure III according to the path outlined in Scheme I.
  • III- 1 could be treated with ozone similarly to as in Scheme II to furnish III-2.
  • Intermediate III-2 could then be treated with Wittig or HWE conditions and processed as in Scheme II to furnish Examples of the general structure III).
  • Scheme IV demonstrates the preparation of a variety of diverse C-7 methylidene substituted norbomyl cores from a common intermediate bromide.
  • II-4 was converted to IV-1 through standard Teoc-deprotection, TFA acylation procedure.
  • Ester IV-1 was converted to amide IV-2 according to the AlMe3 procedure outlined in Scheme I and IV- 2 was ozonolyzed to ketone IV-3 as in Scheme II.
  • Wittig methylination furnished olefin IV-4, which was treated with bromine and KHMDS to furnish IV-5 and IV-6 as a mixture of isomers that was separated by silica gel chromatography.
  • Isomer IV-6 was then subjected to chiral SFC purification to produce a single enanatiomer of IV, which was then deprotected to IV-7.
  • Amine IV-7 could then be acylated according to the methods outlined in Scheme 1 to yield IV-8.
  • Vinyl bromides may also be further functionalized (e.g., Suzuki, Negishi and Semmelhack reaction conditions, among others) which led to diverse Examples of the general structure IV or corresponding intermediates which could then be elaborated further.
  • the vinyl bromide functionalization steps could be performed on the IV-6, and the resulting material processed similarly to Examples of the general structure IV.
  • Scheme IV or CO, Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , TEA (R CO 2 Me)
  • Scheme V demonstrates a method for the introduction of diverse amides on highly elaborated norbomyl carboxylates.
  • An intermediate V-l prepared according to the methods described in Schemes I-IV, could be treated with pivaloyl chloride, DMAP, and DIEA to furnish V-2.
  • the resulting imide could be displaced directly with an amine in the presence of AlMei to furnish Examples of the general structure II.
  • V-2 could be hydrolyzed through the use of hydroxide (e.g., LiOH, NaOH, etc.) to furnish V- 3, which could functionalized further according the methods outlined in Scheme I to furnish Examples of the general structure II.
  • hydroxide e.g., LiOH, NaOH, etc.
  • Aryl bromides VI-1 (where R can be H, Me, Bn, tBu among others) were treated with aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclic vinyl boronic acids (or esters) VI-2, a palladium catalyst (e.g., Pd(PPh3)4, PdCh(dppf), etc.), an appropriate base (e.g., Na 2 CO3, K3PO4, etc.) under Suzuki reaction conditions to furnish bicycle VI-3.
  • a palladium catalyst e.g., Pd(PPh3)4, PdCh(dppf), etc.
  • an appropriate base e.g., Na 2 CO3, K3PO4, etc.
  • the coupling partners could be reversed, employing aryl boronic acid VI-4 and halide VI-5 under similar conditions to likewise yield VI-3.
  • Benzoic acid VI-6 could then be coupled to the norbomyl cores as is outlined in Schemes I-IV to furnish Examples of the general structures I or II or intermediates that could be further elaborated to Examples.
  • Scheme VI Scheme VII outlines a synthesis of/V-hnked nitrogen-heterocycle bicyclic benzoates from benzoate intermediates VI-1 or VI-4.
  • VI-1 Treatment of VI-1 with amine VII- 1 under either Hartwig-Buchwald reaction (e.g., Pd(OAc)2, BINAP, CS2CO3 among others) or Ullman reaction (e.g., Cui, proline, CS2CO3 among others) conditions to furnish bicycle VII-2.
  • VII-2 could be prepared from VI-4 according to Chan- Evans-Lam conditions (e.g., Cu(OAc)2, TEA, O 2 among others).
  • Scheme VIII illustrates a general route to mandelic acid-based biaryl analogs.
  • VIII-1 was converted to the t-butyl ester VIII-2, then brominated to furnish VIII-3.
  • Displacement of the bromide with acetic acid furnished intermediate VIII-4, which was then subjected to a Suzuki reaction as was described in Scheme VI to furnish VIII-5 (acetate cleavage was concomitant with biaryl formation).
  • the resulting acid was directly coupled to a norbomyl amine intermediate VIII-6 as was described in Scheme I to furnish VIII-7.
  • the t-butyl ester VIII-7 could then be cleaved (TFA/DCM) to furnish Examples of the general structure Villa.
  • VIII-7 could be elaborated with either the appropriate isocyanate or a two-step carbamate forming protocol (e.g., nitrophenyl chloroformate, TEA, followed by an amine) to furnish VIII-8, which could then be cleaved (TFA/DCM) to furnish Examples of the general structure VUIb.
  • a two-step carbamate forming protocol e.g., nitrophenyl chloroformate, TEA, followed by an amine
  • Scheme IX shows a modification to the steps in Scheme VIII that allow for the preparation of phenylglycine-based biaryl analogs.
  • Intermediate VIII-3 was treated with ammonia, followed by acylation to furnish intermediate IX-1, which was elaborated according to the methods outlined in Scheme VIII to furnish Examples of the general structure IX.
  • Scheme IX shows a modification to the steps in Scheme VIII that allow for the preparation of phenylglycine-based biaryl analogs.
  • Intermediate VIII-3 was treated with ammonia, followed by acylation to furnish intermediate IX-1, which was elaborated according to the methods outlined in Scheme VIII to furnish Examples of the general structure IX.
  • Scheme X describes a method whereby analogs with diverse aliphatic C-7 substituents could be prepared from Intermediate X-l, itself prepared according to the route outlined in Scheme VIII.
  • Scheme XII describes a route for the production of substituted isoxazoline analogs.
  • These intermediates were coupled with norbomyl amines according to the methods outlined in Scheme 1 to furnish Examples of the general structure XII.
  • Scheme XIII describes a route for generation of analogs with diverse aryl substituents (Ar). Boronic acid VI-4 was treated with pinacol, followed by amide coupling with a norbomyl amide (prepared according to the Schemes above) to furnish XIII-1. Treatment of XIII- 1 with aryl halides under standard anhydrous Suzuki conditions led to the formation of analogs XIII.
  • Racemic II-4 was separated into individual enantiomers using chiral SFC.
  • Preparative chromatographic conditions Instrument: Thar 350 SFC; Column: Whelko-RR, 5 x 50 cm, 10 micron; Mobile phase: 13% IPA/87% CO 2 ; Flow conditions: 300 mL/min, 100 Bar, 35 °C;
  • Detector wavelength 220 nm; Injections details: 4 injections of 3.5 mL of 59 g / 490 mL MeOH:DCM (4: 1) 120 mg/mL in IPA.
  • Example 11 , , , , reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling N2 for 10 min, sealed, and stirred at 60 °C for 2 h. After the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to 23 °C, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified via preparative RP-HPLC to produce example 12 (7.7 mg, 0.010 mmol, 77% yield).
  • Example 13 was prepared from 5-6 (5.0mg, 8,7 pmol), employing [l,r-biphenyl]-4-ylboronic acid, according to the method described for example 12. In the case of the formation of example 13, the cross-coupled product was not obtained, but the dehalogenated byproduct was observed and isolated (2.3 mg, 4.6 pmol, 53%).
  • Procedure for example 33 Into the reaction vessel was added IH-indene (34.8 mg, 0.300 mmol) and THF (2 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to -78 °C and nBuLi (0. 19 mL, 0.30 mmol) was added. After stirring at -78 °C for 10 min and at 23 °C for 10 min, the reaction mixture was again cooled to -78 °C and 5-6 (15 mg, 0.030 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 23 °C, stirred for 15 min, and quenched by the addition of sat. NaHCO; and extracted with EtOAc.
  • Intermediate 34-1 was prepared from 5-6 and tert-butyl 2- (diethoxyphosphoryl)acetate in the same manner as the general Wittig reaction in Example 5.
  • Intermediate 34-2 Into the reaction vessel was added 34-1 (50 mg, 0.080 mmol), DCM (2 mL), and TFA (0.200 mL, 2.59 mmol). After stirring at 23 °C for 12 h, concentration of the reaction contents, under reduced pressure, provided 34-2 (46 mg, 0.080 mmol, 98% yield), that was used without further purification.
  • Example 52 was prepared from 52-4, according to the method described for example 51.
  • Intermediate 65-1 was prepared from 5-6 and methyl 2- (dimethoxyphosphoryl)acetate in a similar manner to the Wittig reaction described in Example 5.
  • 5-bromo-2 -methoxybenzoyl chloride was prepared in the following manner: To a 100 mL flask charged with 5 -bromo-2-methoxy benzoic acid (1.39 g, 6.00 mmol) was added DCM (30 mL) followed by oxalyl chloride (0.6 mL, 7 mmol) and DMF (0.05, mL 0.6 mmol). The solution was stirred for 18h at 23 °C and was converted to the amide in the same manner described for intermediate 5-5 to produce 76-1 (878 mg, 2.10 mmol, 56.0% yield).
  • Example 77 was prepared from 77-1, employing diethyl benzylphosphonate, according to the general method described for example 5. Iff NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.66 - 10.50 (m, 1H), 10.06 - 9.88 (m, 1H), 8.27 - 8.13 (m, 1H), 8.06 - 7.94 (m, 1H), 7.86 - 7.73 (m, 1H), 7.71 - 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.53 - 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.43 - 7.31 (m, 4H), 7.31 - 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.21 - 7.09 (m, 1H), 6.47 - 6.22 (m, 1H), 4.55 - 4.37 (m, 1H), 4.09 - 3.95 (m, 3H), 3.33 - 3.19 (m, 1H), 2.90 - 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.02 - 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.87 - 1.71 (m
  • Example 78 was prepared as a byproduct in the production of Example 77.
  • Example 107 was prepared from 107-4, employing 3- borono-4-fluorobenzoic acid, according to the method described for example 79.
  • Example 110 was prepared from 107-3, employing 110-1, according to the method described for example 108.
  • Example 114 was prepared from 14-3, employing 5-cyano- 2-fluorobenzoic acid, according to the method described for example 108. ⁇ H NMR.
  • IV-6 was produced as a racemate as outlined above and separated into individual enantiomers using chiral SFC.
  • Intermediate IV-6 product peak #1 (1.9 grams) was collected and carried forward to produce chiral IV-7.
  • the Suzuki reaction may be performed with alternative aryl halides with the remainder of the steps conducted similarly to generate biaryl analogs.
  • Procedure for example 120 Into the reaction vessel containing 120-8 (10 mg, 0.01 mmol) was added 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoxazole (13.3 mg, 0.07 mmol), PdCh(dppf)-CH 2 C12 adduct (3 mg, 0.004 mmol, small spatula tip), and Na 2 CO3 (0.5 mL, 1.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling N2 for 10 min, sealed, and stirred at 60 °C for 2 h.
  • Example 126 was prepared from 126-2, employing 126-4, according to the method described for example 108.
  • Example 136 was prepared from 125-2, employing racemic 136-2, according to the method described for example 108. A subsequent removal of the tert-butyl ester was accomplished as in the procedure to prepare example 120.
  • Preparative Chromatographic Conditions Instrument: Berger MG II; Column: Chiralpak IA, 30 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile Phase: 25% EtOH 1 75% CO 2 ; Flow Conditions :;70 mL/rmn, 150 Bar, 40°C; Detector Wavelength: 220 nm; Injection Details: 0.5 mL of ⁇ 3 mg/mL in ACN.
  • Analytical Chromatographic Conditions Instrument: Berger Analytical SFC; Column: Chiralpak IA, 4.6 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile Phase: 25% EtOH I 75% CO 2 ; Flow Conditions: 2.0 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C; Detector Wavelength: 220 nm;
  • Example 144 Into the reaction vessel was added example 114 (3.4 mg, 6.6 pmol), sodium azide (12.9 mg, 0.198 mmol), ammonium chloride (10.6 mg, 0.198 mmol), and DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred at 105 °C for 4 h, allowed to cool to 23 °C, diluted with MeOH, filtered, and purified via preparative RP-HPLC to produce example 144 (2.3 mg, 4.0 pmol, 60% yield).
  • Example 145 was prepared from 5-6, employing 2- methyloxazole: Into the reaction vessel was added 2-methyloxazole (24.9 mg, 0.300 mmol) and THF (1 mL). After the reaction mixture was cooled to -78 °C. KHMDS (0.30 mL, 0.30 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 10 min and additional 2-methyloxazole (24.9 mg, 0.300 mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to 23 °C, stirred at 23 °C for 3 h, and quenched by the addition of sat. Na 2 CO 3 .
  • Example 168 was prepared from 166-2, employing 120-6, according to the method described for example 108. Cleavage of the tert-butyl ester was accomplished in DCM (1 mL) and stirring with ZnBn (20 equiv.) at 23 °C for 12 h. After quenching the reaction by the addition of HC1 (1.0 M) and extracting the resulting solution with ethyl acetate, the organic phase was dried over Na 2 SOr filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified via preparative RP-HPLC to produce example 168.
  • Example 171 was prepared from example 186. To a l dram vial charged with example 186 (0.008 mmol), DCM (0.3 mL), and MeOH (0.1 mL) was added TMS-diazomethane (0.5 M in DCM, 0.34 mL, 0. 17 mmol, 20 equiv.), and the reaction mixture stirred at 23 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified via silica gel normal phase chromatography to give 6.1 mg of example 171.
  • Example 172 was prepared from example 171. To ice bath cooled 1 dram vial charged with example 171 (0.009 mmol) and THF (0.5 mL) was added LiBH 4 (0.027, 3.0 equiv.). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 5 min and then allowed to warm to 23 °C and stirred for an additional 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The solution was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc, the combined organic portions dried over Na 2 SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified via preparative RP-HPLC to give example 172.
  • LiBH 4 0.027, 3.0 equiv.
  • Intermediate VIII-3 To a 20 mL reaction vial charged with intermediate VIII-2 (266 mg, 0.920 mmol) was added NBS (196 mg, 1.10 mmol), carbon tetrachloride (10 mL), and AIBN (15 mg, 0.090 mmol). The solution was stirred at 77 °C, for 3 h. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by normal phase silica gel chromatography to give intermediate VIII-3 (308 mg, 0.840 mmol, 91.0% yield).
  • Intermediate VIII-4 To a 2 dram vial charged with intermediate VIII-3 was added ethyl acetate (2 mL), triethyl amine (0.27 mL, 2.0 mmol), and acetic acid (0.1 mL, 2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 12 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by normal phase silica gel chromatography to give intermediate VIII-4.
  • Detector wavelength 220 nm; Injection details: 8 injections of 0.36 mL of ⁇ 20 mg/mL in IPA.
  • Example 177 was prepared from 177-6 by employing the tert-butyl ester cleavage method described for example 168.
  • Example 178 was prepared from 34-1. To a 2 dram vial charged with 34-1, DCM (1.5 mL), and DIEA (0.12 mL, 0.70 mmol, 30 equiv.) was added acetyl chloride (0.03, 0.5 mmol, 20 equiv.) and stirred 1 h at 23 °C. The reaction was quenched by the addition of MeOH (1 mL) and the tert-buty l ester was removed according to the method described for example 168.
  • Example 179 was prepared from 179-1 according to the method described for the tert-butyl ester cleavage as in example 168.
  • Racemic 182-2 was separated into it’s enantiomers using chiral SFC.
  • Preparative chromatographic conditions Instrument: Berger MG II; Column: Chiralpak ID, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 20% IPA / 80% CO 2 ; Flow conditions; 45 mL/min, 120 Bar, 40 °C; Detector wavelength: 215 nm; Injection details: 3 injections of 15 mg/mL in MeOH.
  • Intermediate 183-1 was prepared from VIII-3 according to the method described for intermediate 182-1 with the replacment of AC2O with BOC2O.
  • Intermediate 183-2 was prepared employing that same conditions that were used for intermediate 140-1, except at a temperature of 60 °C for 18 h.
  • Racemic 183-2 was separated into individual enantiomers using chiral SFC.
  • Preparative chromatographic conditions Instrument: Berger MG II; Column: Chiralpak ID, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 20% MeOH / 80% CO 2 ; Flow conditions; 45 mL/min, 120 Bar, 40 °C; Detector wavelength: 209 nm; Injection details: 49 injections in MeOH.
  • Intermediate 183-2 product Peak #2 was collected and carried forward to produce intermediate 183-3.
  • Example 183 was prepared from 183-3. A 2 dram vial was charged with 183-3, DIEA (0.06 mmol, 5 equiv.) and 4-chlorobenzoyl chloride (0.035 mmol, 3.0 equiv.). The solution was stirred at 23 °C for 30 min and subsequently quenched with MeOH. The reaction contents were concentrated under reduced pressure to provide crude product that was purified via preparative RP-HPLC to give example 183. Analytical data for example 183: !
  • Example 192 was prepared from example 120, employing BHFFT as the coupling reagent. To a 2 dram pressure rated vail charged with example 120 (0.043 mmol, 1.3 equiv.) was added BHFFT (0.049 mmol, 2.0 equiv.) followed by DCM (1 mL) and DIEA (0.15 mmol, 4.5 equiv.). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 30 min, then heated to heated to 80 °C for 18 h.
  • Intermediate 199-1 was prepared employing that same conditions that were used for intermediate 140-1, except at a temperature of 65 °C for 18 h.
  • Intermediate 199-3 was prepared by lithium hydroxide hydroly sis of intermediate 199-2 in a manner similar to intermediate 3-3.
  • Example 199 was prepared from 125-2, employing 199-3, according to the method described for example 108. A subsequent removal of the tertbutyl ester was accomplished as in the procedure to prepare example 120.
  • Analytical data for example 199: LC-MS RT: 1.15 min; MS (ESI) m/z 765.2 (M+H)+; Method A.
  • Example 201 was prepared from 201-2. To a 1 dram vial charged with 201-2 (0.013 mmol) was added DCM (0.3 mL) and cyclopentyl amine (0.125 mmol, 10 equiv.). The solution was stirred at 23 °C for 18 h and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude intermediate. A subsequent removal of the tertbutyl ester was accomplished as in the procedure to prepare example 120.
  • Racemic 206-3 was separated into individual enantiomers using chiral SFC.
  • Preparative chromatographic conditions Instrument: Berger MG II; Column: Kromasil 5-CelluCoat, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 15% IPA-ACN (0.1% DEA) I 85% CO 2 ; Flow conditions; 45 mL/min, 120 Bar, 40 °C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm; Injection details: 0.4 mL of ⁇ 15 mg/mL in ACN-IPA (1: 1). Peak #2 was collected to afford intermediate 206-4.
  • Example 245 Into the reaction vessel was added intermediate 166-2 (7.0 mg, 0.017 mmol), intermediate 206-4 (6.2 mg, 0.018 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (9.1 pl, 0.052 mmol), and HATU (7.2 mg, 0.019 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce example 245 (9.5 mg, 0.014 mmol, 78 % yield).
  • Example 246 Prepared from intermediate 166-2 and the enantiomer of 206-4 (peak 1 from chiral SFC purification) following the procedure for the synthesis of example 246.
  • Example 206 Into the reaction vessel was added example 245 (6.0 mg, 8.6 pmol), DCM (1 mL), pyridine (7.0 pl, 0.086 mmol), 4-nitrophenyl carbonochloridate (8.7 mg, 0.043 mmol), and DMAP (1.0 mg, 8.6 pmol). After stirring at rt for 2 h, bicyclofl. l. l]pentan-l- amine (7.2 mg, 0.086 mmol) was added.
  • Example 222 Into the reaction vessel was added example 246 (11 mg, 0.017 mmol), DCM (1 mL), pyridine (8.0 pl, 0.099 mmol), and isocyanatobenzene (9.9 mg, 0.083 mmol).
  • Intermediate 230-3 Racemic 230-2 was separated into individual enantiomers using chiral SFC.
  • Preparative chromatographic conditions Instrument: PIC Solution SFC Prep- 200; Column: Chiralpak IC, 30 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 10 % MeOH / 90% CO 2 ; Flow conditions; 85 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40 °C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm; Injection details: lOpL of ⁇ lmg/mL in MeOH. Peak #2 was collected to afford intermediate 230-3.
  • Intermediate 230-4 Into the reaction vessel was added intermediate 166-2 (20 mg, 0.054 mmol), intermediate 230-3 (18 mg, 0.057 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (0.028 mL, 0.16 mmol), and HATU (23 mg, 0.060 mmol).
  • Example 230 Into the reaction vessel was added intermediate 230-4 (6.0 mg, 8.9 pmol), DCM (1 mL), pyridine (7.2 pl, 0.089 mmol), 4-nitrophenyl carbonochloridate (8.9 mg, 0.044 mmol), and DMAP (1.1 mg, 8.9 pmol). After stirring at rt for 2h, cyclobutanamine (6.3 mg, 0.089 mmol) was added.
  • Example 233 Into the reaction vessel was added 230-4 (6.0 mg, 8.9 pmol), DCM (1 mL), pyridine (0.014 mL, 0.17 mmol), and isocyanatobenzene (5.3 mg, 0.044 mmol). After stirring at rt for 12h, the mixture mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce l-(3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7- (cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3-
  • Example 238 Into the reaction vessel was added 238-2 (9 mg, 0.01 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), pyridine (2.8 pl, 0.034 mmol), and tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl chloride (1.7 mg, 0.012 mmol) were added.
  • Example 251 Into the reaction vessel was added intermediate 166-2 (15 mg, 0.037 mmol), 249-2 (20 mg, 0.048 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (0.02 mL, 0.1 mmol), and HATU (18 mg, 0.048 mmol).
  • Example 249 Into the reaction vessel was added example 251 (12 mg, 0.016 mmol), CH 2 CI2 (2 mL), sodium bicarbonate (13.2 mg, 0.157 mmol) and zinc bromide (142 mg, 0.628 mmol). After stirring at 35 °C for 3h, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of IN HC1 and the solution extracted with EtOAc.
  • reaction mixture was stirred at 65 °C for 5h, allowed to cool to rt and the solution extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic portions were dried over Na 2 SO4, filtered and concentrated. The resulting material (253-l)was used for next step without further purification.
  • Intermediate 253-5 Into the reaction vessel was added intermediate 166-2 (25 mg, 0.068 mmol), 253-4 (31 mg, 0.068 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (0.036 mL, 0.20 mmol), and HATU (28.4 mg, 0.0750 mmol).
  • Example 253 Into the reaction vessel was added 253-5 (15 mg, 0.019 mmol), DCM (1 mL), pyridine (0.015 mL, 0.19 mmol), 4-nitrophenyl carbonochloridate (19 mg, 0.093 mmol), and DMAP (2.3 mg, 0.019 mmol). After stirring at rt for 2h, cyclobutanamine (13.2 mg, 0.185 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for Ih and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Example 256 Into the reaction vessel was added 166-2 (10 mg, 0.027 mmol), 256-3 (12 mg, 0.027 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (0.014 mL, 0.081 mmol), and HATU (11 mg, 0.030 mmol).
  • Intermediate 258-1 Into the reaction vessel was added intermediate 166-2 (15 mg, 0.041 mmol) and THF (1 mL). After cooling to 0 °C, LiAlH4 (0.5 mL, 0.500 mmol) was added. After stirring at 0 °C for 5min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt and stir at rt for 20 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc.
  • Example 258 Into the reaction vessel was added 258-1 (7.0 mg, 0.020 mmol), 120-6 (6.5 mg, 0.019 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (9.4 pl, 0.054 mmol), and HATU (7.5 mg, 0.020 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12h, concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue subjected to silica gel chromatography purification to yield a residue that was treated with 2: 1 DCM/TFA at rt for 30min.
  • Example 259 Into the reaction vessel was added 259-2 (11 mg, 0.019 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), 2-bromoacetic acid (1.5 mg, 0.011 mmol), and DIEA (9.9 pl, 0.057 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for Ih and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Example 265 Into the reaction vessel was added 265-1 (4.0 mg, 0.022 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (10 pl, 0.060 mmol), and HATU (6.8 mg, 0.018 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12h then concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue dissolved in 1:2 TFA/DCM and stirred for 30 min.
  • Example 320 was prepared analogously to Example 253 via the following intermediates.
  • PdC1 2 (dppf)-CH 2 C1 2 adduct (71 mg, 0.087 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture purged for 2 min with nitrogen then heated in a sealed tube at 85 °C for 1 h.
  • the reaction mixture was filtered through celite.
  • the filtrate was diluted with EtOAc and the organic phase washed with water and brine solutions.
  • the organic layer was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • reaction solution was concentrated under vacuum and purified via flash chromatography to furnish methyl (Z)-2-((lR,2S,3R,4R)-2-((4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)-3- (2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)bicyclo[2.2. l]heptan-7-ylidene)acetate 323-1.
  • Example 323 was prepared from Intermediate 323-4 by first making the amide according to the procedure for Example 34 followed by removal of the t-butyl group according to the procedure for Example 120.
  • Example 329 was prepared from Intermediates 166-2 and 329-2 according to the proceudre for Example 108.
  • the stereoisomers were separated by Prep HPLC column Chiralcel OD-H(250 X 4.6)mm,5u to furnish (lR,2R,3R,4R,Z)-N-(4-fluoro-3- (trifhioromethyl)phenyl)-3-(5-(3-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)-2-methoxybenzamido)- 7-(2,2,2-tnfluoroethyhdene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide (2.1 mg, 3.231 pmol, 3.51 % yield) MS (ESI) m/z 644.2 (M+H).
  • reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, filtered through silica gel and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the residue was dissolved in DCM (0.4 mL) was treated with TFA (0.08 mL). After 15 min, the solution was diluted with toluene and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Example 292 A slurry of Example 292 (0.025 g, 0.041 mmol), Na 2 CO 3 (4.35 mg, 0.0410 mmol), (4,4'- di-t-butyl-2,2'-bipyridine)bis[3,5-difluoro-2-[5-trifluoromethyl-2-pyridinyl-KN)phenyl- Kc]Ir(III) PF 6 (0.423 mg, 0.410 pmol), NiCh ethyleneglycol dimethylether complex (0.451 mg, 2.05 pmol), 4,4’-di-t-butyl-2,2’-bipyridine (0.551 mg, 2.50 pmol), (TMS) 3 SiH (0.03 mL) and 3-bromotetrahydrofuran (0.012 g, 0.082 mmol) in DME (1.641 ml) was degassed, blanketed under N2 and irradiated with blue LED.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

The disclosure relates to compounds of Formula (I), which are RXFP1 receptor agonists, compositions containing them, and methods of using them, for example, in the treatment of heart failure, fibrotic diseases, and related diseases such as lung disease (e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis), kidney disease (e.g., chronic kidney disease), or hepatic disease (e.g., non-alcoholic steatohepatitis and portal hypertension).

Description

RXFP1 AGONISTS
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The present disclosure relates to novel compounds which are relaxin family peptide receptor 1 (RXFP1) agonists, compositions containing them, and methods of using them, for example in the treatment of heart failure, fibrotic diseases, and related diseases such as lung disease (e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis), kidney disease (e.g., chronic kidney disease), and hepatic disease (e.g., non-alcoholic steatohepatitis and portal hypertension).
The human relaxin hormone (also called relaxin or H2 relaxin) is a 6-kDa peptide composed of 53 amino acids whose activity was initially discovered when Frederick Hisaw in 1926 injected crude extracts from swine corpus luteum into virgin guinea pigs and observed a relaxation of the fibrocartilaginous pubic symphysis joint (Hisaw FL., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med., 1926, 23, 661-663). The relaxin receptor was previously known as Lgr7 but is now officially termed the relaxin family peptide receptor 1 (RXFP1) and was deorphanized as a receptor for relaxin in 2002 (Hsu SY., et al., Science, 2002, 295, 671-674). RXFP1 is reasonably well conserved between mouse and human with 85% amino acid identity and is essentially ubiquitously expressed in humans and in other species (Halls ML, et al., Br. J. Pharmacol., 2007, 150, 677-691). The cell signaling pathways for relaxin and RXFP1 are cell type dependent and quite complex (Halls ML., et al, Br. J. Pharmacol., 2007, 150, 677-691; Halls ML., et al. Ann. N Y Acad. Sci., 2009, 1160, 108-111; Halls ML., Ann N Y Acad. Sci., 2007, 1160, 117-120). The best studied pathway is the relaxin-dependent increase in cellular levels of cAMP in which relaxin functions as an RXFP1 agonist to promote GαS coupling and activation of adenylate cyclase (Halls ML., et al., Mol. Pharmacol., 2006, 70, 214-226).
Since the initial discovery of relaxin much experimental work has focused on delineating the role relaxin has played in female reproductive biology and the physiological changes that occur during mammalian pregnancy (Sherwood OD., Endocr. Rev., 2004, 25, 205-234). During human gestation, in order to meet the nutritional demands imposed upon it by the fetus, the female body undergoes a significant -30% decrease in systemic vascular resistance (SVR) and a concomitant -50% increase in cardiac output (Jeyabalan AC., K.P., Renal and Electolyte Disorders. 2010, 462-518), (Clapp JF. & Capeless E.,Am. J. Cardio., 1997, 80, 1469-1473). Additional vascular adaptations include an -30% increase in global arterial compliance that is important for maintaining efficient ventricular-arterial coupling, as well as an -50% increase in both renal blood flow (RBF) and glomerular filtration rate (GFR), important for metabolic waste elimination (Jeyabalan AC., K.P., Renal and Electolyte Disorders. 2010, 462-518), (Poppas A., et al., Circ., 1997, 95, 2407-2415). Both pre-clinical studies in rodents as well as clinical studies performed in a variety of patient settings, provide evidence that relaxin is involved, at least to some extent, in mediating these adaptive physiological changes (Conrad KP., Regul. Integr. Comp. Physiol., 2011, 301, R267-275), (Teichman SL., et l., Heart Fail. Rev., 2009, 14, 321-329). Importantly, many of these adaptive responses would likely be of benefit to HF patients in that excessive fibrosis, poor arterial compliance, and poor renal function are all characteristics common to heart failure patients (Mohammed SF., et al., Circ., 2015, 131, 550-559), (Wohlfahrt P., et al., Eur. J. Heart Fail., 2015, 17, 27-34), (Damman K., etal., Prog. Cardiovasc. Dis., 2011, 54, 144- 153).
Heart failure (HF), defined hemodynamically as “systemic perfusion inadequate to meet the body's metabolic demands as a result of impaired cardiac pump function”, represents a tremendous burden on today’s health care system with an estimated United States prevalence of 5.8 million and greater than 23 million worldwide (Roger VL., et al., Circ. Res., 2013, 113, 646-659). It is estimated that by 2030, an additional 3 million people in the United States alone will have HF, a 25% increase from 2010. The estimated direct costs (2008 dollars) associated with HF for 2010 was $25 billion, projected to grow to $78 B by 2030 (Heidenreich PA., et al., Circ., 2011, 123, 933-944). Astoundingly, in the United States, 1 in 9 deaths has HF mentioned on the death certificate (Roger VL., et al., Circ., 2012, 125, e2-220) and, while survival after HF diagnosis has improved over time (Matsushita K., et al., Diabetes, 2010, 59, 2020-2026), (Roger VL., et al., JAMA, 2004, 292, 344-350), the death rate remains high with -50% of people with HF dying within 5 years of diagnosis (Roger VL., et al., Circ., 2012, 125, e2-220), (Roger VL., et al., JAMA, 2004, 292, 344-350).
The symptoms of HF are the result of inadequate cardiac output and can be quite debilitating depending upon the advanced stage of the disease. Major symptoms and signs of HF include: 1) dyspnea (difficulty in breathing) resulting from pulmonary edema due to ineffective forward flow from the left ventricle and increased pressure in the pulmonary capillary bed; 2) lower extremity edema occurs when the right ventricle is unable to accommodate systemic venous return; and 3) fatigue due to the failing heart’s inability to sustain sufficient cardiac output (CO) to meet the body's metabolic needs (Kemp CD., & Conte JV., Cardiovasc. Pathol., 2011, 21, 365-371). Also, related to the severity of symptoms, HF patients are often described as “compensated” or “decompensated”. In compensated heart failure, symptoms are stable, and many overt features of fluid retention and pulmonary edema are absent. Decompensated heart failure refers to a deterioration, which may present as an acute episode of pulmonary edema, a reduction in exercise tolerance, and increasing breathlessness upon exertion (Millane T., et al., BMJ, 2000, 320, 559-562).
In contrast to the simplistic definition of poor cardiac performance not being able to meet metabolic demands, the large number of contributory diseases, multitude of risk factors, and the many pathological changes that ultimately lead to heart failure make this disease exceedingly complex (Jessup M. & Brozena S., A. Engl. J. Med., 2003, 348, 3007-2018). Injurious events thought to be involved in the pathophysiology of HF range from the very acute such as myocardial infarction to a more chronic insult such as lifelong hypertension. Historically, HF was primarily described as “systolic HF” in which decreased left-ventricular (LV) contractile function limits the expulsion of blood and hence results in a reduced ejection fraction (EF is stroke volume/end diastolic volume), or “diastolic HF” in which active relaxation is decreased and passive stiffness is increased limiting LV filling during diastole, however overall EF is maintained (Borlaug BA. & Paulus WJ., Eur Heart J., 2011, 32, 670-679). More recently, as it became understood that diastolic and systolic LV dysfunction was not uniquely specific to these two groups, new terminology was employed: “heart failure with reduced ejection fraction” (HFrEF), and “heart failure with preserved ejection fraction” (HFpEF) ( Borlaug BA. & Paulus WJ., Eur Heart J., 2011, 32, 670-679). Although these two patient populations have very similar signs and symptoms, whether HFrEF and HFpEF represent two distinct forms of HF or two extremes of a single spectrum sharing a common pathogenesis is currently under debate within the cardiovascular community (Borlaug BA. & Redfield MM., Clrc., 2011, 123, 2006-2013), (De Keulenaer GW., & Brutsaert DL., Clrc., 2011, 123, 1996- 2004). Serelaxin, an intravenous (IV) formulation of the recombinant human relaxin peptide with a relatively short first-phase pharmacokinetic half-life of 0.09 hours, is currently being developed for the treatment of HF (Novartis, 2014). Serelaxin has been given to normal healthy volunteers (NHV) and demonstrated to increase RBF (Smith MC., et al., J. Am. Soc. Nephrol. 2006, 17, 3192-3197) and estimated GFR (Dahlke M., et al., J. Clin. Pharmacol., 2015, 55. 415-422). Increases in RBF were also observed in stable compensated HF patients (Voors AA., et al., Cir. Heart Fail., 2014, 7, 994-1002). In large clinical studies, favorable changes in worsening renal function, worsening HF, as well as fewer deaths, were observed in acute decompensated HF (ADHF) patients in response to an in-hospital 48 hour IV infusion of serelaxin (Teerlink JR., et al., Lancet, 2013, 381, 29-39), (Ponikowski P., et al, Eur. Heart, 2014, 35, 431-441). Suggesting that chronic dosing of serelaxin could provide sustained benefit to HF patients, improvement in renal function based on serum creatinine levels was observed in scleroderma patients given serelaxin continuously for 6 months using a subcutaneous pump (Teichman SL., et al, Heart Fail. Rev., 2009, 14, 321-329). In addition to its potential as a therapeutic agent for the treatment of HF, continuous subcutaneous administration of relaxin has also been demonstrated to be efficacious in a variety of animal models of lung (Unemori EN., et al, J. Clin. Invet., 1996, 98, 2739-2745), kidney (Garber SL., et al., Kidney Int., 2001, 59, 876-882), and liver injury (Bennett RG., Liver Int., 2014, 34, 416-426).
In summary, a large body of evidence supports a role for relaxin-dependent agonism of RXFP1 mediating the adaptive changes that occur during mammalian pregnancy, and that these changes translate into favorable physiological effects and outcomes when relaxin is given to HF patients. Additional preclinical animal studies in various disease models of lung, kidney, and liver injury provide evidence that relaxin, when chronically administered, has the potential to provide therapeutic benefit for multiple indications in addition to HF. More specifically, chronic relaxin administration could be of benefit to patients suffering from lung disease (e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis), kidney disease (e.g., chronic kidney disease), or hepatic disease (e.g., nonalcoholic steatohepatitis and portal hypertension). SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides novel substituted norbomyl compounds, their analogues, including stereoisomers, tautomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or solvates thereof, which are useful as RXFP1 receptor agonists.
The present invention also provides processes and intermediates for making the compounds of the present invention.
The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of the compounds of the present invention or stereoisomers, tautomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or solvates thereof.
The compounds of the invention may be used, for example, in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of heart failure, fibrotic diseases, and related diseases, such as; lung disease (e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis), kidney disease (e.g., chronic kidney disease), or hepatic disease (e.g., non-alcoholic steatohepatitis and portal hypertension).
The compounds of the present invention may be used in therapy.
The compounds of the present invention may be used for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of heart failure.
The compounds of the invention can be used alone, in combination with other compounds of the present invention, or in combination with one or more, preferably one to two other agent(s).
These and other features of the invention will be set forth in expanded form as the disclosure continues.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The invention encompasses compounds of Formula (I), which are RXFP1 receptor agonists, compositions containing them, and methods of using them.
In a first aspect, the present invention provides, inter alia, compounds of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000008_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
L is -0- or -NH-;
R1 is C1- alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituent;
R2 is H; provided when R1 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0 aryl or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituents, R9 is not absent; or R1 and R2 are combined to be =CR6R7 or =NOC1-4 alkyl wherein ‘
Figure imgf000008_0002
is a double bond; or R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached form a dioxolanyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent;
R3 is C1-8 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo, CN, -OH, or -OC1-3 alkyl substituents, - (CRdRd)n-C3-10 -carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 R4, or -(CRdRd)n-3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and NR4c, and substituted with 0-5 R4;
R4 is halo, CN, -OH, -SF5, -S(=O)PRc, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituents, OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo substituents, -(CRdRd)n- C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CRdRd)n-4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and NR4c, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
R4c IS H, C1-4 alkyl, or -S(=O)2CF3; each R5 is H, halo, -OH, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo substituents, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo substituents;
R6 is H, halo, CN, C1-7 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-7 alkenyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-7 alkynyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, -C(=O)ORsb, -CONR6bR6b, -(CH2)n-C3- 10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 R14, or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, or NR14a, and substituted with 0-5 R14; R6a is halo, -OH, -OC1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkyl, aryl, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R6b is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R7 is H or C1-4 alkyl; or R6 and R7 together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached form a cyclopentadienyl, an indanyl, or an indenyl;
R8 is H, halo, CN, -NR7R7, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo or -OH substituents, or - OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo, -OH, C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl, 4- to 9- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, or -OC1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 -OC1-3 alkyl substituents;
R9 is aryl substituted with 0-3 R10 and 0-2 R11 or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl compnsing 1-5 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and N R11a, and substituted with 0-3 R10 and 0-2 R11;
R10 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl, =0, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl;
R11 is C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 R12 and 0-2 R13, -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, - NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaC(=0)NRaRa, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, -C(=O)NRaS(=O)PRc, -OC(=O)Rb, -S(=O)PRC, -S(=O)PNRaRa, C3-9 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1 -4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
R11a is H, C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 R11b, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted wi th 0-5 Re, aryl substituted with 0-5 Re, 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-5 Re; R11b is halo, -OH, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OC1-4 alkyl, or aryl;
R12 is halo, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, -C(=O)NRaORb, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo or -OH substituents, or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R13 is -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=0)Rb, -NRaC(=0)0Rb, -NRaC(=0)NRaRa, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -NRaS(=O)PNRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaORb, -S(=O)PNRaRa, - S(=O)PRC, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-3 Re, or (CH2)n-3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -(CH2)n-NRaRa, -(CH2)n-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, - O-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14a is H, C(=O)C1-4 alkyl, or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 Si(C1-3 alkyl)i or aryl substituted with 0-2 halo substituents;
R15 is H, C1-4 alkyl, or aryl;
Ra is H, -OC1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re, (CH2)nC3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or (CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or (CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rc is Ci6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re C3-6 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or 3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rd is H, C1-4 alkyl, or C3-6 cycloalkyd;
Re is halo, CN, NO2, =0, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 -Rg, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 -Rg, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Rg, - (CH2)nORf, -C(=O)ORf, -C(=O)NRfRf, -NRfC(=O)Rf, -S(=O)PRf, -S(=O)PNRfRf, - NRfS(=O)PRf, -NRfC(=O)ORf, -OC(=O)NRfRf, or -(CH2)nNRfRf; Rf is H, C 1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-2 -OH or -OC1-4 alkyl substituents, C3-6 cycloalkyd, aryl, or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N and; or Rf and Rf together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N;
R8 is halo, CN, -OH, C1-6 alk l, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
In a second aspect within the scope of the first aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: R3 is C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo or -OH substituents, -(CHRd)0-1-C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 R4, C6-9 spirocycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 R4, C6-10 bicyclic carbocyclyl substituted with 0-4 R4, or 3 to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-2 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and NR4c, and substituted with 0-4 R4;
R4 is halo or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R4c is H or C1-4 alkyl;
Rdis C1-3 alkyl.
In a third aspect within the scope of the first aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (II):
Figure imgf000011_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: R4 is halo, -S(=0)PC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R5 is H or halo;
R6 is halo, CN, C1-7 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-7 alkenyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-7 alkynyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, -C(=O)OR6b, CONR6bR6b, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R14, C3-6 cycloalkenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, aryl substituted with 0-3 R14, or 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR14a and substituted with 0-3 R14;
R6a is halo, -OH, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl;
R6b is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R7 is H or C1-3 alkyl;
R8 is halo, CN, -N(C1-2 alkyl)2, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo or -OH substituents, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo, -OH, aryl, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituents;
R9 is C6 aryl substituted with 0-3 R10 and 0-2 R11, or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR11a, and substituted with 0-3 R10 and 0-1 R11;
R10 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl, =0, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl;
R11 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R12 and 0-1 R13, -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, - NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaC(=O)NRaRa, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, -C(=O)NRaS(=O)PRc, -OC(=O)Rb, -S(=O)PRc, -S(=O)PNRaRa, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, 4- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1- 4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
R11a is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R11b, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-5 Re; R11b is -OH, -C(=O)OH, or aryl;
R12 is halo, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NHRa, -C(=O)NHORb, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo or -OH substituents;
R13 is -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -NRaS(=O)PNRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaORb, -S(=O)PNRaRa, or -S(=O)PRc; R14 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -(CH2)0-2-NRaRa, -(CH2)o-3-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, -O-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, or -(CH2)0-3-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl compnsing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14a is H, C(=O)C1-4 alkyl, or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 aryl substituted with 0-2 halo substituents;
R15 is H, C1-3 alkyl, or aryl;
Ra is H, C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rb is H, C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rc is C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C3-6 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or 3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rd is H or C1-4 alkyl;
Re is halo, CN, =0, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, -(CH2)n-C3-6 cycloalkyd substituted with 0-5 Rg, -(CH2)n-aryl substituted with 0 5 Rg, -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Rg, , -(CH2)nORf, -C(=O)ORf, -C(=0)NRfRf, -NRfC(=0)Rf, - S(=O)PRf, -NRfC(=O)ORf, -OC(=O)NRfRf, or -(CH2)nNRfRf;
Rf is H, C1-5 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; or Rf and Rf together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a heterocyclyl; Rg is halo, CN, -OH, C1-5 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
In a fourth aspect within the scope of the first aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (III):
Figure imgf000014_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo;
R4b is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R5 is H or F;
R6 is halo, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-4 alkenyl substituted with 0-1 phenyl or - OH substituent, -C(=O)OR6b, C(=O)NHR6b, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R14, C3-6 cycloalkenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, phenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, naphthyl substituted with 0-3 R14, or 5- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1- 3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, N, and NR14a and substituted with 0-3 R14;
R6a is halo, -OH, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl;
R6b is H or Ci -4 alkyl;
R7 is H or C1-3 alkyl; or R6 and R7 together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached form a cyclopentadienyl, an indanyl, or an indenyl;
R8 is -N(C1-4 alkyl)2 or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 -OC1-4 alkyl substituent;
R8ais halo;
R14 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -(CH2)0-2-NRaRa, -(CH2)0-2-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, -O-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, or -(CH2)0-2-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14a is H, C(=O)C1-3 alkyl, or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 aryl substituted with 0-2 halo substituents;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-phenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)o-i-phenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Re is halo, CN, =0, C1-6 alkyl, or C(=O)OH; and n is zero, 1, 2, or 3.
In a fifth aspect within the scope of the first to third aspects, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000015_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R4 is halo, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents; R5 is H or F;
R6 is halo, CN, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, -C(=O)OR6b, C(=O)NR6bR6b, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R14, C3-6 cycloalkenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, phenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR14a, and substituted with 0-3 R14;
R6a is halo, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl;
R6b is H, C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R7 is H or C1-2 alkyl;
R8 is -OC1-4 alkyd substituted with 0-4 halo, -OH, aryl or -OC1-4 alkyl substituents;
R10 is halo, CN, C1-3 alkyl, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl;
R11 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R12 and 0-1 R13, -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, - NRaC(=O)NRaRa, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, -C(=O)NRaS(=O)PRc, -OC(=O)Rb, -S(=O)PRC, -S(=O)PNRaRa, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
R12 is halo, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NHRa, -C(=O)NHORb, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo or -OH substituents;
R13 is -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -NRaS(=O)PNRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaORb, -S(=O)PNRaRa, or -S(=O)PRC;
R14 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -(CH2)0-2-NRaRa, -(CH2)0-2-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, -O-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, or -(CH2)0-2-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14a is H, C(=O)C1-3alkyl, C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-2 aryl substituted with 0-2 halo substituents;
R15 is H, C1-2 alkyl, or phenyl;
Ra is H, C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-4 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-4 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rb is H, Ci-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-4 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-4 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rc is C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-4 Re C3-6 carbocyclyl, or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N;
Re is halo, CN, NO2, =0, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Rs, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, -(CH2)n-C3-6 cycloalkyl, - (CH2)n-aryl, -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, -(CH2)nORf, S(=O)PRf, C(=0)NRfRf, C(=O)ORf, NRfC(=0)Rf, S(=O)PNRfRf, NRfS(=O)PRf, NRfC(=O)ORf, OC(=O)NRfRf, or -(CH2)nNRfRf;
Rf is H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; or Rf and Rf together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a heterocyclyl;
Rg is halo, CN, -OH, C1-5 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
In a sixth aspect within the scope of the fifth aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (V):
Figure imgf000018_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo or C1-2 alkyl;
R4b is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R5 is H or F;
R6 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-4 alkenyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, - C(=O)OR6b, C(=O)ONR6bR6b, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R14, phenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR14a and substituted with 0-3 R14;
R6a is halo, -OH, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl;
R6b is H, C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent, or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R7 is H or C1-2 alkyl;
R8 is -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo, -OH, -OC1-4 alkyl, or aryl substituents;
R10 is halo or C1-3 alkyl;
R11 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R12 and 0-1 R13, -OH, -OC1-4 alkyl, -NRaC(=O)Rb, - NRaC(=O)NRaRa, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, -C(=O)NRaS(=O)PRc, -OC(=O)Rb, -S(=O)PRC, -S(=O)PNRaRa, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R12 is halo, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NHRa, -C(=O)NHORb, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo or -OH substituents;
R13 is -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -NRaS(=O)PNRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaRa, or -OC(=O)NRaORb; R14 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -(CH2)0-2-NRaRa, -(CH2)o-i-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, -O-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, or -(CH2)0-1-3- to 9-membered heterocyclyl compnsing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14a is H, C(=O)C1-3 alkyl, C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituted with 0-2 halo substituents;
R15 is H, C1-2 alkyl, or phenyl;
Ra is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-4 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-4 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rb is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-4 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-4 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rc is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-4 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-4 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re C3-6 carbocyclyl, or 3- to 9-membered heterocyclyl compnsing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N;
Re is halo, CN, =0, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, -(CH2)n-C3-6 cycloalkyl, - (CH2)n-aryl, -(CH2)n-4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, -(CH2)nORf, S(=O)PRf, C(=O)NRfRf, C(=O)ORf, NRfC(=O)Rf, S(=O)pNRfRf, NRfS(=O)PRf, NRfC(=O)ORf, OC(=O)NRfRf, or -(CH2)nNRfRf;
Rf is H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; or Rf and Rf together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a heterocyclyl;
Rg is, halo CN, -OH, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
In one embodiment of Formula (V), R4a is F or CH3; R4b is CF3; R6 is phenyl or 5- membered heteroaryl comprising 1-2 heteroatoms selected from 0 and N; R7 is H; R8 is - OCi-2alkyl; R10 is halo; R11 is -CH3, -CH2CH3, - CF3 -OCF3, -NHS(=O)2C1-2 alkyl, - C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OC1-4 alkyl, -C(=O)NHC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 Re, or a 5- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, N, and NR15 and substituted with 0-3 Re; R15 is H, C1-2 alkyl, or phenyl; and Re is =0 or C(=O)OH.
In a seventh aspect within the scope of the sixth aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (V) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: R4a is halo;
R4b is CF3;
R6 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0- 3 halo substituents;
R8 is -OCwalkyl;
R10 is F;
R11 is -OH, -OC1-4 alkyl, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, -C(=O)NRaS(=O)PRc, 4 to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
R15 is H or Ci-2 alkyl;
Ra is H or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re; or Ra and Ra together
Figure imgf000020_0001
Rb is H or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rc is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re or C3-6 carbocyclyl;
Re is halo, =0, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C(=O)OH, -ORf, or -NRfRf; and
Rf is H and C1-6 alkyl; or Rf and Rf together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a heterocyclyl; and Rg is halo. In an eighth aspect within the scope of the six aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VI):
Figure imgf000021_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo;
R4b is CF3;
R6 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0- 3 halo substituents;
R7 IS H;
R8 is-OC1-4alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent;
R10 is halo;
R12 is -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OC1-4 alkyl, -C(=O)NHC1-4 alkyl, -C(=O)NHOC1-3 alkyl, or Ci- 3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
R13 is -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -NRaS(=O)PNRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaRa, or -OC(=O)NRaORb;
Ra is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo substituents, phenyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C3-10 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, spirocycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, or 3- to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re; Rb is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-phenyl substituted with 0-4 Re. C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents, or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rc is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re,
Re is halo, CN, =0, C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl, 4- to 6- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, or -ORf;
Rf is H, C1-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl or aryl;
Rg is halo; n is zero or 1 ; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
In a ninth aspect within the scope of the eighth aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VI) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R4a is F
R4b is CF3;
R6 is CF3 or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R8 is -OCH3 or -OCH2-phenyl;
R10 is F;
R12 is -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OC1-4 alkyl, -C(=0)NHC1-4 alkyl, -C(=O)NHOC1-4 alkyl, CH3, CHF2, or CF3;
R13 is -OH, -NRaRa, -NHC(=0)Rb, -NHS(=O)PC1-4 alkyl, -OC(=O)NRaRa, or - OC(=O)NHOC1-4 alkyl;
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000022_0002
Figure imgf000023_0001
Rb is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, phenyl, or
Figure imgf000023_0002
Re is halo, =0, aryl, 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, or -ORf; and
Rf is H, C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl.
In a tenth aspect within the scope of the third aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VII):
Figure imgf000023_0003
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo;
R4b is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
R5 is H or F;
R6 is halo, CN, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R14, C3-6 cycloalkenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, phenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, or 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and NR14a, and substituted with 0-3 R14;
R6a is halo, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl;
R7 is H or C1-2 alkyl; R8 is halo, CN, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituents;
R8ais halo or CN;
R9 is a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and NR11a, and substituted with 0-3 R10 and 0-1 R11;
R10 is halo, CN, C1-3 alkyl, =0, -OH, or -OC1-3 alkyl;
R11 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R12 and 0-1 R13, -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, - NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaC(=O)NRaRa, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, -C(=O)NRaS(=O)PRc, -OC(=O)Rb, -S(=O)PRC, -S(=O)PNRaRa, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
R11a is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R11b, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-4 Re; R11b is -OH, -C(=O)OH, or aryl;
R12 is -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NHRa, -C(=O)NHORb, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo or -OH substituents;
R13 is -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -NRaS(=O)PNRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaRa, -S(=O)PNRaRa, or -S(=O)PRC;
R14 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo, -(CH2)0-2-NRaRa, -(CH2)0-2-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, -O-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, or -(CH2)0-2-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14a is H, C(=O)C1-3 alkyl, or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-2 aryl substituted with 0-2 halo substituents;
R15 is H, C1-2 alkyl, or phenyl;
Ra is H, C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-4 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-4 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rb is H, Ci-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-4 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-4 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rc is C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-4 Re C3-6 carbocyclyl, or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N;
Re is halo, CN, =0, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Rg, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, -(CH2)n-C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 Rg, -(CH2)n-ar l substituted with 0-4 Rg, -(CH2)n-4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Rg, -(CH2)nORf, C(=O)ORf, C(=O)NRfRf, NRfC(=O)Rf, S(=O)PRf, NRfS(=O)PRf, NRfC(=O)ORf, OC(=O)NRfRf, or -(CH2)nNRfRf;
Rf is H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl;
Rg is halo, CN, -OH, C1-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
In an eleventh aspect within the scope of the tenth aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VII) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo;
R4b is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
R5 is H;
R6 is C1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-2 F substituents or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R8 is -OC1-3 alkyl;
R8ais F or CN;
R9 is
Figure imgf000026_0001
R10 is halo, CN, C1-2 alkyl, =0, -OH, or -OC1-2 alkyl;
R11 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R12 and 0-1 R13, -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-5 Re;
R11a is H, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)NRaRa, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-lR11b; R11b is -OH or aryl;
R12 is -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NHRa, -C(=O)NHORb, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 halo or -OH substituents;
R13 is -OH, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 -OH substituents, or -S(=O)2C1-4alkyl;
Ra is H or C1-6 alkyl or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3 to 9-membered heterocyclyl substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rb is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 Re, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 Re;
Re is -ORf; and
Rf is H or C 1-4 alkyl.
In a twelfth aspect within the scope of the eleventh aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VII) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo; R4b is CF3;
R5 is H;
R6 is CF3 or C3-6 cyclopropyl;
R8 IS -OC1-3 alkyl;
_ q .
R9 IS
Figure imgf000027_0001
R10 is C1-2 alkyl, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl;
R11 is C1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R12 and 0-1 R13, -C(=O)ORb, or -C(=O)NRaRa;
R12 is -C(=O)ORb;
R13 is -OH;
Ra is H or C1-4 alkyl; and
Rb is H or C1-4 alkyl.
In a thirteenth aspect within the scope of the tenth aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VI) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo;
R4b is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
R5 is H;
R6 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 F substituents or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R8 is -OC1-3 alkyl;
R9 is
Figure imgf000028_0001
R10 is halo, C1-3 alkyl, -OH, or -OC1-3 alkyl;
R11 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R12 and 0-1 R13 or -C(=O)NH2;
R11a is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R11b, or -C(=O)OC1-4 alkyl; R11b is -OH, -C(=O)OH, or aiyl;
R12 is C(=O)ORb or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
R13 is -OH; and Rb is H or C1-4 alkyl.
In one embodiment of Formula (VII), R4a is F; R4b is CF3; R5 is H; R6 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 F substituents or C3-6 cycloalkyl; R8is -OCH3 or - OCH3(CH2)2OCH ; R9 is
Figure imgf000029_0001
R11 is C1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R13;
R11a is H, C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R11b, -C(=O)C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R11b, or -C(=O)OC1-4 alkyd; and R11b is -OH, -C(=O)OH, or aryl; and
R13 is -OH.
In one embodiment of Formula (VII), R4a is F; R4b is CF3; F R5 is H; R6 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 F substituents or C3-6 cycloalkyl; R8is -OCH3; R9is
Figure imgf000029_0002
R11a is H or C1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R11b; and R11b is -C(=O)OH.
In a fourteenth aspect within the scope of the third aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000030_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo;
R4b is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R6 is C1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-2 F substituents, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl;
R7 is H;
R8 IS -OC1-3 alkyl;
R9 is
Figure imgf000030_0002
R10 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl, =0, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl;
R11 is C1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R12 and 0-1 R13, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -
NRaC(=O)ORb, or -C(=O)ORb;
R12 is -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NHRa, -C(=O)NHORb, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo or -OH substituents;
R13 is -OH or -NRaC(=O)Rb;
Ra is H or C1-4 alkyl; and
Rb is H, C1-4 alkyl, or 3 to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N. In one embodiment of Formula (VIII), R4a is F; R4b is CF3; R5 is H; R6 is CF3 or cyclopropyl; R8 is -OCH3; R9is
Figure imgf000031_0001
In a fifteenth aspect within the scope of the first aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (IX):
Figure imgf000031_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R3 is C1-6 alkyl, CF3, -(CRdRd)0-1-C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 R4, or phenyl substituted with 0-4 R4;
R4 is halo, CN, CH3, or CF3;
R5 is H;
R6 is C1-5 alkyl, CF3, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 F substituents; R7 is H;
R8 is halo, -N(C1-3 alkyl)2, -OC1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 -OC1-4 alkyl substituent; R9 is
Figure imgf000032_0001
R10 is halo, C1-4 alkyl, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl;
R11 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R12 and 0-2 R13, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 Re;
R11a is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R11b, -C(=O)Rb, or -C(=O)OC1-4 alkyl; R11b is -OH;
R12 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents or -C(=O)ORb;
R13 is -OH;
Ra is H or C1-3 alkyl;
Rb is H or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 Re;
Re is -ORf; and
Rf is H or C 1-6 alkyl.
In a sixteenth aspect within the scope of the first aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (X):
Figure imgf000032_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R1 is C1-2 alky l substituted with C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R2 is H; or R1 and R2 are combined to be =CR6R7;
R3 is C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo, CN, or -OC1-3 alkyl substituents, -(CHRd)n-C3- wcarbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 R4, or 5 to 6-membered heteroaryl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and substituted with 0-3 R4;
R4 is halo, CN, S(=O)2CF3, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo substituents;
R6 is halo, C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R14, or 5 to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from 0, S, and N, and substituted with 0-3 R14;
R6a is halo, -OH, or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R7 is H;
R8 is H, halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo, -OH, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituents;
Figure imgf000033_0001
R10 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl, or -OH;
R11 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R12 and 0-1 R13, -ORb, -NHC(=O)Rb, or C(=O)ORb;
R12 is halo;
R13 is -ORb or C3-6 carbocyclyl;
R14 is halo, CN, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
Rb is H or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rd is H or C1-4 alkyl;
Re is -OH; and n is zero or 1. In a seventeenth aspect within the scope of the first aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (XI):
Figure imgf000034_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R3 is C1-5 alkyl or
Figure imgf000034_0002
R4 is halo, CN, -S(=O)2CF3, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo substituents;
R6 is Ci-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 R6a, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R14, or 5 to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N, and substituted with 0-2 R14;
R6a is halo, -OH, or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R7 is H;
R8is -OC1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo, -OH, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or -OC1-3 alkyl substituents;
R8ais H, halo, CN, or C1-3 alkyl;
Figure imgf000035_0001
R10 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl, or -OH;
R11 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R12 and 0-1 R13, -ORb, -NHC(=O)Rb, or -C(=O)ORb ; R12 is halo;
R13 is -ORb or C3-6 carbocyclyl;
R14 is halo or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
Rb is H or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rd is H or C1-2 alkyl; and n is zero or 1.
For a compound of Formula (I), the scope of any instance of a variable substituent, including R1, R2, R3, R4 (R4a, R4b), R4c, R5, R6, R6a, R6b, R7, R8 (R8a), R9, R10, R11, R11a, R11b, R12, R13, R14, R14a, R15, Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd, Re, Rf, and R" can be used independently with the scope of any other instance of a variable substituent. As such, the invention includes combinations of the different aspects. In particular, R4a and R4b are a subset of variable R4 and R8a is a subset of variable R8.
In one embodiment of Formula (XI), R3 is
Figure imgf000035_0002
OCF3; R6 is C3-6 cycloalkyl or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a; R6a is halo; Ry is H; R8 is -OC1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 CF3 or -OCH3 substituent; R9 is
Figure imgf000036_0001
alkyl or -OH; R11 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with with 0-3 R12 and 0-1 R13; R12 is halo; and R13 is -OH.
In another embodiment of Formula (XI), R3 is
Figure imgf000036_0002
; R4 is halo or C1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents; Rd is C1-2 alkyl; R6 is
Figure imgf000036_0003
, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a; R6a is halo or -OH; R14 is C1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents; R7 is H; R8 is -OC1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-1 C3-6 cycloalkyl substituents; R8ais H or halo; R9 is
Figure imgf000036_0004
-1 ; R10is C1-4 alkyl or -OH; R11 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with with 0-3 R12 and 0-1 R13; R12 is halo; and R13 is -OH.
In one embodiment of Formula (IX), R3 is C1-4 alkyl; R6 is CF3 or cyclopropyl; R7 is H; R8is -OC1-2 alkyl; R9 is
Figure imgf000036_0005
; R10 is -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl; R11 is C1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R12 and 0-2 R13; R12 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo or -C(=O)ORb; and R13 is - OH.
In another embodiment of Formula (IX), R3 is cyclopentyl substituted with 0-1 R4, R4 is CN or C1-2 alkyl; R6 is CF3 or cyclopropyl; R7 is H; R8 is -OC1-2 alkyl; R9 is ; R10 is -OH or -OC1-4 alkyl; R11 is C1-2 alkyl substituted with
Figure imgf000037_0001
0-2 R12 and 0-2 R13; R12 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents or -C(=O)ORb; and R13 is -OH.
In another embodiment of Formula (IX), R3 is phenyl substituted with 0-2 R4, R4 is halo or CF3; R6 is CF3 or cyclopropyl; R7 is H; R8 is -OC1-2 alkyl; R9 is
Figure imgf000037_0002
R11a is H, C1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R11b; R11b is - OH.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached form a dioxolanyl.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =NOC1-4 alkyl wherein “=” is a double bond.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =CR6R7 wherein “=” is a double bond.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =CR6R7; R6 and R7 are both methyl.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =CR6R7; R6 is methyl ethyl, propyl, or butyl, each optioinally substituted with -OH or halo; R7 is H.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =CR6R7; R6 is CF3; R7 is H.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =CR6R7; R6 is halo; R7 is H.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =CR6R7; R6 is phenyl substituted with 0-1 R14; R7 is H; R14 is halo, -OC1-4 alkyl, or phenyl.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =CR6R7; R6 is 5- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O and N; R7 is H. In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =CR6R7; R6 is C(=O)NH-phenyl; R7 is H.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =CR6R7; R6 is C(=O)OC i-4 alkyl ; R7 is H.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =CR6R7; R6 is C(=O)N(Me)2; R7 is H.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =CR6R7; R6 is C3- 6 cycloalkyl; R7 is H.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =CR6R7; R6 is - CH2-C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with halo; R7 is H.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =CR6R7; R6 is cyclopropyl; R7 is H.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R1 and R2 combined are =CR6R7; R6 and R7 together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached form a cyclopentadienyl, an indanyl, or an indeny.
In one embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R4.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl, or pentyl.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is
Figure imgf000038_0001
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2
R4.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is C3-6 cycloalkenyl substituted with 0-2
R4. In another embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is
Figure imgf000038_0002
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is
Figure imgf000038_0003
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is
Figure imgf000039_0001
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is -(CRdRd)i-2-phenyl substituted with 0-2 R4; R4 is halo, CF3 or OCF3; Rd is H or methyl.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is -(CHRd)-C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R4; R4 is halo or C1-2 alkyl; Rd is H or C1-2 alkyl .
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is
Figure imgf000039_0002
R4 is halo or C1-3 alkyl.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is
Figure imgf000039_0003
R4 is C1-2 alkyl.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is
Figure imgf000039_0004
; If4 is halo or CN.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is -(CRdRd)i-2-5-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-2 heteroatoms selected from O and N; Rd is H or methyl.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R4 is halo, CN, C1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl substituted with 0-1 R4, or cyclohexyl; R4 is CN or C1-2 alkyl.
In one embodiment of Formula (I), R5 is H, halo, or -OH.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R5 is H or -OH.
In one embodiment of Formula (I), R6 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R14, or 5 to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, N, and NR14a and substituted with 0-3 R14; R6a is halo, - OH, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents; R14 is halo or C1-3 alkyd substituted with 0-3 halo substituents.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R6 is C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R14; R14 is halo substituents.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R6 is isopropyl.
In one embodiment of Formula (I), R7 is H or C1-2 alkyl.
In one embodiment of Formula (I), there are two R8 variables. One of R8 is -OC1-3 alkyl. The other R8, sometimes referenced as R8a, is halo or CN.
In one embodiment of Formula (I), R9 is phenyl substituted with 0-3 R10 and 0-2 R11.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R9 is phenyl substituted with 0-3 R10 and 0-2 R11; R10is halo; Rn is C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 R12 and 0-2 R13; R12 is halo or C(=O)OH; R13 is -OC(=O)NHRa; Ra is C1-4 alkyl, C3-6 alky 1, or phenyl.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R9 is phenyl substituted with 0-3 R10 and 0-2 R11; R10is halo; Rn is C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 R12 and 0-2 R13; R12 is halo or C(=O)OH; R13 is -NHC(=O)Rb; Rb is 3- to 6 membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R9 is phenyl substituted with 0-1 R10 and 0-1 R11; R10is halo; R11 is 4- to 9-membered heterocyclyl compnsing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-3 Re; Re is -COOH or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Rg; Rg is -OH.
In one embodiment of Formula (I), R9 is 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-5 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR11a, and substituted with 0-3 R10 and 0-2 R11.
In another embodiment of Formula (I), R9 is or
Figure imgf000041_0002
Figure imgf000041_0003
; R10is C1-2 alkyl; R11 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with -OH substituent, R11a is
-C(=O)C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R11b; R11b is -OH. In another aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (Illa):
Figure imgf000041_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo; R4b is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R6 is halo, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-4 alkenyl substituted with 0-1 phenyl or - OH, -C(=O)ORb, C(=O)NHRa, C3-6 cycloalkyd, C3-6 cycloalkenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, phenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, naphthyl, or 5 to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, N, and NR14a and substituted with 0-3 R14;
R6a is halo, -OH, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl;
R7 is H; or R6 and R7 together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached form a cyclopentadienyl, an indanyl, or an indenyl; R14 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -(CH2)0-2-NRaRa, -(CH2)0-2-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, -O-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, or -(CH2)0-2-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl compnsing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14a is H or C1-3 alkyl;
Ra is H or C1-3 alkyl;
Rb is H or C1-3 alkyl; and p is zero or 2.
In one embodiment of Formula (V), R4a is F or CH3; R4b is CF3; R6 is phenyl or 5- membered heteroaryl comprising 1-2 heteroatoms selected from O and N; R7 is H; R8 is - OCi-2alkyl; R10 is halo; R11 is -NHS(=O)2C1-2 alkyl, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OC1-4 alkyl, - C(=O)NHC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 Re, or a 5-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1- 4 heteroatoms selected from O, N, and NR15 and substituted with 0-3 Re; R15 is H, C1-2 alkyl, or phenyl; and Re is =0 or C(=O)OH.
In another aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VIb):
Figure imgf000042_0001
(VIb) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo;
R4b is CF3;
R8 IS-OC1-4 alkyl; R10 is halo;
R12 is -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OC1-4 alkyl, -C(=O)NHC1-4 alkyl, -C(=O)NHOC1-3 alkyl, or Ci- 3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo;
R13 is -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -NRaS(=O)PNRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaORb, -S(=O)PNRaRa, or -S(=O)PRC;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo substituents, phenyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, spirocycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl substituted with 0-4 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a heterocyclyl substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-phenyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents, or 3- to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rc is C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re,
Re is halo, CN, =0, C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl, 4- to 6- membered heterocyclyl, or -ORf;
Rf is H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl or aryl;
Rg is halo; n is zero or 1 ; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
In another aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (VII), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
R4a is F;
R4b is CF3;
R5 is H;
R6 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 F substituents or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R8 is -OCH3;
R9 is
Figure imgf000043_0001
R11a is H, C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R11b, -C(=0)C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R11b, or -C(=O)OC1-4 alkyd; and R11b is -OH, -C(=O)OH, or aryl.
Unless specified otherwise, these terms have the following meanings.
“Halo” includes fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
“Alkyl” or "alkylene" is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms. For example, "Ci to Cio alkyl" or "Ci-io alkyl" (or alkylene), is intended to include Ci, C2, C3, C4, C5, Ce, C7, Cs, C9, and Cio alkyl groups. Additionally, for example, "Ci to Ce alkyl" or "Ci-Ce alkyl" denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Alkyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with at least one hydrogen being replaced by another chemical group. Example alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (e.g., n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, /-butyl), and pentyl (e.g., n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl). When "Co alkyl" or "Co alkylene" is used, it is intended to denote a direct bond. "Alkyd" also includes deuteroalkyl such as CD3.
"Alkenyl" or "alkenylene" is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either straight or branched configuration having one or more, preferably one to three, carboncarbon double bonds that may occur in any stable point along the chain. For example, "C2 to Ce alkenyl" or "C2-6 alkenyl" (or alkenylene), is intended to include C2, C3, Cr, C5, and Ce alkenyl groups; such as ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, and hexenyl.
"Alkynyl" or "alkynylene" is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either straight or branched configuration having one or more, preferably one to three, carboncarbon triple bonds that may occur in any stable point along the chain. For example, "C2 to Ce alkynyl" or "C2-6 alkynyl" (or alkynylene), is intended to include C2, C3, C4, Cs, and Ce alkynyl groups; such as ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, and hexynyl.
"Carbocycle", "carbocyclyl", or "carbocyclic residue" is intended to mean any stable 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7-, 8-, 9-, 10-, 11-, 12-, or 13-membered bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon ring, any of which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, unsaturated or aromatic. Examples of such carbocyclyls include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptenyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, adamantyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctadienyl, [3.3.0]bicyclooctane, [4.3.0]bicyclononane, [4.4.0]bicyclodecane (decalin), [2.2.2]bicyclooctane, fluorenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, adamantyl, anthracenyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl (tetralin). As shown above, bridged rings are also included in the definition of carbocyclyl (e.g., [2.2.2]bicyclooctane). A bridged ring occurs when one or more carbon atoms link two non-adjacent carbon atoms.
Preferred bridges are one or two carbon atoms. It is noted that a bridge always converts a monocyclic ring into a tricyclic ring. When a ring is bridged, the substituents recited for the ring may also be present on the bridge. When the term "carbocyclyl" is used, it is intended to include "aryl," “cycloalkyl,” “spirocycloalkyl,” “cycloalkenyl.” Preferred carbocyclyls, unless otherwise specified, are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, and indanyl.
“Cycloalkyl” is intended to mean cyclized alkyl groups, including mono-, bi- or multicyclic ring systems. "C3 to C7 cycloalkyl" or "C3-7 cycloalkyl" is intended to include C3, C4, C5, Ce, and C7 cycloalkyl groups. Non-limiting examples of monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl. Non-limiting examples of multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1 -decalinyl, norbomyl and adamantyl.
"Cycloalkenyl" is intended to mean cyclized alkenyl groups, including mono- or multi-cyclic ring systems that contain one or more double bonds in at least one ring; although, if there is more than one, the double bonds cannot form a fully delocalized pi- electron system throughout all the rings (otherwise the group would be "aryl," as defined herein). "C3 to C7 cycloalkenyl" or "C3-7 cycloalkenyl" is intended to include C3, C4, Cs, Ce, and C7 cycloalkenyl groups.
"Spirocycloalkyl" is intended to mean hydrocarbon bicyclic ring systems with both rings connected through a single atom. The ring can be different in size and nature, or identical in size and nature. Examples include spiropentane, spriohexane, spiroheptane, spirooctane, spirononane, or spirodecane.
“Bicyclic carbocyclyl" or "bicyclic carbocyclic group" is intended to mean a stable 9- or 10-membered carbocyclic ring system that contains two fused rings and consists of carbon atoms. Of the two fused rings, one ring is a benzo ring fused to a second ring; and the second ring is a 5- or 6-membered carbon ring which is saturated, partially unsaturated, or unsaturated. The bicyclic carbocyclic group may be attached to its pendant group at any carbon atom which results in a stable structure. The bicyclic carbocyclic group described herein may be substituted on any carbon if the resulting compound is stable. Examples of a bicyclic carbocyclic group are, but not limited to, naphthyl, 1,2-dihydronaphthyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, and indanyl.
"Aryl" groups refer to monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, including, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, and phenanthranyl. Aryl moieties are well known and described, for example, in Lewis, R.J., ed., Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, 13th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1997).
“Benzyl" is intended to mean a methyl group on which one of the hydrogen atoms is replaced by a phenyl group, wherein said phenyl group may optionally be substituted with 1 to 5 groups, preferably 1 to 3 groups.
“Heterocycle", "heterocyclyl" or "heterocyclic ring" is intended to mean a stable 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7-, 8-, 9-, 10-, 11-, 12-, 13-, or 14- membered polycyclic heterocyclic ring that is saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated, and that contains carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, 0 and S; and including any polycyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring. The nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized (z.e., N— >0 and S(O)P, wherein p is 0, 1 or 2). The nitrogen atom may be substituted or unsubstituted (i.e., N or NR wherein R is H or another substituent, if defined). The heterocyclic ring may be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure. The heterocyclic rings described herein may be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable. A nitrogen in the heterocyclyl may optionally be quatemized. It is preferred that when the total number of S and 0 atoms in the heterocyclyl exceeds 1, then these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It is preferred that the total number of S and 0 atoms in the heterocyclyl is not more than 1. Bridged rings are also included in the definition of heterocyclyl. When the term "heterocyclyl" is used, it is intended to include heteroaryl.
Examples of heterocyclyls include, but are not limited to, acridinyl, azetidinyl, azocinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl. carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H, 6H- 1,5,2- dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3-o]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, I H-indazolyl. imidazolopyridinyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, 3H-indolyl, isatinoyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolopyndinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolopyridinyl, methylenedioxyphenyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5- oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolopyridinyl, oxazolidinylperimidinyl, oxindolyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, piperonyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazolyl, pyridoimidazolyl, pyridothiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrohnyl, 2- pyrrohdonyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, quinazohnyl, quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrazolyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, 6/f-l,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5- thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiazolopyridinyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl, triazinyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,5-triazolyl, 1 ,3,4-triazolyl, and xanthenyl. Also included are fused ring and spiro compounds containing, for example, the above heterocyclyls.
“Bicyclic heterocyclyl" "bicyclic heterocyclyl" or "bicyclic heterocyclic group" is intended to mean a stable 9- or 10-membered heterocyclic ring system which contains two fused rings and consists of carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, 0 and S. Of the two fused rings, one ring is a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic aromatic ring comprising a 5-membered heteroaryl ring, a 6- membered heteroaryl ring or a benzo ring, each fused to a second ring. The second ring is a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic ring which is saturated, partially unsaturated, or unsaturated, and comprises a 5-membered heterocyclyl, a 6-membered heterocyclyl or a carbocyclyl (provided the first ring is not benzo when the second ring is a carbocyclyl).
The bicyclic heterocyclic group may be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in a stable structure. The bicyclic heterocyclic group described herein may be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable. It is preferred that when the total number of S and 0 atoms in the heterocyclyl exceeds 1, then these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It is preferred that the total number of S and 0 atoms in the heterocyclyl is not more than 1.
Examples of a bicyclic heterocyclic group are, but not limited to, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, IH-indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 5, 6,7,8- tetrahydroquinolinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, chromanyl, 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydroquinoxalinyl, and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinazolinyl.
“Heteroaryl” is intended to mean stable monocyclic and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons that include at least one heteroatom ring member such as sulfur, oxygen, or nitrogen. Heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, furyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, pyrroyl, oxazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, benzthiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, indazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, purinyl, carbazolyl, benzimidazolyl, indolinyl, benzodioxolanyl, and benzodioxane. Heteroaryl groups are substituted or unsubstituted. The nitrogen atom is substituted or unsubstituted (re., N or NR wherein R is H or another substituent, if defined). The nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized (z.e., N— >0 and S(O)P, wherein p is 0, 1 or 2).
As referred to herein, the term "substituted" means that at least one hydrogen atom is replaced with a non-hydrogen group, provided that normal valencies are maintained and that the substitution results in a stable compound. When a substituent is keto (z.e., ~O). then 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced. Keto substituents are not present on aromatic moieties. When a ring system (e.g. , carbocyclic or heterocyclic) is said to be substituted with a carbonyl group or a double bond, it is intended that the carbonyl group or double bond be part (z.e., within) of the ring. Ring double bonds, as used herein, are double bonds that are formed between two adjacent ring atoms (e.g., C=C, C=N, or N=N).
In cases wherein there are nitrogen atoms (e.g., amines) on compounds of the present invention, these may be converted to N-oxides by treatment with an oxidizing agent (e.g., mCPBA and/or hydrogen peroxides) to afford other compounds of this invention. Thus, shown and claimed nitrogen atoms are considered to cover both the shown nitrogen and its N-oxide (N->0) derivative. When any variable occurs more than one time in any constituent or formula for a compound, its definition at each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. Thus, for example, if a group is shown to be substituted with 0-3 R groups, then said group may optionally be substituted with up to three R groups, and at each occurrence R is selected independently from the definition of R. Also, combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
When a bond to a substituent is shown to cross a bond connecting two atoms in a ring, then such substituent may be bonded to any atom on the ring. When a substituent is listed without indicating the atom in which such substituent is bonded to the rest of the compound of a given formula, then such substituent may be bonded via any atom in such substituent. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
The invention includes all pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms of the compounds. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are those in which the counter ions do not contribute significantly to the physiological activity or toxicity of the compounds and as such function as pharmacological equivalents. These salts can be made according to common organic techniques employing commercially available reagents. Some anionic salt forms include acetate, acistrate, besylate, bromide, chloride, citrate, fumarate, glucouronate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, iodide, lactate, maleate, mesylate, nitrate, pamoate, phosphate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, tosylate, and xinofoate. Some cationic salt forms include ammonium, aluminum, benzathine, bismuth, calcium, choline, diethylamine, diethanolamine, lithium, magnesium, meglumine, 4-phenylcyclohexylamine, piperazine, potassium, sodium, tromethamine, and zinc.
Throughout the specification and the appended claims, a given chemical formula or name shall encompass all stereo and optical isomers and racemates thereof where such isomers exist. Unless otherwise indicated, all chiral (enantiomeric and diastereomeric) and racemic forms are within the scope of the invention. Enantiomers and diastereomers are examples of stereoisomers. The term "enantiomer" refers to one of a pair of molecular species that are mirror images of each other and are not superimposable. The term "diastereomer" refers to stereoisomers that are not mirror images. The term "racemate" or "racemic mixture" refers to a composition composed of equimolar quantities of two enantiomeric species, wherein the composition is devoid of optical activity.
The invention includes all tautomeric forms of the compounds, atropisomers and rotational isomers.
The term "counterion" is used to represent a negatively charged species such as chloride, bromide, hydroxide, acetate, and sulfate.
All processes used to prepare compounds of the present invention and intermediates made therein are considered to be part of the present invention.
The symbols "R" and "S" represent the configuration of substituents around a chiral carbon atom(s). The isomeric descriptors "R" and "S" are used as described herein for indicating atom configuration(s) relative to a core molecule and are intended to be used as defined in the literature (IUPAC Recommendations 1996, Pure and Applied Chemistry, 68:2193-2222 (1996)).
The term "chiral" refers to the structural characteristic of a molecule that makes it impossible to superimpose it on its minor image. The term "homochiral" refers to a state of enantiomeric purity. The term "optical activity" refers to the degree to which a homochiral molecule or nonracemic mixture of chiral molecules rotates a plane of polarized light.
The invention is intended to include all isotopes of atoms occurring in the compounds. Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. By way of general example and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen include deuterium and tritium. Isotopes of carbon include 13C and 14C. Isotopically- labeled compounds of the invention can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described herein, using an appropriate isotopically -labeled reagent in place of the non-labeled reagent otherwise employed. Such compounds may have a variety of potential uses, for example as standards and reagents in determining biological activity. In the case of stable isotopes, such compounds may have the potential to favorably modify biological, pharmacological, or pharmacokinetic properties. BIOLOGICAL METHODS
RXFP1 Cyclic Adenosine Monophosphate (cAMP) Assays. Human embryonic kidney cells 293 (HEK293) cells and HEK293 cells stably expressing human RXFP1, were cultured in MEM medium supplemented with 10% qualified FBS, and 300 pg/ml hygromycin (Life Technologies). Cells were dissociated and suspended in assay buffer. The assay buffer was HBSS buffer (with calcium and magnesium) containing 20 mM HEPES, 0.05% BSA, and 0.5 mM IBMX. Cells (3000 cells per well, except 1500 cell per well for HEK293 cells stably expressing human RXFP1) were added to 384-well Proxiplates (Perkin-Elmer). Cells were immediately treated with test compounds in DMSO (2% final) at final concentrations in the range of 0.010 nM to 50 pM. Cells were incubated for 30 min at room temperature. The level of intracellular cAMP was determined using the HTRF HiRange cAMP assay reagent kit (Cisbio) according to manufacturer’s instructions. Solutions of cryptate conjugated anti-cAMP and d2 fluorophore-labelled cAMP were made in a supplied lysis buffer separately. Upon completion of the reaction, the cells were lysed with equal volume of the d2-cAMP solution and anti-cAMP solution. After a 1 h room temperature incubation, time-resolved fluorescence intensity was measured using the Envision (Perkin-Elmer) at 400 nm excitation and dual emission at 590 nm and 665 nm. A calibration curve was constructed with an external cAMP standard at concentrations ranging from 2.7 uM to 0. 1 pM by plotting the fluorescent intensity ratio from 665 nm emission to the intensity from the 590 nm emission against cAMP concentrations. The potency and activity of a compound to inhibit cAMP production was then determined by fitting to a 4-parametric logistic equation from a plot of cAMP level versus compound concentrations.
The examples disclosed below were tested in the human RXFP1 (hRXFPl) HEK293 cAMP assay described above and found to have agonist activity. Table 1 lists ECso values in the hRXFPl HEK293 cAMP assay measured for the examples.
Table 1 cAMP hRXFPl HEK293 Assay EC50 (nM)
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000055_0002
Figure imgf000055_0003
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000057_0002
Figure imgf000057_0003
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000058_0002
Figure imgf000058_0003
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000059_0002
Figure imgf000059_0003
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000060_0002
Figure imgf000060_0003
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000061_0002
Figure imgf000061_0003
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE
The compounds of Formula (I) are RXFP1 receptor agonists and may find use in the treatment of medical indications such as heart failure (e.g., heart failure with reduced ejection fraction (HFREF) or heart failure with preserved ejection fraction. (HFpEF)), fibrotic diseases, and related diseases such as lung disease (e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis or pulmonary hypertension), kidney disease (e g., chronic kidney disease), or hepatic disease (e.g., non-alcoholic steatohepatitis and portal hypertension). The compounds of Formular (I) can also be used to treat disorders that are a result of or a cause of arterial stiffness, reduced arterial elasticity, reduced arterial compliance and distensibility including hypertension, kidney disease, peripheral arterial disease, carotid and cerebrovascular disease (i.e stroke and dementia), diabetes, microvascular disease resulting in end organ damage, coronary artery' disease, and heart failure. The compounds described herein may also be used in the treatment of pre-eclampsia.
Another aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Another aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) for the treatment of a relaxin-associated disorder and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating a disease associated with relaxin comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I).
Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating a cardiovascular disease comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating heart failure comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating fibrosis comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating a disease associated with fibrosis comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof. Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating idiopathic pulmonary' fibrosis comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating a kidney disease (e.g., chronic kidney disease), comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating or preventing kidney failure, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
Another aspect of the invention is a method of improving, stabilizing or restoring renal function in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to the patient.
Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating idiopathic pulmonary' fibrosis comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating a kidney disease (e.g., chronic kidney disease), comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating a hepatic disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
Another aspect of the invention is a method of treating non-alcoholic steatohepatitis and portal hypertension comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) to a patient in need thereof.
Another aspect of the invention is use of a compound of Formula (I) for prophylaxis and/or treatment of a relaxin-associated disorder.
Another aspect of the invention is a compound of Formula (I) for use in the prophylaxis and/or treatment of a relaxin-associated disorder.
Unless otherwise specified, the following terms have the stated meanings.
The term "patient" or "subject" refers to any human or non-human organism that could potentially benefit from treatment with a RXFP1 agonist as understood by practi oners in this field. Exemplary' subjects include human beings of any age with risk factors for cardiovascular disease. Common risk factors include, but are not limited to, age, sex, weight, family history, sleep apnea, alcohol or tobacco use, physical inactivity arrythmia or signs of insulin resistance such as acanthosis nigricans, hypertension, dyslipidemia, or polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS).
"Treating" or "treatment" cover the treatment of a disease-state as understood by practitioners in this field and include the following: (a) inhibiting the disease-state, i.e., arresting it development; (b) relieving the disease-state, i.e., causing regression of the disease state; and/or (c) preventing the disease-state from occurring in a mammal, in particular, when such mammal is predisposed to the disease-state but has not yet been diagnosed as having it.
"Preventing" or "prevention" cover the preventive treatment (i.e., prophylaxis and/or risk reduction) of a subclinical disease-state aimed at reducing the probability of the occurrence of a clinical disease-state as understood by practitioners in this field. Patients are selected for preventative therapy based on factors that are known to increase risk of suffering a clinical disease state compared to the general population. "Prophylaxis" therapies can be divided into (a) primary prevention and (b) secondary prevention. Primary prevention is defined as treatment in a subject that has not yet presented with a clinical disease state, whereas secondary prevention is defined as preventing a second occurrence of the same or similar clinical disease state. "Risk reduction" or "reducing risk" covers therapies that lower the incidence of development of a clinical disease state. As such, primary and secondary prevention therapies are examples of risk reduction.
"Therapeutically effective amount" is intended to include an amount of a compound of the present invention that is effective when administered alone or in combination with other agents to treat disorders as understood by practitioners in this field. When applied to a combination, the term refers to combined amounts of the active ingredients that result in the preventive or therapeutic effect, whether administered in combination, serially, or simultaneously.
“Disorders of the cardiovascular system” or “cardiovascular disorders” include for example the following disorders: hypertension (high blood pressure), peripheral and cardiac vascular disorders, coronary heart disease, stable and unstable angina pectoris, heart attack, myocardial insufficiency, abnormal heart rhythms (or ariiythmias), persistent ischemic dysfunction ("hibernating myocardium"), temporary postischemic dysfunction ("stunned myocardium"), heart failure, disturbances of peripheral blood flow, acute coronary syndrome, heart failure, heart muscle disease (cardiomyopathy), myocardial infarction and vascular disease (blood vessel disease).
“Heart failure” includes both acute and chronic manifestations of heart failure, as well as more specific or related ty pes of disease, such as advanced heart failure, postacute heart failure, cardio-renal syndrome, heart failure with impaired kidney function, chronic heart failure, chronic heart failure with mid-range ejection fraction (HFmEF), compensated bean failure, decompensated heart failure, right heart failure, left heart failure, global failure, ischemic cardiomyopathy, dilated cardiomyopathy, heart failure associated with congenital heart defects, heart valve defects, heart failure associated with heart valve defects, mitral stenosis, mitral insufficiency, aortic stenosis, aortic insufficiency, tricuspid stenosis, tricuspid insufficiency, pulmonary stenosis, pulmonary valve insufficiency, heart failure associated with combined heart valve defects, myocardial inflammation (myocarditis), chronic myocarditis, acute myocarditis, viral myocarditis, diabetic heart failure, alcoholic cardiomyopathy, heart failure associated with cardiac storage disorders, diastolic heart failure, systolic heart failure, acute phases of worsening heart failure, heart failure with preserved ejection fraction (HFpEF), heart failure with reduced ejection fraction (HFrEF), chronic heart failure with reduced ejection fraction (HFrEF), chronic heart failure with preserved ejection fraction (HFpEF), post myocardial remodeling, angina, hypertension, pulmonary hypertension and pulmonary artery hypertension.
“Fibrotic disorders” encompasses diseases and disorders characterized by fibrosis, including among others the following diseases and disorders: hepatic fibrosis, cirrhosis of the liver, NASH, pulmonary fibrosis or lung fibrosis, cardiac fibrosis, endomyocardial fibrosis, nephropathy, glomerulonephritis, interstitial renal fibrosis, fibrotic damage resulting from diabetes, bone marrow fibrosis and similar fibrotic disorders, scleroderma, morphea, keloids, hypertrophic scarring (also following surgical procedures), naevi, diabetic retinopathy, proliferative vitreoretinopathy and disorders of the connective tissue (for example sarcoidosis).
Relaxin-associated disorders include but are not limited to disorders of the cardiovascular system and fibrotic disorders. The compounds of this invention can be administered by any suitable means, for example, orally, such as tablets, capsules (each of which includes sustained release or timed release formulations), pills, powders, granules, elixirs, tinctures, suspensions (including nanosuspensions, microsuspensions, spray-dried dispersions), syrups, and emulsions; sublingually; bucally; parenterally, such as by subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, or intrastemal injection, or infusion techniques (e g, as sterile injectable aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions); nasally, including administration to the nasal membranes, such as by inhalation spray; topically, such as in the form of a cream or ointment; or rectally such as in the form of suppositories. They can be administered alone, but generally will be administered with a pharmaceutical carrier selected on the basis of the chosen route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice.
"Pharmaceutical composition" means a composition comprising a compound of the invention in combination with at least one additional pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. A "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" refers to media generally accepted in the art for the delivery of biologically active agents to animals, in particular, mammals, including, i.e.. adjuvant, excipient or vehicle, such as diluents, preserving agents, fillers, flow regulating agents, disintegrating agents, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, suspending agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, perfuming agents, anti-bacterial agents, anti-fungal agents, lubricating agents and dispensing agents, depending on the nature of the mode of administration and dosage forms.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are formulated according to a number of factors well within the purview of those of ordinary skill in the art. These include, without limitation: the type and nature of the active agent being formulated; the subject to which the agent-containing composition is to be administered; the intended route of administration of the composition; and the therapeutic indication being targeted. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include both aqueous and non-aqueous liquid media, as well as a variety of solid and semi-solid dosage forms. Such carriers can include a number of different ingredients and additives in addition to the active agent, such additional ingredients being included in the formulation for a variety of reasons, e.g., stabilization of the active agent, binders, etc., well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Descriptions of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, and factors involved in their selection, are found in a variety of readily available sources such as, for example, Allen, L.V., Jr. et al., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (2 Volumes), 22nd Edition, Pharmaceutical Press (2012).
The dosage regimen for the compounds of the present invention will, of course, vary depending upon known factors, such as the pharmacodynamic characteristics of the particular agent and its mode and route of administration; the species, age, sex, health, medical condition, and weight of the recipient; the nature and extent of the symptoms; the kind of concurrent treatment; the frequency of treatment; the route of administration, the renal and hepatic function of the patient, and the effect desired.
By way of general guidance, the daily oral dosage of each active ingredient, when used for the indicated effects, will range between about 0.01 to about 5000 mg per day, preferably between about 0.1 to about 1000 mg per day, and most preferably between about 0. 1 to about 250 mg per day. Intravenously, the most preferred doses will range from about 0.01 to about 10 mg/kg/minute during a constant rate infusion. Compounds of this invention may be administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three, or four times daily.
The compounds are typically administered in admixture with suitable pharmaceutical diluents, excipients, or carriers (collectively referred to herein as pharmaceutical carriers) suitably selected with respect to the intended form of administration, e.g., oral tablets, capsules, elixirs, and syrups, and consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices.
Dosage forms (pharmaceutical compositions) suitable for administration may contain from about 1 milligram to about 2000 milligrams of active ingredient per dosage unit. In these pharmaceutical compositions the active ingredient will ordinarily be present in an amount of about 0. 1-95% by weight based on the total weight of the composition. A typical capsule for oral administration contains at least one of the compounds of the present invention (250 mg), lactose (75 mg), and magnesium stearate (15 mg). The mixture is passed through a 60 mesh sieve and packed into a No. 1 gelatin capsule. A typical injectable preparation is produced by aseptically placing at least one of the compounds of the present invention (250 mg) into a vial, aseptically freeze-drying and sealing. For use, the contents of the vial are mixed with 2 mL of physiological saline, to produce an injectable preparation. The compounds may be employed in combination with other suitable therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of diseases or disorders including: anti-atherosclerotic agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, anti-diabetic agents, anti-hyperglycemic agents, anti-hyperinsulinemic agents, anti-thrombotic agents, anti-retinopathic agents, anti-neuropathic agents, anti-nephropathic agents, anti-ischemic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-obesity agents, anti-hyperlipidemic agents, anti-hypertriglyceridemic agents, anti-hypercholesterolemic agents, anti-restenotic agents, anti-pancreatic agents, lipid lowering agents, anorectic agents, memory enhancing agents, anti-dementia agents, cognition promoting agents, appetite suppressants, agents for treating heart failure, agents for treating peripheral arterial disease, agents for treating malignant tumors, and anti-inflammatory agents.
The additional therapeutic agents may include ACE inhibitors, -blockers, diuretics, mineralocorticoid receptor antagonists, ryanodine receptor modulators, SERCA2a activators, renin inhibitors, calcium channel blockers, adenosine Al receptor agonists, partial adenosine Al receptor, dopamine P-hydroxylase inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin II receptor antagonists with biased agonism for select cell signaling pathways, combinations of angiotensin II receptor antagonists and neprilysin enzyme inhibitors, neprilysin enzyme inhibitors, soluble guanylate cyclase activators, myosin ATPase activators, rho-kinase 1 inhibitors, rho-kinase 2 inhibitors, apehn receptor agonists, nitroxyl donating compounds, calcium-dependent kinase II inhibitors, antifibrotic agents, galectin-3 inhibitors, vasopressin receptor antagonists, RXFP1 receptor modulators, natriuretic peptide receptor agonists, transient receptor potential vanilloid-4 channel blockers, anti-arrhythmic agents, //“funny current” channel blockers, nitrates, digitalis compounds, inotropic agents and -receptor agonists, cell membrane resealing agents for example Poloxamer 188, anti-hyperlipidemic agents, plasma HDL-raising agents, anti-hypercholesterolemic agents, cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors (such as HMG CoA reductase inhibitors), LXR agonist, FXR agonist, probucol, raloxifene, nicotinic acid, niacinamide, cholesterol absorption inhibitors, bile acid sequestrants, anion exchange resins, quaternary amines, cholesty ramine, colestipol, low density lipoprotein receptor inducers, clofibrate, fenofibrate, bezafibrate, ciprofibrate, gemfibrizol, vitamin B6, vitamin B12, anti-oxidant vitamins, anti-diabetes agents, platelet aggregation inhibitors, fibrinogen receptor antagonists, aspirin and fibnc acid derivatives, PCSK9 inhibitors, aspirin, and P2Y12 Inhibitors such as Clopidogrel.
The additional therapeutic agents may also include nintedanib, Pirfenidone, LPA1 antagonists, LPA1 receptor antagonists, GLP1 analogs, tralokinumab (IL-13, AstraZeneca), vismodegib (hedgehog antagonist, Roche), PRM-151 (pentraxin-2, TGF beta-1, Promedior), SAR-156597 (bispecific Mab IL-4&IL-13, Sanofi), simtuzumab ((anti-ly syl oxidase-like 2 (anti-LOXL2) antibody, Gilead), CKD-942, PTL-202 (PDE inh./pentoxifylline/NAC oral control, release, Pacific Ther.), omipalisib (oral PI3K/mT0R inhibitor, GSK), IW-001 (oral sol. bovine type V collagen mod., ImmuneWorks), STX-100 (integrin alpha V/ beta-6 ant, Stromedix/ Biogen), Actimmune (IFN gamma), PC-SOD (midismase; inhaled, LTT Bio-Pharma / CKD Pharm), lebrikizumab (anti-IL-13 SC humanized mAb, Roche), AQX-1125 (SHIP1 activator, Aquinox), CC-539 (JNK inhibitor, Celgene), FG-3019 (FibroGen), SAR-100842 (Sanofi), and obeticholic acid (OCA or INT-747, Intercept).
The above other therapeutic agents, when employed in combination with the compounds of the present invention may be used, for example, in those amounts indicated in the Physicians' Desk Reference, as in the patents set out above, or as otherwise determined by practitioners in the art.
Particularly when provided as a single dosage unit, the potential exists for a chemical interaction between the combined active ingredients. For this reason, when the compound of the present invention and a second therapeutic agent are combined in a single dosage unit they are formulated such that although the active ingredients are combined in a single dosage unit, the physical contact between the active ingredients is minimized (that is, reduced). For example, one active ingredient may be enteric coated. By enteric coating one of the active ingredients, it is possible not only to minimize the contact between the combined active ingredients, but also, it is possible to control the release of one of these components in the gastrointestinal tract such that one of these components is not released in the stomach but rather is released in the intestines. One of the active ingredients may also be coated with a material that affects a sustained-release throughout the gastrointestinal tract and also serves to minimize physical contact between the combined active ingredients. Furthermore, the sustained-released component can be additionally enteric coated such that the release of this component occurs only in the intestine. Still another approach would involve the formulation of a combination product in which the one component is coated with a sustained and/or enteric release polymer, and the other component is also coated with a polymer such as a low viscosity grade of hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) or other appropriate materials as known in the art, in order to further separate the active components. The polymer coating serves to form an additional barrier to interaction with the other component.
The compounds of the present invention are also useful as standard or reference compounds, for example as a quality standard or control, in tests or assays involving the RXFP1. Such compounds may be provided in a commercial kit, for example, for use in pharmaceutical research involving RXFP1 activity. For example, a compound of the present invention could be used as a reference in an assay to compare its known activity to a compound with an unknown activity. This would ensure the experimenter that the assay was being performed properly and provide a basis for comparison, especially if the test compound was a derivative of the reference compound. When developing new assays or protocols, compounds according to the present invention could be used to test their effectiveness. The compounds of the present invention may also be used in diagnostic assays involving RXFP1.
The present invention also encompasses an article of manufacture. As used herein, article of manufacture is intended to include, but not be limited to, kits and packages. The article of manufacture of the present invention, comprises: (a) a first container; (b) a pharmaceutical composition located within the first container, wherein the composition, comprises a first therapeutic agent, comprising a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof; and, (c) a package insert stating that the pharmaceutical composition can be used for the treatment of dyslipidemias and the sequelae thereof. In another embodiment, the package insert states that the pharmaceutical composition can be used in combination (as defined previously) with a second therapeutic agent for the treatment of dyslipidemias and the sequelae thereof. The article of manufacture can further comprise: (d) a second container, wherein components (a) and (b) are located within the second container and component (c) is located within or outside of the second container. Located within the first and second containers means that the respective container holds the item within its boundaries. The first container is a receptacle used to hold a pharmaceutical composition. This container can be for manufacturing, storing, shipping, and/or individual/bulk selling. First container is intended to cover a bottle, jar, vial, flask, syringe, tube (e.g. , for a cream preparation), or any other container used to manufacture, hold, store, or distribute a pharmaceutical product.
The second container is one used to hold the first container and, optionally, the package insert. Examples of the second container include, but are not limited to, boxes (e.g., cardboard or plastic), crates, cartons, bags (e.g., paper or plastic bags), pouches, and sacks. The package insert can be physically attached to the outside of the first container via tape, glue, staple, or another method of attachment, or it can rest inside the second container without any physical means of attachment to the first container. Alternatively, the package insert is located on the outside of the second container. When located on the outside of the second container, it is preferable that the package insert is physically attached via tape, glue, staple, or another method of attachment. Alternatively, it can be adjacent to or touching the outside of the second container without being physically attached.
The package insert is a label, tag, marker, etc. that recites information relating to the pharmaceutical composition located within the first container. The information recited will usually be determined by the regulatory agency governing the area in which the article of manufacture is to be sold (e.g., the United States Food and Drug Administration). Preferably, the package insert specifically recites the indications for which the pharmaceutical composition has been approved. The package insert may be made of any material on which a person can read information contained therein or thereon. Preferably, the package insert is a printable material (c.g.. paper, plastic, cardboard, foil, adhesive-backed paper or plastic, etc.) on which the desired information has been formed (e.g., printed or applied).
CHEMICAL METHODS
The compounds of this invention can be made by various methods known in the art including those of the following schemes and in the specific embodiments section. The structure numbering and variable numbering shown in the synthetic schemes are distinct from, and should not be confused with, the structure or variable numbering in the claims or the rest of the specification. The variables in the schemes are meant only to illustrate how to make some of the compounds of this invention.
The disclosure is not limited to the foregoing illustrative examples and the examples should be considered in all respects as illustrative and not restrictive, and all changes which come within the meaning and range of equivalency of the claims are therefore intended to be embraced.
It will also be recognized that another major consideration in the planning of any synthetic route in this field is the judicious choice of the protecting group used for protection of the reactive functional groups present in the compounds described in this invention. An authoritative account describing the many alternatives to the trained practitioner is Greene, T.W. et al., Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th Edition, Wiley (2007)).
Abbreviations are defined as follows: "1 x" for once, "2 x" for twice, "3 x" for thrice, " °C" for degrees Celsius, "aq" for aqueous, "eq" or “equiv.” for equivalent or equivalents, "g" for gram or grams, "mg" for milligram or milligrams, "L" for liter or liters, "mL" for milliliter or milliliters, "pL" for microliter or microliters, "N" for normal, "M" for molar, "nM" for nanomolar, “pM” for picomolar, "mol" for mole or moles, "mmol" for millimole or millimoles, "min" for minute or minutes, "h" for hour or hours, "rt" for room temperature, "RT" for retention time, "atm" for atmosphere, "psi" for pounds per square inch, "cone." for concentrate, "aq" for "aqueous", "sat." for saturated, "MW" for molecular weight, "MS" or "Mass Spec" for mass spectrometry, "ESI" for electrospray ionization mass spectroscopy, "LC-MS" for liquid chromatography mass spectrometry, "HPLC" for high pressure liquid chromatography, "RP HPLC" for reverse phase HPLC, "NMR" for nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, “SFC” for super critical fluid chromatography, "41" for proton, "δ " for delta, "s" for singlet, "d" for doublet, "t" for triplet, "q" for quartet, "m" for multiplet, "br" for broad, "Hz" for hertz, “MHz” for megahertz, and "a", "0", "R", "S", "E", and "Z" are stereochemical designations familiar to one skilled in the art.
AcCl acetyl chloride
AcOH acetic acid
AIBN Azobisisobutyronitrile BHFFT bis(tetramethylene)fluoroformadmidinium hexafluorophosphate
Boc tert-butyloxycarbonyl
BuLi butyl lithium
DAST Diethylaminosulfur trifluoroide
DCE Dichloroethane
DCM Dichloromethane
DIEA diispropyl ethylamine
DMAP 4-dimethylamino pyridine
DMF Dimethylformamide
DPPA Diphenyl phosphorylazide
Et20 diethy l ether
EtOAc Ethylacetate
EtOH Ethanol
HATU (l-[Bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-lH-l,2,3-triazolo[4,5- b]pyridinium 3-oxid hexafluorophosphate)
HMPA hexamethylphosphoramide
IPA isopropanol i-Pr Isopropyl
KHMDS potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide\
LDA lithium diisopropyl amide
MeCN Acetonitrile
MeOH Methanol
Me Methyl
NBS N-bromosuccinimide
Pd/C palladium on carbon pTsOH p-toluenesulfonic acid
PyBroP Bromotripyrrohdinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate
T3P 2,4,6-Tripropyl-l,3,5,2,4,6-trioxatriphosphorinane-2,4,6-trioxide
TBAF tetra-n-butyl ammonium fluoride t-Bu tert-butyl
Teoc 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carboxylate
TFA trifluoro acetic acid TFAA trifluoro acetic anhydride
THF Tetrahydrofuran
TsOH Tolulenesulfonic acid
XPhos-Pd-G2 2nd generation XPhos precatalyst CAS no. 1310584-14-5
The following methods were used in the exemplified examples, except where noted otherwise. Purification of intermediates and final products was carried out via either normal or reverse phase chromatography. Normal phase chromatography was carried out using prepacked SiO2 cartridges eluting with either gradients of hexanes and ethyl acetate or DCM and MeOH unless otherwise indicated. Reverse phase preparative HPLC was carried out using C18 columns with UV 220 nm or prep LCMS detection eluting with gradients of Solvent A (90% water, 10% MeOH, 0.1% TFA) and Solvent B (10% water, 90% MeOH, 0.1% TFA) or with gradients of Solvent A (95% water, 5% ACN, 0.1% TFA) and Solvent B (5% water, 95% ACN, 0.1% TFA) or with gradients of Solvent A (95% water, 2% ACN, 0.1% HCOOH) and Solvent B (98% ACN, 2% water, 0.1% HCOOH) or with gradients of Solvent A (95% water, 5% ACN, 10 mM NH4OAc) and Solvent B (98% ACN, 2% water, 10 mM NH4OAc) or with gradients of Solvent A (98% water, 2% ACN, 0.1% NH40H) and Solvent B (98% ACN, 2% water, 0.1% NH4OH).
LC/MS methods employed in characterization of examples are listed below.
Method A:
Instrument: Waters Acquity coupled with a Waters MICROMASS® ZQ Mass Spectrometer
Linear gradient of 2 to 98% B over 1 min, with 0.5 min hold time at 98% B UV visualization at 220 nm
Column: Waters BEH Cl 8, 2.1 x 50 mm
Flow rate: 0.8 mL/min (Method A)
Mobile Phase A: 0.05% TFA, 100% water
Mobile Phase B: 0.05% TFA, 100% acetonitrile
Method B:
Instrument: Shimadzu Prominence HPLC coupled with a Shimadzu LCMS-2020 Mass Spectrometer
Linear gradient of 0 to 100% B over 3 min, with 0.75 min hold time at 100% B UV visualization at 220 nm Column: Waters Xbridge C18, 2.1 x 50 mm, 1.7 um particles
Flow rate: 1 mL/min
Mobile Phase A: 10 mM ammonium acetate, 95:5 water: acetonitrile
Mobile Phase B: 10 mM ammonium acetate, 5:95 water: acetonitrile
Method C:
Instrument: Shimadzu Prominence HPLC coupled with a Shimadzu LCMS-2020 Mass Spectrometer
Linear gradient of 0 to 100% B over 3 min, with 0.75 min hold time at 100% B UV visualization at 220 nm
Column: Waters Xbridge C18, 2.1 x 50 mm, 1.7 um particles
Flow rate: 1 mL/min
Mobile Phase A: 0.1% TFA, 95:5 water: acetonitrile
Mobile Phase B: 0.1% TFA, 5:95 water: acetonitrile
Method D:
Instrument: Waters Acquity coupled with a Waters MICROMASS® ZQ Mass Spectrometer
Linear gradient of 10% B to 98% B over 1 min, with 0.5 min hold time at 98% B UV visualization at 220 nm
Column: Waters Acquity GEN C18, 2.1 x 50 mm, 1.7 um particles
Flow rate: 1 mL/min
Mobile Phase A: 0.05% TFA, 100% water
Mobile Phase B: 0.05% TFA, 100% acetonitrile
Method E:
Instrument: Shimadzu Prominence HPLC coupled with a Shimadzu LCMS-2020 Mass Spectrometer
Linear gradient of 0 to 100% B over 1 min, with 0.5 min hold time at 100% B UV visualization at 220 nm
Column: Waters Acquity BEH C 18, 2.1 x 50 mm, 1.7 um particles
Flow rate: 1 mL/min
Mobile Phase A: 10 mM ammonium acetate, 95:5 water: acetonitrile
Mobile Phase B: 10 mM ammonium acetate, 5:95 water: acetonitrile
NMR Employed in Characterization of Examples. 1 H NMR spectra were obtained with Bruker or JEOL® Fourier transform spectrometers operating at frequencies as follows:
Figure imgf000075_0001
NMR: 400 MHz (Bruker or JEOL®) or 500 MHz (Bruker or JEOL®). Spectra data are reported in the format: chemical shift (multiplicity, coupling constants, number of hydrogens). Chemical shifts are specified in ppm downfield of a tetramethylsilane internal standard (8 units, tetramethylsilane = 0 ppm) and/or referenced to solvent peaks, which in 'H NMR spectra appear at 2.51 ppm for DMSO-de, 3.30 ppm for CD3OD, 1.94 ppm for CD3CN, and 7.24 ppm for CDC13.
Scheme I describes how norbomyl examples may be prepared starting from norbomyl intermediates 1-1, which are either commercially available (R1 = R2 = H) or prepared as described in subsequent Schemes. Starting from protected amino esters such as 1-1, the olefin may be reduced under hydrogenation conditions (e.g., Pd/C, H2). The resulting Boc-protected amine 1-2 may then be deprotected using TFA, followed by subsequent acylation with a benzoic acid employing a variety of amide bond forming conditions (e.g., HATU or BOP-CI, with DIEA) to furnish 1-3. Ester 1-3 could then be converted directly to examples of the general structure I by treatment with an appropriate amine and AlMei. Alternatively, the sequence of amide bond forming reactions may be reversed starting with saponification of 1-2 followed by treatment with T3P® and an appropriate amine to produce 1-4. Deprotection and acylation according to the previously described conditions would then also yield Examples of the general structure I. In addition, the initial hydrogenation step may be delayed until any point in the sequence without altering the outcome of the steps described in Scheme 1.
Scheme I
Figure imgf000076_0001
Scheme II shows one method for the production of norbomyl analogs with substitution at the C7 position starting from II-l. Treatment of II- 1 with malic anhydride furnished II-2, which was selectively hydrogenated and solvolyzed to produce II-3. Curtius reaction of II-3 with DPPA in the presence of tnmethylsilanol led to the formation of II-4. Deprotection of the Teoc group under standard conditions led to the formation of amine II-5 which could be elaborated to Examples of the general structure II directly.
Alternatively, structure II could be treated with ozone to furnish ketone II-6, which could in turn be functionalized via a variety of standard transformations including but not limited to organometallic addition (e.g., R-Li, R-MgBr), Wittig or Homer-Wadsworth Emmons (HWE) olefination, or acetal formation. These products could serve as Examples of the general structure I or II themselves, or alternatively could serve as intermediates for further elaboration. In addition, the ozonolysis step could be conducted earlier in the synthetic sequence for strategic reasons without altering the outcome of the synthetic steps outline in Scheme II.
Scheme II
Figure imgf000077_0001
The norbomyl intermediate IIa-8 could also be prepared by the general route shown in Scheme Ila from furan-2, 5-dione and ferrocenium hexafluorophosphate. Diels Alder condensation, followed by hydrolysis to IIa-2, Curtius rearrangement to the intermediate amine which was reduced under hydrogenation conditions and subsequently protected to generate intermediate IIa-3. Cleavage of the benzyl ester and cross coupling to NR1R2 generated intermediates with the general structure IIa-5. Conversion of the C7 hydroxy group to the ketone followed by Wittig olefination generated major isomer intermediate IIa-8. The major isomer was separated from the minor isomer by chromatography and the racemate separated into enantiopure IIa-8 (-).
Figure imgf000078_0001
Scheme III shows how the norbomyl cores may be fluorinated. Staring with II-4, the material was deprotonated with LDA and fluorinated with N-fluoro- bisbenezenesulfonimide, then subsequently elaborated to Examples of the general structure III according to the path outlined in Scheme I. Alternatively, III- 1 could be treated with ozone similarly to as in Scheme II to furnish III-2. Intermediate III-2 could then be treated with Wittig or HWE conditions and processed as in Scheme II to furnish Examples of the general structure III). Scheme III
Figure imgf000079_0001
Scheme IV demonstrates the preparation of a variety of diverse C-7 methylidene substituted norbomyl cores from a common intermediate bromide. II-4 was converted to IV-1 through standard Teoc-deprotection, TFA acylation procedure. Ester IV-1 was converted to amide IV-2 according to the AlMe3 procedure outlined in Scheme I and IV- 2 was ozonolyzed to ketone IV-3 as in Scheme II. Wittig methylination furnished olefin IV-4, which was treated with bromine and KHMDS to furnish IV-5 and IV-6 as a mixture of isomers that was separated by silica gel chromatography. Isomer IV-6 was then subjected to chiral SFC purification to produce a single enanatiomer of IV, which was then deprotected to IV-7. Amine IV-7 could then be acylated according to the methods outlined in Scheme 1 to yield IV-8. Vinyl bromides may also be further functionalized (e.g., Suzuki, Negishi and Semmelhack reaction conditions, among others) which led to diverse Examples of the general structure IV or corresponding intermediates which could then be elaborated further. Alternatively, the vinyl bromide functionalization steps could be performed on the IV-6, and the resulting material processed similarly to Examples of the general structure IV. Scheme IV
Figure imgf000080_0001
or CO, Pd(PPh3)4, TEA (R = CO2Me)
Scheme V demonstrates a method for the introduction of diverse amides on highly elaborated norbomyl carboxylates. An intermediate V-l, prepared according to the methods described in Schemes I-IV, could be treated with pivaloyl chloride, DMAP, and DIEA to furnish V-2. The resulting imide could be displaced directly with an amine in the presence of AlMei to furnish Examples of the general structure II. Alternatively, V-2 could be hydrolyzed through the use of hydroxide (e.g., LiOH, NaOH, etc.) to furnish V- 3, which could functionalized further according the methods outlined in Scheme I to furnish Examples of the general structure II. Scheme V
Figure imgf000081_0001
Scheme VI describes the synthesis of bicyclic benzoates (Ari = -Ar’ -Ar”, where Ar” = substituted phenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic olefin) for use in Schemes I-IV. Aryl bromides VI-1 (where R can be H, Me, Bn, tBu among others) were treated with aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclic vinyl boronic acids (or esters) VI-2, a palladium catalyst (e.g., Pd(PPh3)4, PdCh(dppf), etc.), an appropriate base (e.g., Na2CO3, K3PO4, etc.) under Suzuki reaction conditions to furnish bicycle VI-3. Alternatively the coupling partners could be reversed, employing aryl boronic acid VI-4 and halide VI-5 under similar conditions to likewise yield VI-3. Where VI-3, R H, the benzoate could be cleaved employing saponification (e.g., LiOH, water for R = Me), acidic (e.g., TFA/DCM for R = tBu), or hydrogenolytic conditions (e.g., Pd/C, H2 for R = Bn) to furnish VI-6. Benzoic acid VI-6 could then be coupled to the norbomyl cores as is outlined in Schemes I-IV to furnish Examples of the general structures I or II or intermediates that could be further elaborated to Examples.
Scheme VI
Figure imgf000081_0002
Scheme VII, outlines a synthesis of/V-hnked nitrogen-heterocycle bicyclic benzoates from benzoate intermediates VI-1 or VI-4. Treatment of VI-1 with amine VII- 1 under either Hartwig-Buchwald reaction (e.g., Pd(OAc)2, BINAP, CS2CO3 among others) or Ullman reaction (e.g., Cui, proline, CS2CO3 among others) conditions to furnish bicycle VII-2. Alternatively, VII-2 could be prepared from VI-4 according to Chan- Evans-Lam conditions (e.g., Cu(OAc)2, TEA, O2 among others). Intermediates VII-2 could then be further functionalized in a similar manner to VI-3 in Scheme VI via ester cleavage where required and further manipulation according to Schemes I-IV either directly to Examples of the general structures I or II or to intermediates that could be further elaborated to Examples.
Scheme VII
Figure imgf000082_0001
Scheme VIII illustrates a general route to mandelic acid-based biaryl analogs.
Commercially available VIII-1 was converted to the t-butyl ester VIII-2, then brominated to furnish VIII-3. Displacement of the bromide with acetic acid furnished intermediate VIII-4, which was then subjected to a Suzuki reaction as was described in Scheme VI to furnish VIII-5 (acetate cleavage was concomitant with biaryl formation). The resulting acid was directly coupled to a norbomyl amine intermediate VIII-6 as was described in Scheme I to furnish VIII-7. The t-butyl ester VIII-7 could then be cleaved (TFA/DCM) to furnish Examples of the general structure Villa. Alternatively, the hydroxyl group in VIII-7 could be elaborated with either the appropriate isocyanate or a two-step carbamate forming protocol (e.g., nitrophenyl chloroformate, TEA, followed by an amine) to furnish VIII-8, which could then be cleaved (TFA/DCM) to furnish Examples of the general structure VUIb. Scheme VIII
Figure imgf000083_0001
Scheme IX shows a modification to the steps in Scheme VIII that allow for the preparation of phenylglycine-based biaryl analogs. Intermediate VIII-3 was treated with ammonia, followed by acylation to furnish intermediate IX-1, which was elaborated according to the methods outlined in Scheme VIII to furnish Examples of the general structure IX. Scheme IX
Figure imgf000084_0001
Scheme X describes a method whereby analogs with diverse aliphatic C-7 substituents could be prepared from Intermediate X-l, itself prepared according to the route outlined in Scheme VIII. Treatment of intermediate X-l with alkyl bromides under the conditions outlined in MacMillan et. al. (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2016, 138, 8084-8087) followed by subsequent deprotection of the tBu ester led to Examples of the general structure X.
Figure imgf000084_0002
Scheme XI demonstrated a route to the preparation of analogs with diverse aliphatic aryl-substituents (R) which can be prepared from Example 292. Treatment of Example 292 with alkyl bromides under the conditions outlined in MacMillan et. al. (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2016, 138, 8084-8087) provided analogs of the general structure XI.
Scheme XI
Figure imgf000085_0001
Scheme XII describes a route for the production of substituted isoxazoline analogs. Treatment of XII- 1 with NaOCl, followed by a substituted olefin with subsequent saponification of the ester provided intermediates XII-2. These intermediates were coupled with norbomyl amines according to the methods outlined in Scheme 1 to furnish Examples of the general structure XII.
Scheme XII
Figure imgf000085_0002
Scheme XIII describes a route for generation of analogs with diverse aryl substituents (Ar). Boronic acid VI-4 was treated with pinacol, followed by amide coupling with a norbomyl amide (prepared according to the Schemes above) to furnish XIII-1. Treatment of XIII- 1 with aryl halides under standard anhydrous Suzuki conditions led to the formation of analogs XIII. Scheme XIII
Figure imgf000086_0001
Intermediate II-2: At 0 °C, into the reaction vessel was added Et20 (100 mL), 5-(propan- 2-ylidene)cyclopenta-l,3-diene (II-l, 10 g, 94 mmol), and furan-2,5-dione (10 g, 102 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 18 h, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified via silica gel chromatography to provide II-2 (3.74 g, 18.3 mmol, 19.0% yield). Intermediate II-2 is a known compound; please see: PCT Int. Appl., 2011163502, 29 Dec 2011.
Intermediate II-3: Into the reaction vessel was added II-2 (2.74 g, 13.4 mmol), EtOAc (100 mL), pyridine (0.540 mL, 6.71 mmol), and Pd/C (70 mg, 0.070 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C under 1 atm H2 (H2 balloon) for 60 min filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting intermediate was dissolved in methanol (50 mL) and heated at 50 °C for 12 h. Concentration of the reaction mixure under reduced pressure (azeotrope with toluene 3 x 15 mL) produced II-3 (3.21 g, 13.5 mmol, 100% yield) that w as used without further purification.
Intermediate II-4: Into the reaction vessel was added II-3 (3.2 g, 13 mmol), Et3N (3.38 mL, 24.3 mmol), toluene (75 mL), and diphenylphosphoryl azide (4.35 mL, 20.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was subsequently heated at 85 °C for 30 min and 2-(tnmethylsilyl)ethanol (4.83 mL, 33.7 mmol) was added. After stirnng at 85 °C for 66 h, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to 23 °C and purified via silica gel chromatography to provide racemic II-4 (3.71 g, 10.5 mmol, 78.0% yield) LC-MS RT = 1.25 min; (M+H) = 354.1. Method A. Racemic II-4 was separated into individual enantiomers using chiral SFC. Preparative chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Thar 350 SFC; Column: Whelko-RR, 5 x 50 cm, 10 micron; Mobile phase: 13% IPA/87% CO2; Flow conditions: 300 mL/min, 100 Bar, 35 °C;
Detector wavelength: 220 nm; Injections details: 4 injections of 3.5 mL of 59 g / 490 mL MeOH:DCM (4: 1) 120 mg/mL in IPA. Analytical chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Thar analytical SFC; Column: Whelko-RR (0.46 x 25 cm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 5% IPA/95% CO2; Flow conditions: 3 mL/min, 140 Bar, 40 °C; Detector wavelength: 200-400 nm UV. Peak 1, RT = 3.496 min, >99% ee; Peak 2, RT = 4.417 min, >99% ee. Intermediate II-4 product Peak #1 was collected and carried forward to produce chiral 5-5. Intermediate 5-5: Into the reaction vessel was added chiral II-4 (3.71 g, 10.5 mmol), THF (80 mL), and TBAF (31.5 mL, 31.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 12 h, diluted with EtOAc (15 mL), and the organic portion washed with sat. NaHCOi (15 mL). The organic phase was collected, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated under reduced pressure and dissolved in DCM (50 mL). After cooling to 0 °C, DIEA (5.50 mL, 31.5 mmol), and 4,5-difluoro-2-methoxybenzoyl chloride (2.4 g, 12 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 h, then allowed to warm to 23 °C, concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue purified via silica gel chromatography to produce 5-5 (2.9 g, 7.7 mmol, 74% yield). LC-MS RT = 1.13 min; (M+H) = 380.1. Method A.
Example 56: Into the reaction vessel was added 4-fluoro-3-(tnfhioromethyl)aniline (4.87 g, 27.2 mmol), toluene (40 mL) and trimethylaluminum (13.59 mL, 27.20 mmol). After stirring at 23 °C for 30 min, 5-6 (2.95 g, 7.76 mmol) in toluene (80 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 65 °C for 30 min. After allowing to cool to 23 °C, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with an aqueous solution sat. with Rochelle salt. The organic layer was dried over Na2SOi. filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified via silica gel chromatography to Example 56 (3.23 g, 6.14 mmol, 79.0% yield). LCMS RT = 1.23 min; (M+H) = 527.1; Method A.
Intermediate 5-6: Into the reaction vessel was added Example 56 (110 mg, 0.210 mmol) and EtOAc (5 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to -78 °C and O3 was bubbled through the solution for 10 min, (until blue color appeared). After bubbling N2 to remove excess O3, dimethyl disulfide (0.370 mL, 4.18 mmol) was subsequently added and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 23 °C and stirred for 12 h. The reaction mixure was concentrated under reduced pressure to produce a residue, 5-6 (100 mg, 0.20 mmol, 96% yield) that was used without further purification. LC-MS RT = 1.08 min; (M+H) = 501.1; Method A.
Procedure for example 5: Into the reaction vessel was added diethyl benzylphosphonate (0.290 mL, 1.40 mmol), THF (10 mL). The mixture was cooled to -78 °C and KHMDS (1.4 mL, 1.4 mmol) was added. This mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 15 min and 5-6 was added at -78 °C. After stirring at -78 °C for 10 min, the mixture was allowed to warm to 23 °C, stirred at 23 °C for 1 h, quenched with sat. NaHCOs and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was collected, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified via silica gel chromatography to produce the A’-isomer example 5 (59 mg, 0.10 mmol, 51% yield) and the Z-isomer example 6 (34 mg, 0.060 mmol, 29% yield).
Figure imgf000089_0001
NMR (400MHz, CDC13) 8 9.53 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J=11.2, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=6.1, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.55 - 7.47 (m, 1H), 7.37 - 7.21 (m, 5H), 7.10 (t, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (dd, J=11.6, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 6.31 (s, 1H), 4.83 - 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.46 - 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.12 (dd, J=10.7, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 2.89 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.31 - 2.20 (m, 1H), 1.94 - 1.84 (m, 1H), 1.79 - 1.65 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.25 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 575.2 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 6
Figure imgf000089_0002
Procedure for example 6: Example 6 was prepared as a byproduct of example 5. ' H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) 8 9.51 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J=11.4, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=6.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.53 (dt, J=8.5, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 7.37 - 7.30 (m, 4H), 7.25 - 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.12 (t, J=9.4 Hz. 1H), 6.78 (dd, J=11.7, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (s, 1H), 4.83 (ddd, J=10.9, 7.6, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.49 (br. s., 1H), 3.16 (dd, J=10.8, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (br. s., 1H), 2.22 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 1.91 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 1.69 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.25 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 575.2 (M+H)+; Method A. Example 11
Figure imgf000090_0001
, , , , reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling N2 for 10 min, sealed, and stirred at 60 °C for 2 h. After the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to 23 °C, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified via preparative RP-HPLC to produce example 12 (7.7 mg, 0.010 mmol, 77% yield). 1 H NMR (500MHZ, CDC13) 8 9,54 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J=11.3, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=6.3, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.53 (dt, J=8.9, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (t, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (dd, J=11.6, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (d, J=1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.08 (s, 1H), 4.82 - 4.73 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.37 (t, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (dd, J=10.7, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.84 (t, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.20 - 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.90 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 1.69-1.65 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.22 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 565.0 (M+H)+; Method C.
Example 13
Figure imgf000091_0001
Procedure for example 13: Example 13 was prepared from 5-6 (5.0mg, 8,7 pmol), employing [l,r-biphenyl]-4-ylboronic acid, according to the method described for example 12. In the case of the formation of example 13, the cross-coupled product was not obtained, but the dehalogenated byproduct was observed and isolated (2.3 mg, 4.6 pmol, 53%). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13) 5 9.44 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (dd, J=11.3, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.99 - 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.76 (bs, 1H), 7.58 - 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.13 (t, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (dd, J=11.6, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (s, 1H), 4.85 (s, 1H), 4.79 - 4.73 (m, 1H), 3.11 (dd, J=10.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (br. s., 1H), 2.79 (br. s., 1H), 2.24 - 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.88 - 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.69 - 1.63 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.17 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 499.1 (M+H)+; Method C.
Example 33
Figure imgf000091_0002
Procedure for example 33: Into the reaction vessel was added IH-indene (34.8 mg, 0.300 mmol) and THF (2 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to -78 °C and nBuLi (0. 19 mL, 0.30 mmol) was added. After stirring at -78 °C for 10 min and at 23 °C for 10 min, the reaction mixture was again cooled to -78 °C and 5-6 (15 mg, 0.030 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 23 °C, stirred for 15 min, and quenched by the addition of sat. NaHCO; and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was dried over Na2SOr, filtered, concentrated, and dissolved in Et2O (2 mL). After the addition of Burgess reagent (14.3 mg, 0.0600 mmol) (1 equiv. was added and then added another 1 equiv. after 3 h), the reaction mixture was stirred at 45 °C for 12 h. The resulting solution was concentrated, and purified via silica gel chromatography to produce the E-isomeric product (3.4 mg, 5.6 pmol, 19% yield) and Z-isomer example 33 (4.6 mg, 7.5 pmol, 25% yield). 1H NMR (500MHZ, CDC13) δ 9.63 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J1=1.3, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J=6.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.57 (dt, J=8.7,
3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32 - 7.26 (m, 1H), 7.25 - 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.17 (t, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J5=.5 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (dd, J1=1.6, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.94 - 4.86 (m, 1H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 3.98 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.43 (t, J3=.9 Hz, 1H), 3.19 (dd, J=10.9, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.40 - 2.33 (m, 1H), 2.14 - 2.07 (m, 1H), 1.84 - 1.70 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.27 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 599.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 34
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
Intermediate 34-1: Intermediate 34-1 was prepared from 5-6 and tert-butyl 2- (diethoxyphosphoryl)acetate in the same manner as the general Wittig reaction in Example 5. LC-MS RT = 1.25 mm; (M+H) = 599.1; Method A. Intermediate 34-2: Into the reaction vessel was added 34-1 (50 mg, 0.080 mmol), DCM (2 mL), and TFA (0.200 mL, 2.59 mmol). After stirring at 23 °C for 12 h, concentration of the reaction contents, under reduced pressure, provided 34-2 (46 mg, 0.080 mmol, 98% yield), that was used without further purification. LC-MS RT = 1.08 min, (M+H) = 543.1; Method A.
Procedure for example 34: Into the reaction vessel was added 34-2 (5 mg, 9 pmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (5 pl, 0.03 mmol), and HATU (7 mg, 0.02 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 3 h, the solution concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified via preparative HPLC to produce example 34 (3.8 mg, 6.8 pmol, 74% yield). LC-MS RT: 1.18 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 618.1 (M+H)+; Method B.
Example 51
Figure imgf000094_0001
Intermediate III-l: Into the reaction vessel was added II-4 (100 mg, 0.28 mmol) and THF (5 mL). After cooling to -78 °C, LDA (prepared from BuLi (0.53 mL, 0.85 mmol) and diisopropylamine (0.12 mL, 0.85 mmol) at 0 °C) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 15 min. Subsequently, N-fluoro-N- (phenylsulfonyl)benzenesulfonamide (223 mg, 0.710 mmol) was added at -78 °C. After stirring at -78 °C for 1 h, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of sat. NaHCOi and the aqueous portion extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic portion was dried over Na2SOr, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified via silica gel chromatography to produce III-l (59.5 mg, 0.160 mmol, 57.0% yield) (1st peak) along with the /ra -isomer (17.5 mg, 0.0500 mmol, 17.0% yield) (2nd peak). LC-MS RT = 1.21 mm, (M+H) = 372.1; Method A.
Intermediate 51-2: Into the reaction vessel was added III-l (20 mg, 0.050 mmol), THF (1 mL), and TBAF (0.270 mL, 0.270 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 3 h, diluted with EtOAc, and the organic portion washed with sat. NaHCOs. The organic phase was collected, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated under reduced pressure and redissolved in DCM (1 mL). DIEA (0.02 mL, 0.11 mmol) and 4,5-difluoro-2- methoxybenzoyl chloride (16.7 mg, 0.0800 mmol) were subsequently added. After stirring at 23 °C for 1 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified via silica gel chromatography to produce 51-2 (7.2 mg, 0.020 mmol, 34% yield). LC-MS RT = 1.11 min, (M+H) = 398.1; Method A. Intermediate 51-3: Into the reaction vessel was added 51-2 (7.5 mg, 0.020 mmol), THF (1 mL), water (0.5 mL), and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (4.0 mg, 0.090 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 1 h, diluted with EtOAc (10 mL), and the organic portion washed with 10 mL sat. NHrCl containing 0.1 mmol HC1. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 51-3 (7.5 mg, 0.020 mmol, 100% yield) that was used without further purification. LC- MS RT = 0.98 min, (M+H) = 384. 1; Method A.
Procedure for example 51: Into the reaction vessel was added 51-3 (7.0 mg, 0.020 mmol), 4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline (6.5 mg, 0.040 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (6 pl, 0.04 mmol), and HATU (14 mg, 0.040 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 1 h, allowed to cool to 23 °C, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified via silica gel chromatography to produce example 51 (4.7 mg, 8.3 pmol, 45% yield).
Figure imgf000095_0001
NMR (500MHz, CDC13) 5 9.21 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (dd, J=6.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (dd, J=11.3, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dt, J=8.8, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (t,
J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (dd, J=11.7, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 4.70 - 4.54 (m, 1H), 3.13 (t, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.98 (dd, J=9.4, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.07 - 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.79 (s, 3H), 1.74 (s, 3H), 1.57 - 1.43 (m, 3H). LC-MS RT: 1.23 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 545.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 52
Figure imgf000096_0001
Intermediate III-2: Into the reaction vessel was added III-l (50 mg, 0.14 mmol) and EtOAc (3 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to -78 °C and O3 was bubbled through the solution for 10 min. Dimethyl disulfide (0.24 mL, 2.7 mmol) was subsequently added and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 23 °C and stirred for 12 h. After concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered through silica gel. C oncentration of the filtrate under reduced pressure gave III-2 (50.5 mg, 0.15) mmol, 100% yield) that was used without further purification. LCMS RT = 1.24 mm, (M+H) = 346.0; Method A.
Intermediate 52-2: Into the reaction vessel was added diethyl benzylphosphonate (0.14 mL, 0.65 mmol), THF (5 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to -78 °C and KHMDS (0,65 mL, 0,65 mmol) was added. This mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 20 min and III-2 (45 mg, 0.13 mmol) was added at -78 °C. After stirring at -78 °C for 5 min and at 23 °C for 1 h, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of sat. NaHCOs and the aqueous portion extracted with EtOAc. The organic portions were combined, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified via silica gel chromatography to give 52-2 (17.4 mg, 0.0400 mmol, 31.0% yield, 1.45: 1 mixture of olefin isomers). LC- MS RT = 1.27 mm, (M+H-Et) = 406.0; Method A.
Intermediate 52-3: Intermediate 52-3 was prepared utilizing the procedure described for the synthesis of intermediate 51-2.
Intermediate 52-4: Intermediate 52-4 was prepared utilizing the procedure described for the synthesis of intermediate 51-3.
Figure imgf000097_0001
Procedure for example 52: Example 52 was prepared from 52-4, according to the method described for example 51. NMR (500MHz, CDC13) 5 9.25 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (dd, J=6.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J=11.1, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.58 - 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.39 - 7.31 (m, 4H), 7.18 (t, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (dd, J=11.6, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 4.92 - 4.73 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.41 (dd, J=8.7, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 3.06 (t, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.24 - 2.13 (m, 1H), 1.79 - 1.72 (m, 1H), 1.71 - 1.57 (m, 3H). LC-MS RT: 1.27 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 593.0 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 53
Figure imgf000097_0002
Procedure for example 53: Example 53 was prepared from 52-4, according to the method described for example 51. ^H NMR (500MHz, CDC13) 8 9.28 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=4. 1 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (t, J=10.3 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.40 - 7.31 (m, 4H), 7.19 (t, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (dd, J=11.6, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 4.89 - 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 3.61 (br. s., 1H), 2.85 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.25 - 2.13 (m, 1H), 1.85 - 1.76 (m, 1H), 1.75 - 1.58 (m, 3H). LC-MS RT: 1.27 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 593.0 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 65
Figure imgf000098_0001
Intermediate 65-1: Intermediate 65-1 was prepared from 5-6 and methyl 2- (dimethoxyphosphoryl)acetate in a similar manner to the Wittig reaction described in Example 5.
Procedure for example 65: Into the reaction vessel was added 65-1 (5.0 mg, 9.0 pmol) and THF (1 mL). After the reaction mixture was cooled to -78 °C, methylmagnesium chloride (0.06 mL, 0.2 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 23 °C, stirred at 23 °C for 2 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of sat. NaHCOi and the solution extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified via preparative RP- HPLC purification to produce example 65 (3.2 mg, 5.3 pmol, 59% yield). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCh) 5 9.46 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.03 - 7.91 (m, 3H), 7.53 (dt, J=8.6, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (t, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (dd, J=11.6, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 5.49 (s, 1H), 4.77 - 4.67 (m, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.49 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.07 (dd, J=11.0, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 2.69 (t, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.17 - 2.09 (m, 1H), 1.89 - 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.68 - 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 6H). LC-MS RT: 1.14 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 557.0 (M+H)+; Method C.
Example 76
Figure imgf000099_0001
Intermediate 76-1: To a 20 mL vial containing II-4 (1.77 g, 5.00 mmol) was added DCM (20 mL). TFA (2.02 mL, 26.3 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 48 h. The resulting solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and dried under high vacuum for 5 hours. The residue was carried forward to the acylation step without further purification. 5-bromo-2 -methoxybenzoyl chloride was prepared in the following manner: To a 100 mL flask charged with 5 -bromo-2-methoxy benzoic acid (1.39 g, 6.00 mmol) was added DCM (30 mL) followed by oxalyl chloride (0.6 mL, 7 mmol) and DMF (0.05, mL 0.6 mmol). The solution was stirred for 18h at 23 °C and was converted to the amide in the same manner described for intermediate 5-5 to produce 76-1 (878 mg, 2.10 mmol, 56.0% yield). 1H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-de) 5 9.49 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.04 - 7.87 (m, 1H), 7.74 - 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (br. s., 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.63 (s, 1H), 3.51 (br. s., 1H), 3.42 (d, J=18.1 Hz, 3H), 3.13 - 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.92 (d, J=13.5 Hz, 2H), 1.67 (s, 5H), 1.64 - 1.47 (m, 3H), 1.36 (br. s., 2H).
Procedure for example 76: Example 76 was prepared from 76-1, employing 4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)aniline, according to the method described for example 56. If! NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.52 (s, 1H), 9.88 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J=8.7, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (br. s., 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.55 - 3.40 (m, 3H), 3.09 (dd, J=10.7, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.02 (br. s., 1H), 2.91 (br. s., 1H), 1.80 (t, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 1.75 - 1.62 (m, 7H), 1.33 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H).
LC-MS RT: 2.69 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 569.1 (M-H)+; Method B. Example 77
Figure imgf000100_0001
Intermediate 77-1: Intermediate 77-1 was prepared from example 76 in the same general manner described for intermediate 5-6. LC-MS RT = 1.0 min; (M+H) = 544.0; Method A.
Procedure for example 77: Example 77 was prepared from 77-1, employing diethyl benzylphosphonate, according to the general method described for example 5. Iff NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.66 - 10.50 (m, 1H), 10.06 - 9.88 (m, 1H), 8.27 - 8.13 (m, 1H), 8.06 - 7.94 (m, 1H), 7.86 - 7.73 (m, 1H), 7.71 - 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.53 - 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.43 - 7.31 (m, 4H), 7.31 - 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.21 - 7.09 (m, 1H), 6.47 - 6.22 (m, 1H), 4.55 - 4.37 (m, 1H), 4.09 - 3.95 (m, 3H), 3.33 - 3.19 (m, 1H), 2.90 - 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.02 - 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.87 - 1.71 (m, 1H), 1.64 - 1.42 (m, 2H), 1.06 - 0.91 (m, 1H). LC-MS RT: 2.83 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 617.20 (M-H)+; Method B.
Example 78
Figure imgf000100_0002
Procedure for example 78: Example 78 was prepared as a byproduct in the production of Example 77. iH NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.66 - 10.50 (m, 1H), 10.06 - 9.88 (m, 1H), 8.27 - 8.13 (m, 1H), 8.06 - 7.94 (m, 1H), 7.86 - 7.73 (m, 1H), 7.71 - 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.53 - 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.43 - 7.31 (m, 4H), 7.31 - 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.21 - 7.09 (m, 1H), 6.47 - 6.22 (m, 1H), 4.55 - 4.37 (m, 1H), 4.09 - 3.95 (m, 3H), 3.33 - 3.19 (m, 1H), 2.90 - 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.02 - 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.87 - 1.71 (m, 1H), 1.64 - 1.42 (m, 2H), 1.06 - 0.91 (m, 1H). LC-MS RT: 2.82 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 617.35 (M-H)+; Method B.
Example 79
Figure imgf000101_0001
Procedure for example 79: To a 0.5 to 2.0 mL microwave reaction via charged with example 77 (15 mg, 0.024 mmol) was added 4-boronobenzoic acid (6 mg, 0.04 mmol) followed by THF (490 pl) and a solution of K3PO4 (97 pl, 0.049 mmol) in water. Finally, XPhos-Pd-G2 (CAS 1310584-14-5) (2 mg, 0.002 mmol, small spatula tip) was added.
The vial was capped and heated in the micro wave to 100 °C for 30 min. The reaction was diluted with DMF to a total volume of 2 mL, filtered, and purified by preparative RP- HPLC to give example 79 (5.2 mg, 0.01 mmol, 33% yield). 1H NMR (500MHZ, DMSO- d6) δ 9.95 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (br. s., 1H), 7.50 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 3H), 7.44 - 7.32 (m, 6H), 7.25 (br. s., 2H), 7.18 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (s, 1H), 4.52 (br. s., 1H), 3.28 (br. s., 1H), 2.93 (br. s., 1H), 2.02 - 1.79 (m, 3H), 1.53 (br. s., 3H). LC-MS RT: 2.2 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 659.4 (M- H)+; Method B.
Figure imgf000101_0002
Figure imgf000102_0001
Intermediate IV-1: Deprotection of II-4 to intermediate IV-1 utilized the same conditions described in 76-1. Installation of the trifluoroacetyl protecting group was conducted as follows: II-4 was deprotected to the corresponding amine intermediate and the amine (1.7 g, 8.1 mmol) was added DCM (41 mL) and the flask was cooled to 0 °C via an ice bath. TFAA (1.26 mL, 8.90 mmol) and DIEA (5.7 mL, 33 mmol) were added. The reaction flask was removed from the ice bath after 5 min, and was stirred at 23 °C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was quenched with sat. NaHCCL (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic portions were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford IV-1 (2.48 g, 8.12 mmol, 100% yield) that was used without further purification. LC-MS RT = 1.11 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 306. 1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Intermediate IV-2: Intermediate IV-2 was prepared from IV-1 in the same manner as described for 5-6. (2.5 g, 5.5 mmol. 63% yield); LC-MS RT = 1.20 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 453.0 (M+H)+; Method A.
Intermediate 107-3: Intermediate IV-2 (133 mg, 0.290 mmol) was dissolved in water (2.9 mL) and MeOH (2.9 mL). K2CO3 (2.03 g, 1.47 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature then water (5 mL) was added. The resulting solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 107-3 (105 mg, 0.290 mmol, 100% yield) that was used without further purification. LC-MS RT = 0.82 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 357. 1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Intermediate 107-4 was prepared from 107-3 using the sample procedure employed for 76-1.
Procedure for example 107: Example 107 was prepared from 107-4, employing 3- borono-4-fluorobenzoic acid, according to the method described for example 79. ' H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.64 (s, 1H), 10.34 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (dd, J=6.1, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.91 - 7.86 (m, 1H), 7.80 (br d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (br d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (br t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (br t, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.46 - 4.38 (m, 1H), 3.13 (br dd, J=10.4, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.03 (br s, 1H), 2.93 (br s, 1H), 2.71 (s, 6H), 1.94 - 1.87 (m, 2H), 1.84 - 1.75 (m, 1H), 1.71 (s, 6H), 1.45 - 1.30 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 2.2 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 642.2 (M+H)+; Method B.
Figure imgf000103_0001
Intermediate 108-1: To a vial was added 5-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-lH-tetrazole (50 mg, 0.21 mmol), 5-borono-2-methoxybenzoic acid (60.5 mg, 0.309 mmol), XPhos-Pd-G2 catalyst (32 mg, 0.042 mmol) and K3PO4 (131 mg, 0.617 mmol) followed by THF (1.8 mL) and water (257 pl). The reaction mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 2 min, then sealed and heated at 150 °C for 2.5 h with microwave irradiation. The reaction mixture was partitioned between 1 N HC1 (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL). The combined organic portions were dried over Na2SOr, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by preparative RP-HPLC to give 108-1 (13 mg, 0.041 mmol, 20% yield). LC-MS RT = 0.77 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 315.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Procedure for example 108: Into the reaction vessel was added 107-3 (10 mg, 0.03 mmol), 108-1 (13.2 mg, 0.0400 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (0.02 mL, 0.1 mmol), and HATU (16 mg, 0.040 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 3 h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and subjected to preparative RP-HPLC purification to afford example 108 (12.3 mg, 0.0200 mmol, 65.0% yield). NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.54 (s, 1H), 9.93 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.26 - 8.19 (m, 2H), 8.17 (br d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.09 - 8.02 (m, 1H), 7.83 - 7.75 (m, 2H), 7.54 (dd, J=10.2, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.41 - 4.34 (m, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.11 (dd, J=10.8, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.05 - 3.02 (m, 1H), 2.99 - 2.92 (m, 1H), 1.86 - 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.77 - 1.69 (m, 7H), 1.41 - 1.31 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 2.17 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 653.6 (M+H)+; Method B.
Figure imgf000104_0001
Intermediate 110-1: To a vial was added 5-borono-2-methoxybenzoic acid (100 mg, 0.51 mmol), ethyl 2-bromooxazole-4-carboxylate (75 mg, 0.34 mmol), PdC12(dppf)-CH2Ch adduct (28 mg, 0.030 mmol), K2CO3 (470 mg, 3.40 mmol), toluene (1.7 mL), and ethanol (1.7 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 120 °C for 3 h after which it became a gel. The reaction mixture was diluted with DMF, filtered, and purified by preparative RP- HPLC to afford 110-1 (24 mg, 0.080 mmol, 24% yield). RT = 0.73 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 292.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Procedure for example 110: Example 110 was prepared from 107-3, employing 110-1, according to the method described for example 108. ' H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.54 (s, 1H), 9.93 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.88 (s, 1H), 8.58 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (dd, J=6.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (br dd, J=8.4, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.41 - 4.35 (m, 1H), 4.31 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 3.12 (br dd, J=10.7, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.07 - 3.02 (m, 1H), 2.98 - 2.93 (m, 1H), 1.86 - 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.78 - 1.69 (m, 7H), 1.38 - 1.33 (m, 2H), 1.31 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LC-MS RT: 2.61 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 630.5 (M+H)+; Method B.
Example 113
Figure imgf000105_0001
Procedure for example 113: To a vial containing example 110 (11.5 mg, 0.02 mmol) in THF (180 pl) / water (90 pl) / MeOH (90 pl) was added a 1.5 M solution of lithium hydroxide (61 pl, 0.09 mmol), and the reaction was stirred at 23 °C for 5 min. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of IN HC1 (1 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL). The combined organics were dried over Na2SOr and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude product was purified via preparative RP- HPLC to afford example 113 (6.3 mg, 0.01 mmol, 56% yield). NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.57 (s, 1H), 9.93 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.54 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (dd, J=6.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J=8.1, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.41 - 4.30 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.10 (dd, J=10.7, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.05 - 2.99 (m, 1H), 2.98 - 2.91 (m, 1H), 1.81 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 1.76
- 1.65 (m, 7H), 1.41 - 1.28 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.92 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 601.9 (M+H)+; Method B.
Procedure for example 114: Example 114 was prepared from 14-3, employing 5-cyano- 2-fluorobenzoic acid, according to the method described for example 108. ^H NMR.
LC-MS RT: 2.53 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 504.1 (M+H)+; Method C.
Example 120
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Intermediate IV-3: Intermediate IV-3 was prepared from IV-2 in the same manner as 5- 6. (101 mg, 0.240 mmol, 97.0% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.61 (br d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J=5.9, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dt, J=8.9, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.23 (t, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (dt, J=10.3, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.33 (dd, J=10.5, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 2.54 (t, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (t, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 2.20 - 2.10 (m, 1H), 2.06 - 1.99 (m, 1H), 1.96 - 1.81 (m, 2H).
Intermediate IV-4: Into the reaction vessel was added bromo(methyl)triphenylphosphorane (419 mg, 1.17 mmol) (fine powder by grinding the commercial material) and THF (7 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to -78 °C and KHMDS (1.2 mL, 1.17 mmol) was added. This reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at -78 °C for 30 min and IV-3 (100 mg, 0.240 mmol) was added at -78 °C. After stirring at - 78 °C for a further 10 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 23 °C and stirred for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to -40 °C and quenched by the addition of sat. NaHCO The solution was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase wasdried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified via silica gel chromatography to produce IV-4 (71 mg, 0.17 mmol, 71% yield). LCMS RT = 1.16 min; (M+H) = 425.0; Method A. Intermediates IV-5 and IV-6: Into the reaction vessel was added IV-4 (71 mg, 0. 17 mmol), DCM (3 mL), and Bn (0.03 mL, 0.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 20 min and concentrated under reduced pressure with sat. Na2S2Ch trap to quench excess Bn. The resulting dibromide was dissolved in THF (3 mL). After cooling the flask to -78 °C, KHMDS (1.0 mL, 1.0 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was kept at -78 °C for 12 h and -40 °C for 2 h, then quenched by the addition of sat. NaHCCh at -40 °C. The resulting solution was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was collected, dried over Na2SOr, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified via silica gel chromatography to produce IV-6 (27 mg, 0.050 mmol, 32% yield) (Z- isomer, peak2. LCMS RT = 1.19 min; (M+H) = 504.9; Method A. and the corresponding E-isomer IV-5 (28 mg, 0.060 mmol, 33% yield) (peak 1). IV-6 was produced as a racemate as outlined above and separated into individual enantiomers using chiral SFC. Preparative chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Thar 350 SFC; Column: Chiralcel OD-H, 5 x 50 cm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 20% MeOH/80% CO2; Flow conditions: 340 mL/min, 100 Bar, 35 °C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm; Injections details: 3.75 mL of 30 mg/mL in MeOH. Peak 1, RT = 7.81 min, >99% ee; Peak 2, RT = 10.97 min, >99% ee. Intermediate IV-6 product peak #1 (1.9 grams) was collected and carried forward to produce chiral IV-7.
Intermediate IV-7: Into the reaction was added MeOH (3 mL) and AcCl (0.3 mL, 4.2 mmol). After stirring for 5 min, chiral IV-6 (1st eluting peak from chiral SFC, 75 mg, 0.15 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 48 h. The resulting solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to generate IV-7 (67 mg, 0.16 mmol, 100%) that was used without further purification. LC-MS RT = 0.78 min; (M+H) = 408.9; Method A.
Figure imgf000109_0001
Intermediate 120-6: To a vial was added 5-borono-2-methoxybenzoic acid (500 mg, 2.55 mmol), tert-butyl 3-bromo-4-fluorobenzoate (842 mg, 3.06 mmol), tert-butyl 3-bromo-4- fluorobenzoate (842 mg, 3.06 mmol), K2CO3 (1.76 g, 12.8 mmol), PdCh(dppf)-CH2C12 adduct (313 mg, 0.380 mmol), and THF (22.3 mL). The reaction mixture wasdegassed for 2 min with nitrogen, then heated at 80 °C for 18 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with IN HC1 (25 mL) and the solution extracted with EtOAc (3 x 25 mL). The combined organic portions were dried over Na2SOr, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was dissolved in DMF and purified by preparative RP-HPLC to afford 120-6 (586 mg, 1.69 mmol, 66.0% yield). LC-MS RT = 1.02 min; (M+H) = 347.1; Method A. '
The Suzuki reaction may be performed with alternative aryl halides with the remainder of the steps conducted similarly to generate biaryl analogs.
Intermediate 120-7: In the reaction vessel was added IV-7 (7 mg, 0.02 mmol) and 120-6 (6.6 mg, 0.020 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (9.64 uL, 0.0600 mmol) and HATU (12.0 mg, 0.0300 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 3 h, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified via silica gel chromatography to produce 120-7 (10 mg, 0.014 mmol, 86% yield). LC-MS RT = 1.33 min; (M+H) = 735.2; Method A. Intermediate 120-8: Intermediate 120-8 was prepared from 120-7 in the same manner as intermediate 34-2 (5 mg, 0.07 mmol, 100% yield).. LC-MS RT = 1.15 min; (M+H) = 679.08; Method A.
Procedure for example 120: Into the reaction vessel containing 120-8 (10 mg, 0.01 mmol) was added 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoxazole (13.3 mg, 0.07 mmol), PdCh(dppf)-CH2C12 adduct (3 mg, 0.004 mmol, small spatula tip), and Na2CO3 (0.5 mL, 1.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling N2 for 10 min, sealed, and stirred at 60 °C for 2 h. After allowing to cool to 23 °C, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified via preparative RP-HPLC to produce the intermediate tert-butyl ester. Treatment of the ester with 10: 1 DCM/TFA followed by purification by reverse phase HPLC produced example 120 (7.0 mg, 0.01 mmol, 72% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 10.03 (br d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (br s, 1H), 8.43 (br s, 1H), 8.31 (br s, 1H), 8.21 (br d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.10 - 7.91 (m, 3H), 7.73 (br d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (br d, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 7.27 - 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.19 - 7.08 (m, 2H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 4.86 (br s, 1H), 4.11 (br s, 3H), 3.31 (br s, 1H), 3.22 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.93 (br s, 1H), 2.37 - 2.25 (m, 1H), 2.03 (br d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 1.75 - 1.65 (m, 2H). LC- MS RT: 1.14 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 668.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 121
Figure imgf000110_0001
Procedure for example 121: Into the reaction vessel was added example 87 (3 mg, 4.77 pmol), ethanesulfonamide (1.6 mg, 0.01 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (3 pl, 0.017 mmol), and BOP-CI (4 mg, 0.01 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 40 °C for 12 h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified via preparative RP-HPLC to produce only the primary amide by-product 121 (3.0 mg, 0.0040 mmol, 93% yield). ^H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 9.65 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (dd, J=7.2, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.90 - 7.83 (m, 2H), 7.73 (dt, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dt, J=8.7, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J=9.9, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.16 - 7.06 (m, 2H), 6.69 - 6.68 (m, 1H), 4.72 (br t, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 3.06 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 3H), 2.21 - 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.84 (br t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 3H), 1.64 - 1.54 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.26 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 628.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000111_0001
125-2 Intermediate 125-1: Intermediate 125-1 was prepared from IV-3 in the same manner as example 5 and purified via silica gel chromatography (49 mg, 0.10 mmol, 30% yield). RT = 1.23 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 501.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Intermediate 125-2: Intermediate 125-2 was prepared from 125-1 in the same manner as intermediate IV-7 (73 mg, 0. 18 mmol, 96% yield). RT = 0,87 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 405, 1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000112_0001
125-4
Intermediate 125-3: Into the reaction vessel was added methyl piperazine-l-carboxylate (103 mg, 0.710 mmol), DCE (1 mL), MeCN (1 mL), copper (II) acetate (130 mg, 0.71 mmol), (4-methoxy-3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)boronic acid (50 mg, 0.24 mmol), and 4A molecular sieves (300 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 12 h (open to air), filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified via preparative RP-HPLC to produce 125-3 (37 mg, 0.12 mmol, 50% yield). LC-MS RT = 0.72 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 309.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Intermediate 125-4: Into the reaction vessel was added 125-3 (37 mg, 0.12 mmol), THF (1 mL), water (0.5 mL), and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (34.4 mg, 0.820 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 2.5 h, diluted with EtOAc (10 mL), and washed with 10 mL sat. NH4CI containing 0.82 mmol HC1. The organic phased was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 125-4 (35.3 mg, 0.120 mmol, 100% yield) that was used without further purification. LC-MS RT = 0.62 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 295.0 (M+H)+; Method A.
Procedure for example 125: Example 125 was prepared from 125-2, employing 125-4, according to the method described for example 108. Iff NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 9.63 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.96 - 7.84 (m, 3H), 7.59 (dt, J=8.8, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=4. 1 Hz, 4H), 7.29 (dd, J=8.9, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.25 - 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.10 (t, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=9. 1 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (s, 1H), 4.89 - 4.80 (m, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.74 - 3.69 (m, 4H), 3.49 (t, J=3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.23 - 3.14 (m, 5H), 2.89 (m, 1H), 2.27 - 2.19 (m, 1H), 1.97 - 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.75 - 1.66 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.16 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 681.3 (M+H)+; Method A. Example 126
Figure imgf000113_0001
Intermediate 126-1: Into the reaction vessel containing IV-6 (125 mg, 0.25 mmol) was added 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoxazole (125 mg, 0.610 mmol), PdC12(dppf)-CH2C12 adduct (50.7 mg, 0.0620 mmol), and Na2CO3 (1.5 mL, 3.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling nitrogen for 3 min, sealed, and stirred at 60 °C for 2 h. After allowing to cool to 23 °C, the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc, the combined organic portions dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified via silica gel chromatography to produce 126-1 (101 mg, 0.210 mmol, 83.0% yield). LC-MS RT = 1.07 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 492.1 (M+H)+;
Method A.
Intermediate 126-2: Intermediate 126-2 was prepared from 126-1 in the same manner as intermediate IV-7 (67 mg, 0. 16 mmol, 100% yield). RT = 0.76 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 396.0 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000113_0002
Intermediate 126-3: Into the reaction vessel was added methanesulfonamide (521 mg,
5.48 mmol), 3-bromo-4-fluorobenzoic acid (400 mg, 1.83 mmol), MeCN (3.7 mL), DIEA (1.1 mL, 6.40 mmol), and HATU (833 mg, 2.19 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 12 h, allowed to cool, concentrated under reduced pressure, and subjected to preparative RP-HPLC purification to produce 126-3 (450 mg, 1.52 mmol, 83% yield). LC-MS RT = 0.76 min; (M+H) = 297.7; Method A
Intermediate 126-4: Into the reaction vessel containing 126-3 (200 mg, 0.68 mmol) was added 5 -borono-2-methoxy benzoic acid (199 mg, 1.01 mmol), PdCb(dppf)-CH2C12 adduct (83 mg, 0.10 mmol), THF (6.7 mL) and 1 M Na2CCh (4.0 mL, 4.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling nitrogen for 10 min, sealed, and stirred at 70 °C for 2 h. After allowing to cool to 23 °C, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by preparative RP-HPLC to afford 126-4 (158 mg, 0.430 mmol, 64.0% yield). LC-MS RT = 0.70 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 368.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Procedure for example 126: Example 126 was prepared from 126-2, employing 126-4, according to the method described for example 108. ' H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 10.32 (br s, 1H), 9.86 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (br s, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J=6. 1, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (dd, J=7.3, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (ddd, J=8.5, 4.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (dt, J=8.6, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.19 - 7.06 (m, 3H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 4.72 - 4.63 (m, 1H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 3.45 (s, 3H), 3.25 - 3.20 (m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J=10.7, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 2.89 - 2.84 (m, 1H), 2.28 - 2.23 (m, 1H), 2.01 - 1.96 (m, 1H), 1.71 - 1.62 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.09 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 745.2 (M+H)+;
Method A.
Figure imgf000114_0001
Intermediate 127-1: Into the reaction vessel was added example 6 (10 mg, 0.017 mmol), DCM (1 mL), DIEA (0.015 mL, 0.087 mmol), and DMAP (1.06 mg, 8.70 pmol). After stirring at 23 °C for 12 h, the residue was purified via silica gel chromatography to produce 127-1 (10.5 mg, 0.0160 mmol, 92.0% yield). LC-MS RT = 1.31 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 659.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Procedure for example 127: Into the reaction vessel was added 3- ((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)aniline (24 mg, 0.11 mmol), toluene (0.5 mL) and trimethylaluminum (0.05 mL, 0.11 mmol). After stirring at 23 °C for 15 min, intermediate 127-1 (5 mg, 7.6 pmol) in toluene (0.5 mL) was added. The reaction was stirred at 23 °C for 1 h, quenched with sat. Rochelle salt and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was dried over NaiSO-i. concentrated, and purified via preparative RP-HPLC to produce example 127 (3.6 mg, 5.80 pmol, 76% yield). !H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 9.56 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.56 - 8.47 (m, 1H), 8.06 - 7.98 (m, 2H), 7.78 - 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.58 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.37 - 7.30 (m, 4H), 7.25 - 7.21 (m, 1H), 6.79 (dd, J=11.7, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (s, 1H), 4.88 - 4.81 (m, 1H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 3.52 - 3.47 (m, 1H), 3.20 (dd, J=10.7, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.91 - 2.87 (m, 1H), 2.26 - 2.18 (m, 1H), 1.95 - 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.74 - 1.70 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.25 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 621.2 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 130
Figure imgf000115_0001
Intermediate 130-1: Intermediate 130-1 was prepared from example 87 in the same manner as described for 77-1 (19 mg, 0.030 mmol, 100% yield). LC-MS RT = 1.06 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 603. 1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Procedure for example 130: Into the reaction vessel containing 130-1 (17 mg, 0.03 mmol) was added DCE (1.5 mL), DIEA (0.09 mL, 0.51 mmol), and O- ethylhydroxylamine, HC1 (41.3 mg, 0.42 mmol). The mixture was stirred 40 °C at 23 °C for 24 h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and subjected to preparative RP-HPLC purification to give example 130 as a mixture of Z/E isomers (15 mg, 0.023 mmol, 82 % yield). LC-MS RT: 1.13 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 464.2 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 134
Figure imgf000116_0001
Procedure for example 134: Into the reaction vessel was added example 140 (6 mg, 10 pmol), DCM (1 mL), DIEA (6 pl, 0.03 mmol), and methyl chloroformate (2 pl, 0.02 mmol). After stirring at 23 °C for 30 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified via preparative RP-HPLC to produce example 134 (3.5 mg, 5.4 pmol, 51% yield). !H NMR (500 MHz, CDCh) 5 9.42 - 9.17 (m, 1H), 8.25 - 8.02 (m, 2H), 7.87 (dd, J=6. 1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.62 - 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.43 (br s, 1H), 7.07 (t, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.17 (br s, 1H), 4.78 - 4.66 (m, 1H), 4.38 - 4.23 (m, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.66 - 3.52 (m, 2H), 3.08 - 2.97 (m, 3H), 2.37 - 2.26 (m, 2H), 2.23 - 2.11 (m, 1H), 1.83 - 1.75 (m, 1H), 1.74 - 1.72 (m, 3H), 1.72 (s, 3H), 1.62 - 1.53 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.25 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 630.3 (M+H)+; Method B.
Figure imgf000116_0002
Figure imgf000117_0001
136-2
Intermediate 136-1: Into the reaction vessel was added methyl 5-bromo-2- methoxybenzoate (33.1 mg, 0.135 mmol), tert-butyl piperidine-3-carboxylate (25 mg, 0.14 mmol), toluene (1 mL), tert-buty l piperidine-3 -carboxylate (25 mg, 0.14 mmol), BINAP (10.5 mg, 0.0200 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (6 mg, 0.01 mmol). The reaction mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 3 min and was stirred at 100 °C for 12 h, allowed to cool to 23 °C, diluted with EtOAc, and the solution washed with sat. NaHCOs (2 x 10 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified via preparative RP-HPLC to produce 136-1 (39 mg, 0.084 mmol, 62% yield). LC-MS RT = 0.82 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 350.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Intermediate 136-2: Into the reaction vessel was added 136-1 (26 mg, 0.060 mmol), THF (1 mL), water (0.5 mL), and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (19.1 mg, 0.460 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 3 h, diluted with EtOAc (10 mL), and washed with 10 mL sat. NHrCl containing 0.5 mmol HC1. The organic phase was dried over Na2SOi filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 136-2 (19 mg, 0.060 mmol, 100% yield) which was used without further punfication. LC-MS RT = 0.74 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 336.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Procedure for example 136: Example 136 was prepared from 125-2, employing racemic 136-2, according to the method described for example 108. A subsequent removal of the tert-butyl ester was accomplished as in the procedure to prepare example 120. Example 136 (Peak 1) was separated from its diasteromer (Peak 2), example 138, via SFC chromatography. Peak 1, RT = 8.80 min, >99.5% ee; Peak 2, RT = 9.97 min, > 99.5% ee. Preparative Chromatographic Conditions: Instrument: Berger MG II; Column: Chiralpak IA, 30 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile Phase: 25% EtOH 1 75% CO2; Flow Conditions :;70 mL/rmn, 150 Bar, 40°C; Detector Wavelength: 220 nm; Injection Details: 0.5 mL of ~3 mg/mL in ACN. Analytical Chromatographic Conditions: Instrument: Berger Analytical SFC; Column: Chiralpak IA, 4.6 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile Phase: 25% EtOH I 75% CO2; Flow Conditions: 2.0 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C; Detector Wavelength: 220 nm;
Injection Details: 10 pL of concentrated sample in EtOH. LC-MS RT: 1.07 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 666.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000118_0001
Intermediate 140-1: Into the reaction vessel containing methyl 5-bromo-2- methoxybenzoate (47.6 mg, 0.190 mmol) was added tert-butyl 3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-5,6-dihydropyridine-l(2H)-carboxylate (50 mg, 0.16 mmol), PdCh(dppf)-CH2C12 adduct (19.8 mg, 0.0240 mmol), and NazCCh (1 mL, 2 mmol). The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling nitrogen for 3 min, sealed, and stirred at 65 °C for 2 h. After allowing to cool to 23 °C, the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified via silica gel chromatography to produce 140-1 (57.4 mg, 0. 17 mmol, 100% yield). LC-MS RT = 1.04 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 348.0 (M+H)+; Method A.
Intermediate 140-2: Into the reaction vessel was added 140-1 (28 mg, 0.081 mmol), THF (1 mL), water (0.5 mL), and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (16.9 mg, 0.400 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 1 h, diluted with EtOAc (10 mL), and the resulting solution washed with 10 mL sat. NHiCI containing 0.5 mmol HC1. The organic phase was dried over Na2SOr filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 140-2 (25 mg, 0.080 mmol, 93% yield) that was used without further purification.
Intermediate 140-3: Intermediate 140-3 was prepared from 140-2 and 107-3 using the general amide coupling procedure employed in Example 108 (67 mg, 0.16 mmol, 100% yield). RT = 1.32 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 672.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Procedure for example 140: Into the reaction vessel was added 140-3 (11.4 mg, 0.02 mmol), DCM (1 mL), and TFA (0. 1 mL, 1.30 mmol). After stirring at 23 °C for 3 h, concentration of the reaction contents under reduction pressure provided example 140 (3.7 mg, 5. 13 pmol, 30% yield). !H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 9.29 (br d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.59 (br s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (br d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.67 - 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.18 (br d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (t, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.16 (br s, 1H), 4.75 - 4.60 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.79 - 3.59 (m, 2H), 3.20 - 3.12 (m, 1H), 3.11 - 3.05 (m, 2H), 3.04 - 3.00 (m, 1H), 2.98 - 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.46 - 2.34 (m, 2H), 2.22 (br t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 1.77 (br t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 1.72 (s, 3H), 1.71 (s, 3H), 1.60 - 1.53 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 0.98 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 572.4 (M+H)+; Method B.
Figure imgf000119_0001
Procedure for example 144: Into the reaction vessel was added example 114 (3.4 mg, 6.6 pmol), sodium azide (12.9 mg, 0.198 mmol), ammonium chloride (10.6 mg, 0.198 mmol), and DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred at 105 °C for 4 h, allowed to cool to 23 °C, diluted with MeOH, filtered, and purified via preparative RP-HPLC to produce example 144 (2.3 mg, 4.0 pmol, 60% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 10.01 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 9.30 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.51 (dd, J=8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=6.3, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (dt, J=8.7, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 7.25 - 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.08 - 6.99 (m, 1H), 4.96 (td, J=9.8, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (s, 3H), 3.31 (dd, J=10.7, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (t, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.88 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.51 - 2.44 (m, 1H), 1.87 - 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.67 (s, 3H), 1.60 - 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.48 (s, 3H). LC-MS RT: 1.11 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 559.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 145
Figure imgf000120_0001
Procedure for example 145: Example 145 was prepared from 5-6, employing 2- methyloxazole: Into the reaction vessel was added 2-methyloxazole (24.9 mg, 0.300 mmol) and THF (1 mL). After the reaction mixture was cooled to -78 °C. KHMDS (0.30 mL, 0.30 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 10 min and additional 2-methyloxazole (24.9 mg, 0.300 mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to 23 °C, stirred at 23 °C for 3 h, and quenched by the addition of sat. Na2CO3 . The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified via silica gel chromatography to produce the intermediate alcohol (17 mg, 0.029 mmol, 97% yield). The intermediate alcohol was dehydrated according to the method described for example 33. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 9.53 (br d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 8.06 - 7.99 (m, 2H), 7.97 (dd, J=6.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.53 (dt, J=8.9, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.18 - 7.09 (m, 2H), 6.80 (dd, J=11.6, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 6.28 (s, 1H), 4.88 - 4.80 (m, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.93 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.19 (dd, J=10.9, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.99 - 2.92 (m, 1H), 2.35 - 2.27 (m, 1H), 2.02 - 1.94 (m, 1H), 1.78 - 1.71 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.17 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 566.0 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000121_0001
Procedure for example 147: Into the reaction vessel was added 5-6 (10 mg, 0.020 benzene (1 mL) ethane- 1,2-diol (24.81 mg, 0.4000 mmol), MgSO4 (200 mg, 1.66 mmol), and pTsOH monohydrate (3.8 mg, 0.020 mmol). After stirring at 50 °C for 12 h, the reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified via preparative RP-HPLC to produce example 147 (2.1 mg, 3.8 pmol, 19% yield).
Figure imgf000121_0002
NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 9.35 (br d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J=11.4, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=6.3, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.52 (dt, J=8.7, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (t, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (dd, J=11.6, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 5.05 - 4.97 (m, 1H), 4.08 - 4.01 (m, 4H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.49 - 3.41 (m, 1H), 2.23 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.20 - 2.11 (m, 2H), 1.93 - 1.81 (m, 2H), 1.75 - 1.67 (m, 1H). LC-MS RT: 1.14 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 545.1 (M+H)+; Method C.
Figure imgf000121_0003
Procedure for example 150: Into the reaction vessel was added example 87 (5 mg, 8 pmol), benzenesulfonamide (3.8 mg, 0.020 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (5 pl, 0.03 mmol), and BOP-CI (6.0 mg, 0.024 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 12 h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified via preparative RP-HPLC to produce example 150 (2.2 mg, 2.7 pmol, 34% yield). !H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 9.65 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (dd, J=7.2, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.90 - 7.84 (m, 2H), 7.73 (dt, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dt, J=8.7, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J=9.9, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.16 - 7.03 (m, 2H), 4.75 - 4.68 (m, 1H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 3.06 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 3H), 2.21 - 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.87 - 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.76 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 3H), 1.63 - 1.56 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.4 nun; MS (ESI) m/z = 768.2 (M+H)+; Method C.
Figure imgf000122_0001
Intermediate 166-1: Intermediate 166-1 was prepared from IV-6 in the same manner as intermediate 126-1 (5.1 mg, 0.010 mmol, 23% yield). RT = 1.21 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 465.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Intermediate 166-2: Intermediate 166-2 was prepared from 166-1 in the same manner as intermediate IV-7 (4.0 mg, 0.010 mmol, 100% yield). RT = 0.84 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 369.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000122_0002
Intermediate 166-3: Intermediate 166-3 was prepared from 3-bromo-4-fluoro-N- methylbenzamide and 5-borono-2-methoxy benzoic acid in the same manner as intermediate 140-1 (28 mg, 0.080 mmol, 41% yield). LC-MS RT = 0.99 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 304.9 (M+H)+; Method A. Procedure for example 166: Example 166 was prepared from 166-2, employing 166-3, according to the method described for example 108. ' H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 9.73 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.39 (d, J=l.9 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (dd, J=6.2, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J=7.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (ddd, J=8.5, 4.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dt, J=8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dt, J=8.7, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24 - 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.15 - 7.10 (m, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.47 (br s, 1H), 4.85 - 4.76 (m, 1H), 4.66 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (s, 3H), 3.22 (t, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (dd, J=10.7, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.05 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 3H), 2.77 - 2.67 (m, 1H), 2.19 - 2.12 (m, 1H), 1.94 - 1.86 (m, 1H), 1.71 - 1.61 (m, 2H), 1.53 - 1.46 (m, 1H), 0.81 - 0.71 (m, 2H), 0.41 - 0.30 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.18 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 654.2 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 168
Figure imgf000123_0001
Procedure for example 168: Example 168 was prepared from 166-2, employing 120-6, according to the method described for example 108. Cleavage of the tert-butyl ester was accomplished in DCM (1 mL) and stirring with ZnBn (20 equiv.) at 23 °C for 12 h. After quenching the reaction by the addition of HC1 (1.0 M) and extracting the resulting solution with ethyl acetate, the organic phase was dried over Na2SOr filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified via preparative RP-HPLC to produce example 168. Analytical data for example 168: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 9.42 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (br s, 1H), 8.30 - 8.21 (m, 1H), 8. 12 - 8.02 (m, 1H), 7.96 (br s, 2H), 7.71 (dt, J=8.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54 - 7 Al (m, 1H), 7.26 - 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.13 - 7.06 (m, 2H), 4.95 - 4.85 (m, 1H), 4.66 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 3.27 - 3.19 (m, 1H), 3.14 (br dd, J=10.9, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (t, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.32 - 2.23 (m, 1H), 1.94 - 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.74 - 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.54 - 1.48 (m, 1H), 0.76 (m, 2H), 0.36 (m, 2H). LC- MS RT: 1.19 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 641.1 (M+H)+; Method A. Example 170
Figure imgf000124_0001
Intermediate 170-1: To a 20 mL vial charged with methyl 2,2-difluoro-2- (fluorosulfonyl)acetate (volume ?, 0.15 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (0.5 mL) was added dropwise via syringe to a suspension of IV-6 and Cui (mass?, 0.07 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 mL) and HMPA (0.5 mL) at 75 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 30 min. The resulting mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool and filtered via an HPLC filter and purified by RP-HPLC to produce 170- 1 (24 mg, 81% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 6 9.38 (br d, J=6.1 Hz, 1H), 7.77 - 7.69 (m, 2H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.24 (t, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 5.62 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (dt, J=10.5, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.50 - 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.13 - 3.04 (m, 1H), 2.89 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.02 - 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.76 - 1.60 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 170-2: Intermediate 170-2 was prepared from 170-1. MeOH (1.5 mL) and acetyl chloride (2.1 mmol) were charged into a 2 dram vial and stirred at 23 °C for 5 min. 170-1 was added to the reaction vial and the contents heated to 40 °C for 24 h. The reaction mixture was concentration with a stream of nitrogen gave 170-2 as the HC1 salt which was used without further purification. LC-MS RT = 0.75 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 397.1 (M+H)+; Method A. Procedure for example 170: Example 170 was prepared from 170-2, employing 120-6, according to the method described example 120. Analytical data for example 170: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 9.28 (br d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (br s, 1H), 8.37 (br s, 1H), 8.27 (br d, J=6.1 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (br s, 1H), 7.92 (br s, 1H), 7.80 - 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.47 (dt, J=8.6, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 7.27 - 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.13 - 7.02 (m, 2H), 5.60 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 5.05 - 4.92 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.42 (br s, 1H), 3.25 (br dd, J=10.6, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 2.95 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.61 - 2.50 (m, 1H), 2.05 - 1.97 (m, 1H), 1.82 - 1.72 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.15 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 669.2 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 171
Figure imgf000125_0001
Procedure for example 171: Example 171 was prepared from example 186. To a l dram vial charged with example 186 (0.008 mmol), DCM (0.3 mL), and MeOH (0.1 mL) was added TMS-diazomethane (0.5 M in DCM, 0.34 mL, 0. 17 mmol, 20 equiv.), and the reaction mixture stirred at 23 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified via silica gel normal phase chromatography to give 6.1 mg of example 171. Analytical data for example 171: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 9.45 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.38 - 8.35 (m, 1H), 8.00 - 7.92 (m, 2H), 7.64 (dt, J=8.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dt, J=8.7, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J=7.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (ddd, J=8.4, 4.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.17 - 7.03 (m, 3H), 6.59 (br d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 5.61 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.89 - 4.81 (m, 1H), 4.65 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.21 (t, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.15 - 3.08 (m, 1H), 2.73 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.24 - 2.16 (m, 1H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 1.95 - 1.86 (m, 1H), 1.72 - 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.54 - 1.45 (m, 1H), 0.79 - 0.72 (m, 2H), 0.39 - 0.32 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.15 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 726.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000126_0001
Procedure for example 172: Example 172 was prepared from example 171. To ice bath cooled 1 dram vial charged with example 171 (0.009 mmol) and THF (0.5 mL) was added LiBH4 (0.027, 3.0 equiv.). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 5 min and then allowed to warm to 23 °C and stirred for an additional 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The solution was washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc, the combined organic portions dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified via preparative RP-HPLC to give example 172.
Analytical data for example 172: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.54 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (d,J J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.96 (dd, J=6.1, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.57 - 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.32 - 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.23 (ddd, J=8.3, 4.6, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.12 - 7.00 (m, 3H), 6.45 (br d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 5.10 - 5.03 (m, 1H), 4.85 - 4.76 (m, 1H), 4.62 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 3.93 - 3.86 (m, 2H), 3.18 (t, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.13 - 3.06 (m, 1H), 2.71 (t, J=4.0 Hz,
1H), 2.26 - 2.18 (m, 1H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 1.95 - 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.70 - 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.51 - 1.43 (m, 1H), 0.77 - 0.72 (m, 2H), 0.37 - 0.30 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.08 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 698.4 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000127_0001
Intermediate VIII-2: Intermediate VIII-2 was prepared employing known conditions for analogous substrates (Ludwig, J.; Lehr, M. Syn. Comm. 2004, 34, 3691-3695), except the reaction temperature was maintained at 80 °C for 12 h. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.49 (dd, J=6.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (ddd, J=8.3, 4.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.13 - 7.03 (m, 1H), 3.49 (s, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H).
Intermediate VIII-3: To a 20 mL reaction vial charged with intermediate VIII-2 (266 mg, 0.920 mmol) was added NBS (196 mg, 1.10 mmol), carbon tetrachloride (10 mL), and AIBN (15 mg, 0.090 mmol). The solution was stirred at 77 °C, for 3 h. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by normal phase silica gel chromatography to give intermediate VIII-3 (308 mg, 0.840 mmol, 91.0% yield).
Intermediate VIII-4: To a 2 dram vial charged with intermediate VIII-3 was added ethyl acetate (2 mL), triethyl amine (0.27 mL, 2.0 mmol), and acetic acid (0.1 mL, 2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 12 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by normal phase silica gel chromatography to give intermediate VIII-4. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.70 (dd, J=6.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (ddd, J=8.4, 4.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (s, 1H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.43 (s, 9H).
Intermediate VIII-5: Intermediate VIII-5 was prepared from intermediate VIII-4, employing 5-borono-2-methoxybenzoic acid as the same conditions that were used for intermediate 140-1. Half of the material was isolated as the O-acetate (85 mg, 0.60 mmol, 34%); 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.43 - 8.36 (m, 1H), 7.81 (dt, J=8.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J=7.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (ddd, J=8.5, 4.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.23 - 7.16 (m, 2H), 5.84 (s, 1H), 4.17 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H) while the other half was isolated as the free alcohol (70 mg, 0. 19 mmol, 31%); 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.40 (d, .7=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dt, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J=7.4, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (ddd, J=8.4, 4.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.19 - 7.14 (m, 2H), 5.09 (s, 1H), 4.16 (s, 3H), 1.47 (s, 9H). Racemic VIII-5 was separated into individual enantiomers using chiral SFC. Preparative chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Berger MG II; Column: Chiralpak ID, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 25% IPA 175% CO2; Flow conditions; 45 mL/min, 120 Bar, 40 °C;
Detector wavelength: 220 nm; Injection details: 8 injections of 0.36 mL of ~20 mg/mL in IPA. Analytical chromatrographic conditions: Instrument: Waters UPC2 analytical SFC; Column: Chiralpak ID 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micron; Mobile phase: 25% IPA 1 75% CO2; Flow conditions: 2 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40 °C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm. Peak 1, RT = 3.89 min, >99.5% ee; Peak 2, RT = 5.44 min, >99.5% ee. Intermediate VIII-5 product Peak #2 was collected and carried forward to produce chiral intermediate 177-5.
Intermediate 177-5: Intermediate 177-5 was prepared from VIII-5 peak 2, according to the method described for example 108. Intermediate 177-5 (14.2 mg, 0.0200 mmol, 79.0% yield). LC-MS RT = 1.22 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 727. 1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Intermediate 177-6: To a 1 dram vial charged with 177-5 was added DCM (1 mL) and phenyl isocyanate (82 mg, 0.69 mmol). The solution stirred for 4 days at 23 °C, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by RP-HPLC to give intermediate 177- 6 (6.2 mg, 0.0070 mmol, 53% yield).
Procedure for example 177: Example 177 was prepared from 177-6 by employing the tert-butyl ester cleavage method described for example 168. Analytical data for example 177: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCk) 8 9.74 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.06 - 7.97 (m, 2H), 7.73 (br s, 1H), 7.65 (td, J=8.7, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (dt, J=8.8, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.41 - 7.33 (m, 3H), 7.24 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.09 - 6.98 (m, 4H), 6.15 (s, 1H), 4.84 - 4.74 (m, 1H), 4.59 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 3.16 (t, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.09 (br dd, J=10.6, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.67 (br t, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.21 - 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.91 - 1.82 (m, 1H), 1.68 - 1.52 (m, 2H), 1.51 - 1.41 (m, 1H), 0.79 - 0.69 (m, 2H), 0.36 - 0.29 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.26 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 790.4 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000129_0001
Procedure for example 178: Example 178 was prepared from 34-1. To a 2 dram vial charged with 34-1, DCM (1.5 mL), and DIEA (0.12 mL, 0.70 mmol, 30 equiv.) was added acetyl chloride (0.03, 0.5 mmol, 20 equiv.) and stirred 1 h at 23 °C. The reaction was quenched by the addition of MeOH (1 mL) and the tert-buty l ester was removed according to the method described for example 168. Analytical data for example 178: 1HNMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 9.82 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J=6.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (dt, J=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J=7.4, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (ddd, J=8.5, 4.3, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (dd, J=10.0, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.08 - 7.00 (m, 2H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 4.88 - 4.79 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.25 - 3.19 (m, 2H), 2.91 - 2.86 (m, 1H), 2.40 - 2.33 (m, 1H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.00 - 1.93 (m,
1H), 1.72 - 1.60 (m, 2H) LC-MS RT: 1.11 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 740.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000130_0001
Intermediate 179-1: To a 20 mL vial charged with 177-5 was added DCM (4 mL), 4- nitrophenyl carbonochloridate (volume or mass, 0.43 mmol) and DMAP (mass, 0.04 mmol). The reaction solution was stirred for at 23 °C for 12 h. Methylamine (0.85 mmol) was added and the reaction solution stirred for an additional 1 h. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by RP-HPLC to give intermediate 179-1 (65 mg, 0.083 mmol, 97%). LC-MS RT = 1.24 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 784.4 (M+H)+; Method A.
Procedure for example 179: Example 179 was prepared from 179-1 according to the method described for the tert-butyl ester cleavage as in example 168. Analytical data for example 179: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.70 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.01 (dd, J=6.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (dt, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (br d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.52 - 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.45 - 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.15 - 7.00 (m, 3H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 5.38 - 5.28 (m, 1H), 4.82 - 4.75 (m, 1H), 4.60 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 3.16 (t, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (dd, J=10.5, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (br d, J=3.3 Hz, 3H), 2.71 - 2.67 (m, 1H), 2.25 - 2.20 (m, 1H), 1.92 - 1.86 (m, 1H), 1.68 - 1.53 (m, 2H), 1.49 - 1.42 (m, 1H), 0.78 - 0.69 (m, 2H), 0.36 - 0.30 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.13 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 728.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000132_0001
Intermediate 182-1: To a 1 dram vial charged with intermediate VIII-3 was added ammonia (0.5 mL, 4 mmol, 7 M in MeOH). The solution was stirred at 23 °C for 12 h. The solution was conentrated under reduced pressure and the residue, was treated with acetic anhydride (7.2 uL. 0.076 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) and stirred at 23 °C for 1 h. The resulting residue was purified by normal phase silica gel chromatography to give intermediate 182-1 (26 mg, 0.074 mmol, 97% yield). LC-MS RT = 0.92 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 346. 1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Intermediate 182-2: Intermediate 182-2 was prepared employing similar conditions described for intermediate 140-1, except at a temperature of 65 °C for 18 h. !H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.37 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dt, J=8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=7.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (ddd, J=8.5, 4.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.21 - 7.13 (m, 2H), 6.74 (br d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 5.51 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H). Racemic 182-2 was separated into it’s enantiomers using chiral SFC. Preparative chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Berger MG II; Column: Chiralpak ID, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 20% IPA / 80% CO2; Flow conditions; 45 mL/min, 120 Bar, 40 °C; Detector wavelength: 215 nm; Injection details: 3 injections of 15 mg/mL in MeOH. Analytical chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Aurora Infinity analytical SFC; Column: Chiralpak AD-H, 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micron; Mobile phase: 20% IPA / 80% CO2; Flow conditions: 2 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40 °C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm. Peak 1, RT = 3.49 min, >99.5% ee; Peak 2, RT = 4.43 min, >99.5% ee. Intermediate 182-2 product Peak #2 was collected and carried forward to produce example 182. Procedure for example 182: Example 182 was prepared from 166-2, employing 182-2 (peak 2, isomer 2), according to the method described for example 108. A subsequent removal of the tert-butyl ester was accomplished as in the procedure to prepare example 168. Analytical data for example 182 (isomer 1): !H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 10. 14
(d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.72 (br d, J=9. 1 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J=6. 1, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.80 - 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.46 - 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.11 - 7.01 (m, 2H), 6.98 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.96 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.73 - 4.65 (m, 2H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 3.18 (br t, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 3.03 (dd, J=10.6, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.69 (br t, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 2.06 - 1.98 (m, 1H), 1.88 - 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.64 - 1.49 (m, 3H), 0.89 - 0.76 (m, 2H), 0.44 - 0.34
(m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.11 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 712.2 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000133_0001
1
Figure imgf000134_0001
Intermediate 183-1: Intermediate 183-1 was prepared from VIII-3 according to the method described for intermediate 182-1 with the replacment of AC2O with BOC2O. LC- MS RT = 1.14 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 406.0 (M+H)+; Method A.
Intermediate 183-2: Intermediate 183-2 was prepared employing that same conditions that were used for intermediate 140-1, except at a temperature of 60 °C for 18 h. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.38 (d, 7=1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dt, 7=8.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd, 7=7.4, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (dddd, 7=8.8, 4.4, 2.2, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.19 - 7.13 (m, 2H), 5.67 (br d, 7=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (br d, 7=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (s, 3H), 1.46 (br s, 9H), 1.44 (s, 9H). Racemic 183-2 was separated into individual enantiomers using chiral SFC. Preparative chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Berger MG II; Column: Chiralpak ID, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 20% MeOH / 80% CO2; Flow conditions; 45 mL/min, 120 Bar, 40 °C; Detector wavelength: 209 nm; Injection details: 49 injections in MeOH. Analytical chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Waters UPC2 analytical SFC; Column: Chiralpak IC, 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micron; Mobile phase: 25% MeOH 1 75% CO2; Flow conditions: 2 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40 °C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm. Peak 1, RT = 4.22 min, 95.7% ee; Peak 2, RT = 5.11 min, >99% ee. Intermediate 183-2 product Peak #2 was collected and carried forward to produce intermediate 183-3.
Intermediate 183-3: Intermediate 183-3 was prepared from 183-2 according to the method described for example 108. A subsequent removal of the tert-butyl ester was accomplished as in the procedure to prepare example 120. LC-MS RT = 0.99 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 698.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Procedure for example 183: Example 183 was prepared from 183-3. A 2 dram vial was charged with 183-3, DIEA (0.06 mmol, 5 equiv.) and 4-chlorobenzoyl chloride (0.035 mmol, 3.0 equiv.). The solution was stirred at 23 °C for 30 min and subsequently quenched with MeOH. The reaction contents were concentrated under reduced pressure to provide crude product that was purified via preparative RP-HPLC to give example 183. Analytical data for example 183: !H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 9.98 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.77 - 8.68 (m, 1H), 8.49 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (dd, J=6.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.91 - 7.84 (m, 2H), 7.77 - 7.71 (m, 1H), 7.69 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (ddd, J=8.3, 4.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.43 - 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.37 - 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.27 - 7.24 (m, 1H), 7.08 (dd, J=10.6, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.01 - 6.95 (m, 2H), 6.21 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.61 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 4.83 - 4.74 (m, 1H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 3.41 (br s, 1H), 3.14 (dd, J=10.5, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 2.88 (t, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.30 - 2.22 (m, 1H), 2.01 - 1.95 (m, 1H), 1.73 - 1.62 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.21 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 836.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000135_0001
Procedure for example 192: Example 192 was prepared from example 120, employing BHFFT as the coupling reagent. To a 2 dram pressure rated vail charged with example 120 (0.043 mmol, 1.3 equiv.) was added BHFFT (0.049 mmol, 2.0 equiv.) followed by DCM (1 mL) and DIEA (0.15 mmol, 4.5 equiv.). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 30 min, then heated to heated to 80 °C for 18 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cooled to 23 °C, the vial contents were dissolved in DMF (1.5 mL), and the residue purified by RP-HPLC. Analytical data for example 192: LC-MS RT: 2.41 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 735.1 (M+H)+; Method C.
Figure imgf000136_0001
Intermediate 199-1: Intermediate 199-1 was prepared employing that same conditions that were used for intermediate 140-1, except at a temperature of 65 °C for 18 h.
Figure imgf000136_0002
NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 10.87 (s, 1H), 8.11 - 8.04 (m, 2H), 7.95 (ddd, J=8.5, 4.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (dt, J=8.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (dd, J=10.0, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 1.66 - 1.59 (m, 9H). LC-MS RT = 1.20 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 347.1 (M+H)+ Intermediate 199-2: To a 1 dram vial charged with intermediate 199-1 was added potassium carbonate (53.5 mg, 0.39 mmol), DMF (0.4 mL), and l-bromo-2-(2- methoxyethoxy)ethane (70.8 mg, 0.39 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 18 h then heated to 40 °C for an additional 18 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated with a stream of nitrogen gas, the residue diluted with ethyl acetate and water and the resulting solution extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic portions were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 199-2 (80 mg, 0. 18 mmol, 92% yield). !H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.08 (dd, J=7.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J=2.2, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (ddd, J=8.5, 4.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (dt, J=8.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J=10.0, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.97 - 3.93 (m, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.81 - 3.77 (m, 2H), 3.61 - 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.44 - 3.39 (m, 3H), 1.61 (s, 9H). LC-MS RT = 1.11 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 449.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Intermediate 199-3: Intermediate 199-3 was prepared by lithium hydroxide hydroly sis of intermediate 199-2 in a manner similar to intermediate 3-3. LC-MS RT = 1.02 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 348. 1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Procedure for example 199: Example 199 was prepared from 125-2, employing 199-3, according to the method described for example 108. A subsequent removal of the tertbutyl ester was accomplished as in the procedure to prepare example 120. Analytical data for example 199: LC-MS RT: 1.15 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 765.2 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 201
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
Intermediate 201-1: Intermediate 201-1 was prepared from 166-2, employing 120-6 according to the method described for example 108. !H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 9.40 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.40 (d, J=l. 1 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (dd, J=7.7, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.02 - 7.93 (m, 3H), 7.64 (dt, J=8.6, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dt, J=8.6, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (dd, J=10.0, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.12 - 7.03 (m, 2H), 4.89 - 4.81 (m, 1H), 4.63 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.20 (t, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (dd, J=10.6, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (t, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.24 - 2.16 (m, 1H), 1.93 - 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.71 - 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.61 (s, 9H), 1.53 - 1.41 (m, 1H), 0.74 (dt, J=7.8, 3.7 Hz, 2H), 0.41 - 0.30 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT = 1.30 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 697.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Intermediate 201-2: To a 2 dram vial charged with intermediate 201-1 (88 mg, 0.126 mmol) was added DCM (1,25 mL) followed by B0C2C) (0.51 mmol), DMAP (0.06 mmol), and DIEA (0.51 mmol). The solution was stirred at 23 °C for 18 h and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude material was purified by normal phase silica gel chromatography to give intermediate 201-2 (94 mg, 0. 12 mmol, 93% yield). LC-MS RT = 1.34 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 797.5 (M+H)+; Method A.
Procedure for example 201: Example 201 was prepared from 201-2. To a 1 dram vial charged with 201-2 (0.013 mmol) was added DCM (0.3 mL) and cyclopentyl amine (0.125 mmol, 10 equiv.). The solution was stirred at 23 °C for 18 h and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude intermediate. A subsequent removal of the tertbutyl ester was accomplished as in the procedure to prepare example 120. Analytical data for example 201: 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.78 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.85 - 7.75 (m, 3H), 7.74 - 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.48 (br d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (br t, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.36 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (dt, J=10.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.81 - 3.73 (m, 4H), 2.83 - 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.66 - 2.60 (m, 1H), 1.69 - 1.45 (m, 4H), 1.40 - 1.29 (m, 2H), 1.28 - 1.16 (m, 3H), 1.15 - 1.01 (m, 4H), 0.53 - 0.39 (m, 2H), 0.06 (br d, J=3. 1 Hz, 2H). LC-MS RT: 2.33 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 547.4 (M+H)+; Method C.
Example 206
Figure imgf000139_0001
Intermediate 206-2: Into the reaction vessel was added 3-bromo-4-fluorobenzaldehyde (206-1, 235 mg, 1.15 mmol), DMF (3.5 mL), (trifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane (0.34 mL, 2.3 mmol), and K2CO3 (8.0 mg, 0.058 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 60 min and 2N HC1 (3 mL) was added. After stirring at rt for an additional Ih, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (15 mL), and the solution washed with sat NH4CI. The aqueous phase was extracted with addition al EtOAc (10 mL X2). The combined organic portions were dried over Na2SOr, filtered, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography to produce 206-2 (205 mg, 0.751 mmol, 64.9 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) d 7.74 (dd, .7=6.5, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.43 (ddd, .7=8,4, 4.8, 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.19 (t, ,7=8.4 Hz, IH), 5.11 - 4.98 (m, IH), 2.69 (d, ,7=4.4 Hz, IH).
Intermediate 206-3: Into the reaction vessel containing 206-2 (100 mg, 0.366 mmol) was added 5 -borono-2-methoxy benzoic acid (93 mg, 0.48 mmol), PdC12(dppf)-CH2C12 adduct (45 mg, 0.055 mmol), Na2CO3 (155 mg, 1.46 mmol), and H2O (1 mL). The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling N2 for 10 min, sealed, and stirred at 65 °C for 3h. After allowing to cool to rt, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of IN HC1, the solution extracted with EtOAc, dried over NaiSOi. filtered, concentrated and purification by HPLC to produce 206-3 (50.5 mg, 0.147 mmol, 40.1 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.39 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dt, J=8.7, 2. 1 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (dd, J=7.3, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53 - 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J=10.2, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (s, 3H).
Intermediate 206-4: Racemic 206-3 was separated into individual enantiomers using chiral SFC. Preparative chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Berger MG II; Column: Kromasil 5-CelluCoat, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 15% IPA-ACN (0.1% DEA) I 85% CO2; Flow conditions; 45 mL/min, 120 Bar, 40 °C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm; Injection details: 0.4 mL of ~15 mg/mL in ACN-IPA (1: 1). Peak #2 was collected to afford intermediate 206-4. Analytical chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Aurora Infinity Analytical SFC; Column: Kromasil 5-CelluCoat, 4.6 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 20% IPA-ACN (0.1% DEA) I 80% CO2; Flow conditions: 2 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40 °C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm. Peak 1, RT = 9.12 min, 99% ee; Peak 2, RT = 10.19 min, 98% ee.
Example 245: Into the reaction vessel was added intermediate 166-2 (7.0 mg, 0.017 mmol), intermediate 206-4 (6.2 mg, 0.018 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (9.1 pl, 0.052 mmol), and HATU (7.2 mg, 0.019 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce example 245 (9.5 mg, 0.014 mmol, 78 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 9.57 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (dd, J=2.2, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J=6.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (dt, J=8.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J=7.3, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.56 - 7.52 (m, 1H), 7.45 - 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J=10.2, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.11 - 7.04 (m, 2H), 5.11 - 5.04 (m, 1H), 4.77 - 4.70 (m, 1H), 4.57 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.42 (br s, 1H), 3.19 (t, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.08 (ddd, J=10.7, 4.1, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 2.67 (t, .7=4,0 Hz, 1H), 2.18 - 2.07 (m, 1H), 1.92 - 1.82 (m, 1H), 1.67 - 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.53 - 1.45 (m, 1H), 0.79 - 0.68 (m, 2H), 0.38 - 0.27 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.38 min; MS (ESI) m/z 695.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 246: Prepared from intermediate 166-2 and the enantiomer of 206-4 (peak 1 from chiral SFC purification) following the procedure for the synthesis of example 246. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 9.53 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (dd, J=2.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.97 (dd, J=6.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (dt, J=8.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.57 - 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.48 - 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.18 (dd, J=10.2, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.12 - 7.02 (m, 2H), 5.13 - 5.03 (m, 1H), 4.81 - 4.71 (m, 1H), 4.60 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.19 (t, J=3.7 Hz, 2H), 3.09 (ddd, J=10.8, 4.1, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 2.70 (t, .7=4,0 Hz. 1H), 2.19 - 2.11 (m, 1H), 1.92 - 1.84 (m, 1H), 1.70 - 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.51 - 1.42 (m, 1H), 0.77 - 0.70 (m, 2H), 0.36 - 0.30 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.38 min; MS (ESI) m/z 695.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 206: Into the reaction vessel was added example 245 (6.0 mg, 8.6 pmol), DCM (1 mL), pyridine (7.0 pl, 0.086 mmol), 4-nitrophenyl carbonochloridate (8.7 mg, 0.043 mmol), and DMAP (1.0 mg, 8.6 pmol). After stirring at rt for 2 h, bicyclofl. l. l]pentan-l- amine (7.2 mg, 0.086 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for Ih, concentrated under reduced pressure and subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce 1 -(3'-((( 1 R,2R,3 S,4R,Z)-7-(cy clopropy Imethy lene)-3 -((4-fluoro-3 - (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-6-fluoro-4'- methoxy-[l , 1 '-biphenyl] -3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl bicyclof 1.1.1 ]pentan-l -ylcarbamate (example 206, 3.8 mg, 4.7 pmol. 54 % yield). *H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.54 (s, IH), 9.95 (br d, J=6.3 Hz, IH), 8.55 (br s, IH), 8.24 (br d, 7=4.2 Hz, IH), 8.13 (br s, IH), 7.86 - 7.75 (m, IH), 7.69 (br t, 7=9.4 Hz, 2H), 7.58 - 7.38 (m, 3H), 7.33 (d, 7=8.8 Hz, IH), 6.43 - 6.30 (m, IH), 4.69 (d, J=9.6 Hz, IH), 4.51 - 4.41 (m, IH), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.16 (br dd, 7=10.1, 3.8 Hz, IH), 3.11 (br s, IH), 2.72 (br s, IH), 2.39 - 2.34 (m, IH), 2.02 - 1.89 (m, 6H), 1.88 - 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.54 - 1.47 (m, IH), 1.45 - 1.36 (m, 2H), 0.79 - 0.69 (m, 2H), 0.35 (br s, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.27 mm; MS (ESI) m/z 804.5 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 222
Figure imgf000141_0001
Example 222: Into the reaction vessel was added example 246 (11 mg, 0.017 mmol), DCM (1 mL), pyridine (8.0 pl, 0.099 mmol), and isocyanatobenzene (9.9 mg, 0.083 mmol). After stirring at rt for 12h, the reaction mixture was concentrated and subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce l-(3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3- ((4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-6- fluoro-4'-methoxy-[l,r-biphenyl]-3-yl)ethyl phenylcarbamate (example 222, 11.8 mg, 0.0160 mmol, 94.0 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 10.52 (s, 1H), 9.92 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 9.72 (br s, 1H), 8.22 (br d, .7=4.9 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.81 - 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.70 (br d, .7=8,2 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (br d, .7=6,7 Hz, 1H), 7.50 - 7.38 (m, 4H), 7.35 - 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.25 (br t, .7=7,8 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (t, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 5.89 - 5.80 (m, 1H), 4.69 (d, ,7=9.5 Hz. 1H), 4.49 - 4.41 (m, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.16 (br dd, .7=10.8, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.11 (br s, 1H), 2.72 (br s, 1H), 1.92 - 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.56 (br d, .7=6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.53 - 1.47 (m, 1H), 1.45 - 1.35 (m, 2H), 0.82 - 0.66 (m, 2H), 0.39 - 0.29 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.26 mm; MS (ESI) m/z 760.5 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 230
Figure imgf000142_0001
Intermediate 230-1: Into the reaction vessel was added 206-1 (577 mg, 2.84 mmol), DMF (15 mL), (difluoromethyl)trimethylsilane (530 mg, 4.26 mmol), and CsF (216 mg, 1.42 mmol). After stirring at 50 °C for 12h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (15 mL), and the solution washed with sat NH4CI. The aqueous phase was extracted with additional EtOAc (10 mLx2). The combined organic portions were dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography to produce l-(3-bromo- 4-fluorophenyl)-2,2-difluoroethan-l-ol (230-1, 98 mg, 0.38 mmol, 13 % yield). 1H NMR. (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.67 (dd, J=6.6, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (ddd, J=8.4, 4.6, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.87 - 5.57 (m, 1H), 4.86 - 4.78 (m, 1H), 2.50 (br s, 1H). Intermediate 230-2: Into the reaction vessel containing 230-1 (220 mg, 0.863 mmol) was added 5 -borono-2-methoxy benzoic acid (220 mg, 1.12 mmol), PdC12(dppf)-CH2C12 adduct (106 mg, 0.129 mmol), Na2CO3 (366 mg, 3.45 mmol), and H2O (3.5 mL). The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling N2 for 10 min, sealed, and stirred at 65 °C for 3h. After allowing to cool to rt, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of IN HC1, the resulting solution extracted with EtOAc, dried overNa2SO4, filtered, concentrated and subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce 5'-(2,2-difluoro-l- hydroxyethyl)-2'-fluoro-4-methoxy-[1, 1'-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid (230-2, 186 mg, 0.570 mmol, 66.1 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.37 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dt, 7=8.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, 7=7.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45 - 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.24 - 7.14 (m, 2H), 6.01 - 5.59 (m, 1H), 4.89 (td, 7=10.1, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (s, 3H).
Intermediate 230-3: Racemic 230-2 was separated into individual enantiomers using chiral SFC. Preparative chromatographic conditions: Instrument: PIC Solution SFC Prep- 200; Column: Chiralpak IC, 30 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 10 % MeOH / 90% CO2; Flow conditions; 85 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40 °C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm; Injection details: lOpL of ~lmg/mL in MeOH. Peak #2 was collected to afford intermediate 230-3. Analytical chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Aurora Infinity Analytical SFC; Column: Chiralpak ID, 4.6 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 10%MeOH / 90% CO2; Flow conditions: 2 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40 °C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm. Peak 1, RT = 11.85 min, 96% ee; Peak 2, RT = 13.65 min, >99.5% ee.
Intermediate 230-4: Into the reaction vessel was added intermediate 166-2 (20 mg, 0.054 mmol), intermediate 230-3 (18 mg, 0.057 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (0.028 mL, 0.16 mmol), and HATU (23 mg, 0.060 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and subjected to silica gel chromatography purification to produce (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-(5'-(2,2-difluoro-l- hydroxyethyl)-2'-fluoro-4-methoxy-[l,r-biphenyl]-3-carboxamido)-N-(4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide (230-4, 25 mg, 0.037 mmol, 68 % yield).
Figure imgf000143_0001
NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 9.49 (br d, J=l.l Hz, 1H), 8.40 - 8.33 (m, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.98 - 7.91 (m, 1H), 7.66 (dt, 7=8.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.57 - 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.38 (dq, J=6.4, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (ddd, J=10.2, 8.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.11 - 7.01 (m, 2H), 6.03 - 5.59 (m, 1H), 4.91 - 4.83 (m, 1H), 4.81 - 4.73 (m, 1H), 4.61 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.19 (t, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 3.09 (dd, J=10.8, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (br d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 2.70 (t, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.22 - 2.12 (m, 1H), 1.95 - 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.72 - 1.61 (m, 2H), 1.50 - 1.41 (m, 1H), 0.79 - 0.69 (m, 2H), 0.39 - 0.28 (m, 2H).
Example 230: Into the reaction vessel was added intermediate 230-4 (6.0 mg, 8.9 pmol), DCM (1 mL), pyridine (7.2 pl, 0.089 mmol), 4-nitrophenyl carbonochloridate (8.9 mg, 0.044 mmol), and DMAP (1.1 mg, 8.9 pmol). After stirring at rt for 2h, cyclobutanamine (6.3 mg, 0.089 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for Ih, concentrated under reduced pressure and subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce l-(3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-6-fluoro-4l- methoxy-[l,T-biphenyl]-3-yl)-2,2-difluoroethyl cyclobutylcarbamate (example 230, 4.5 mg, 5.8 pmol, 66 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) d 10.55 (s, IH), 9.94 (br d, J=7.2 Hz, IH), 8.19 (br d, J=5.1 Hz, IH), 8.09 (s, IH), 7.94 (br d, J=7.8 Hz, IH), 7.80 - 7.71 (m, IH), 7.68 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, IH), 7.53 (br d, J=6.7 Hz, IH), 7.48 - 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.38 - 7.27 (m, 2H), 6.49 - 6.13 (m, IH), 5.93 - 5.81 (m, IH), 4.67 (d, J=9.6 Hz, IH), 4.48 - 4.38 (m, IH), 4.03 (s, 3H), 3.94 - 3.85 (m, IH), 3.19 - 3.11 (m, IH), 3.08 (br s, IH), 2.70 (br s, IH), 2.15 - 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.92 - 1.73 (m, 4H), 1.58 - 1.45 (m, 3H), 1.43 - 1.35 (m, 2H), 0.77 - 0.66 (m, 2H), 0.37 - 0.28 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.22 min; MS (ESI) m/z 774.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 233
Figure imgf000144_0001
Example 233: Into the reaction vessel was added 230-4 (6.0 mg, 8.9 pmol), DCM (1 mL), pyridine (0.014 mL, 0.17 mmol), and isocyanatobenzene (5.3 mg, 0.044 mmol). After stirring at rt for 12h, the mixture mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce l-(3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7- (cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-6-fluoro-4'- methoxy-[l,r-biphenyl]-3-yl)-2,2-difluoroethyl phenylcarbamate (example 233, 4.9 mg, 5.9 pmol, 67 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 10.54 (s, 1H), 10.07 (br s, 1H), 9.93 (br d, <7=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (br d, .7=4,6 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.79 - 7.59 (m, 3H), 7.50 (br s, 1H), 7.47 - 7.34 (m, 4H), 7.34 - 7.24 (m, 3H), 7.01 (br t, <7=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.55 - 6.25 (m, 1H), 6.08 - 5.98 (m, 1H), 4.68 (d, <7=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.48 - 4.39 (m, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.19 - 3.10 (m, 1H), 3.08 (br s, 1H), 2.72 - 2.67 (m, 1H), 1.87 - 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.53 - 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.44 - 1.34 (m, 2H), 0.77 - 0.65 (m, 2H), 0.37 - 0.26 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.23 mm; MS (ESI) m/z 796.2 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 238:
Figure imgf000145_0001
Intermediate 238-1: Into the reaction vessel was added 166-2 (75 mg, 0.19 mmol), 183-2 (92 mg, 0.20 mmol), MeCN (5 mL), DIEA (0.097 mL, 0.56 mmol), and HATU (77 mg, 0.200 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue subjected to silica gel chromatography purification to produce tert-butyl 2-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2-(3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7- (cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-6-fluoro-4l- methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-yl)acetate (238-1, 147 mg, 0.178 mmol, 96.0 % yield). H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 9.42 (br d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (dd, J=2.2, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 8.09 - 8.04 (m, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J=6.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.67 - 7.61 (m, 1H), 7.55 - 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J=7.3, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36 - 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.20 - 7.04 (m, 3H), 5.66 (br d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 5.24 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.92 - 4.82 (m, 1H), 4.65 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 3.22 (t, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (dd, J=10.5, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (t, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.27 - 2.16 (m, 1H), 1.95 - 1.86 (m, 1H), 1.74 - 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.46 (br s, 9H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.39 - 1.34 (m, 1H), 0.81 - 0.72 (m, 2H), 0.43 - 0.33 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 238-2: Into the reaction vessel was added 238-1 (147 mg, 0.178 mmol), DCM (10 mL), sodium bicarbonate (112 mg, 1.33 mmol) and zinc bromide (1200 mg, 5.34 mmol). After stirring at for 24h, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of IN HC1 and the solution extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic portion was dried over NaiSOi. filtered, concentrated, and subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce 2-amino-2-(3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifhioromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-6-fluoro-4'- methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-yl)acetic acid, TFA (238-2, 62 mg, 0.079 mmol, 44 % yield). MS (ESI) m/z 670.4 (M+H).
Example 238: Into the reaction vessel was added 238-2 (9 mg, 0.01 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), pyridine (2.8 pl, 0.034 mmol), and tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbonyl chloride (1.7 mg, 0.012 mmol) were added. After stirring at rt for 30min, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of MeOH, concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce 2-(3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7- (cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifhioromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-6-fluoro-4'- methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxamido)acetic acid (example 238, 8.9 mg, 0.011 mmol, 99 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.89 (br d, 7=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J=6.2, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.74 = - 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.54 (dd, J=7.3, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.49 - 7.42 (m, 1H), 7.37 - 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.12 - 7.05 (m, 1H), 7.02 - 6.94 (m, 2H), 5.80 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.77 - 4.69 (m, 1H), 4.64 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 4.03 - 3.90 (m, 2H), 3.49 - 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.14 - 3.09 (m, 1H), 3.06 (dd, J=10.6, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.73 - 2.66 (m, 1H), 2.57 - 2.48 (m, 1H), 2.16 - 2.10 (m, 1H), 1.92 - 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.82 - 1.74 (m, 4H), 1.67 - 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.54 - 1.46 (m, 1H), 0.86 - 0.74 (m, 2H), 0.41 - 0.32 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.26 min; MS (ESI) m/z 782.5 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 249:
Figure imgf000147_0001
Intermediate 249-1: Into the reaction vessel was added tert-butyl 5-bromo-2- fluorobenzoate (120 mg, 0.436 mmol), morpholine (0.19 mL, 2.2 mmol), and toluene (2 mL). After stirring at 90 °C for 12h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue subjected to silica gel chromatography purification to produce tert-butyl 5-bromo-2-morpholinobenzoate (249-1, 117 mg, 0.342 mmol, 78.0 % yield). rH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.69 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=8.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.89 - 3.85 (m, 4H), 3.07 - 3.03 (m, 4H), 1.62 (s, 9H).
Intermediate 249-2: Into the reaction vessel containing 249-1(30 mg, 0.088 mmol) was added 5-borono-2-methoxybenzoic acid (25.8 mg, 0.131 mmol), PdCh(dppf)-CH2C12 adduct (14 mg, 0.018 mmol), and Na2CCh (46 mg, 0.44 mmol). The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling N2 for 10 min, sealed, and stirred at 65°C for 2h. After cooling to rt, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce 3'-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-methoxy-4'- morpholino-[l,T-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid (249-2, 40 mg, 0.097 mmol, 110 % yield,). MS (ESI) m/z 414.0 (M+H).
Example 251: Into the reaction vessel was added intermediate 166-2 (15 mg, 0.037 mmol), 249-2 (20 mg, 0.048 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (0.02 mL, 0.1 mmol), and HATU (18 mg, 0.048 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12h, concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue subjected to silica gel chromatography purification to produce tert-butyl 3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4- fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-4'- methoxy-4-morpholino-[l,T-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (example 251,12 mg, 0.016 mmol, 42 % yield). H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 3 9.87 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J=6.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (br dd, .7=8.3, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, .7=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dt, .7=8.7, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (br d, .7=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (t, 7=9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (d, .7=9.6 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 4.07 - 4.04 (m, 4H), 3.50 - 3.38 (m, 4H), 3.17 (t, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.97 (dd, .7=10.7, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.69 (t, .7=3,9 Hz, 1H), 2.12 - 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.90 - 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.62 (s, 9H), 1.61 - 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.50 - 1.43 (m, 1H), 0.78 - 0.69 (m, 2H), 0.37 - 0.28 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.23 min; MS (ESI) m/z 764.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 249: Into the reaction vessel was added example 251 (12 mg, 0.016 mmol), CH2CI2 (2 mL), sodium bicarbonate (13.2 mg, 0.157 mmol) and zinc bromide (142 mg, 0.628 mmol). After stirring at 35 °C for 3h, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of IN HC1 and the solution extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic portion was dried over Na2SO4 , filtered, concentrated, and subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce 3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-4'-methoxy-4- morpholino-[l,T-biphenyl]-3-carboxyhc acid, TFA (example 249, 5.2 mg, 6.2 pmol, 40 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 3 9.71 (br d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (dd, .7=6.1, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.91 - 7.84 (m, 2H), 7.76 (dd, .7=8.7, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (dt, .7=8.7, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, .7=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (t, .7=9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, .7=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.83 - 4.74 (m, 1H), 4.67 (d, .7=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (s, 3H), 4.02 (br s, 4H), 3.23 (br t, .7=4,0 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (br s, 4H), 3.10 (br dd, J=10.9, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 2.74 (t, .7=3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.22 - 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.93 - 1.86 (m, 1H), 1.73 - 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.55 - 1.47 (m, 1H), 0.80 - 0.73 (m, 2H), 0.39 - 0.34 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.15 mm; MS (ESI) m/z 708.4 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 253:
Figure imgf000149_0001
Intermediate 253-1: Into the reaction vessel was added 1-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-2,2,2- trifluoroethan-l-ol (100 mg, 0.366 mmol), 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(l,3,2- dioxaborolane) (126 mg, 0.494 mmol), and 1,4-di oxane (3 mL). PdC12(dppf)-CH2C12 adduct (29.9 mg, 0.037 mmol) and potassium acetate (90 mg, 0.91 mmol) were subsequently added and the reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling N2 for 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 65 °C for 5h, allowed to cool to rt and the solution extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic portions were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The resulting material (253-l)was used for next step without further purification.
Intermediate 253-2: Into the reaction vessel was added methyl 5-bromo-2- hydroxybenzoate (200 mg, 0.866 mmol), 2-(2-bromoethoxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran (217 mg, 1.039 mmol), acetone (3 mL), and K2CO3 (239 mg, 1.73 mmol). After stirring at 50 °C for 12h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue subjected to silica gel chromatography purification to produce methyl 5-bromo-2-(2- ((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethoxy)benzoate (253-2, 112 mg, 0.312 mmol, 36.0 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.90 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J=8.9, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.76 (t, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.30 - 4.16 (m, 2H), 4.08 (dt, J=11.5, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.94 - 3.84 (m, 5H), 3.59 - 3.52 (m, 1H), 1.88 - 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.79 - 1.71 (m, 1H), 1.67 - 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.58 - 1.50 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 253-3: Into the reaction vessel containing 253-2 (80 mg, 0.22 mmol) was added 253-1 (93 mg, 0.29 mmol) PdCh(dppf)-CH2C12 adduct (27 mg, 0.033 mmol), Na2CCh (94 mg, 0.89 mmol), and H2O (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling N2 for 10 min, sealed, and stirred at 65 °C for 3h. After cooling to rt, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of water, and the solution extracted with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc portions were dried over Na2SOr, filtered, concentrated and subjected to silica gel chromatography purification to produce methyl 2'-fluoro-4-(2- ((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethoxy)-5'-(2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-[l,r- biphenyl] -3 -carboxylate (253-3, 66 mg, 0. 14 mmol, 62 % yield). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.95 (dd, J=2.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dt, J=8.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J=7.3, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.47 - 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.19 (dd, J=10.2, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.10 - 5.03 (m, 1H), 4.77 (t, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.31 - 4.25 (m, 2H), 4.15 - 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.95 - 3.87 (m, 5H), 3.60 - 3.52 (m, 1H), 2.98 (br d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 1.89 - 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.79 - 1.71 (m, 1H), 1.67 - 1.61 (m, 2H), 1.59 - 1.51 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 253-4: 253-3 (66 mg, 0. 14 mmol) was dissolved in THF (4 mL) and a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (31.7 mg, 0.754 mmol) in water (2 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h, diluted with EtOAc (10 mL), and quenched by the addition of 1.0 eq of IN HC1. The organic phase was dried over NaiSCL, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 2'-fluoro-4-(2-((tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethoxy)-5'-(2,2,2-tnfluoro- 1 -hydroxy ethy 1)- [ 1 , 11 -biphenyl] -3-carboxylic acid (253-4, 64 mg, 0.14 mmol, 100 % yield) which was used for next step without further purification.
Intermediate 253-5: Into the reaction vessel was added intermediate 166-2 (25 mg, 0.068 mmol), 253-4 (31 mg, 0.068 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (0.036 mL, 0.20 mmol), and HATU (28.4 mg, 0.0750 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12h, concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(2'-fluoro-4-(2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethoxy)-5'- (2,2,2-trifluoro- 1 -hydroxy ethyl)-[ 1 , l'-biphenyl]-3-carboxamido)bicy clo[2.2. 1 ]heptane-2- carboxamide (253-5, 39 mg, 0.049 mmol, 72 % yield). MS (ESI) m/z 809.2 (M+H). Example 253: Into the reaction vessel was added 253-5 (15 mg, 0.019 mmol), DCM (1 mL), pyridine (0.015 mL, 0.19 mmol), 4-nitrophenyl carbonochloridate (19 mg, 0.093 mmol), and DMAP (2.3 mg, 0.019 mmol). After stirring at rt for 2h, cyclobutanamine (13.2 mg, 0.185 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for Ih and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce the corresponding carbamate. This product was not stable due to the presence of TFA. Standing at rt for 12h followed by concentration and prep-HPLC purification produced l-(3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifhroromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-6-fluoro-4'-(2- hydroxyethoxy)-[l,T-biphenyl]-3-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl cyclobutylcarbamate (example 253, 11.0 mg, 0.0130 mmol, 70.0 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 9.54 (br d, 7=8.5 Hz, IH), 8.29 (d, 7=2.0 Hz, IH), 7.76 - 7.67 (m, 2H), 7.57 - 7.47 (m, 3H), 7.43 - 7.36 (m, IH), 7.21 - 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.10 (br d, 7=8.9 Hz, IH), 6.11 - 6.05 (m, IH), 5.32 (br d, 7=8.2 Hz, IH), 4.93 - 4.85 (m, IH), 4.69 (d, 7=9.6 Hz, IH), 4.49 - 4.43 (m, IH), 4.32 - 4.24 (m, 2H), 4.17 - 4.09 (m, 2H), 3.17 (t, 7=4.1 Hz, IH), 3.13 (dd, 7=10.5, 3.8 Hz, IH), 2.75 (t, 7=4.0 Hz, IH), 2.42 - 2.24 (m, 2H), 2.20 - 2.14 (m, IH), 1.98 - 1.85 (m, 3H), 1.80 - 1.61 (m, 4H), 1.53 - 1.46 (m, IH), 0.82 - 0.73 (m, 2H), 0.40 - 0.33 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.33 min; MS (ESI) m/z 822.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 256:
Figure imgf000151_0001
Intermediate 256-1: Into the reaction vessel was added 3-bromo-4-fluorobenzaldehyde
(1670 mg, 8.25 mmol), 2-methylpropane-2-sulfmamide (500. mg, 4.13 mmol), DCM (2 mL), MgSO4 (2483 mg, 20.63 mmol), and PPTS (52 mg, 0.21 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 24h, loaded to silica cartridge, and subjected to silica gel chromatograph purification to produce (E)-N-(3-bromo-4-fluorobenzylidene)-2- methylpropane-2-sulfmamide (256-1, 1220 mg, 3.98 mmol, 97 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, J=6.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (ddd, J=8.5, 4.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 1.28 (s, 9H).
Intermediate 256-2: Into the reaction vessel was added 256-1 (200 mg, 0.653 mmol), DMF (3 mL), (trifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane (0.19 mL, 1.3 mmol), and K2CO3 (45 mg, 0.33 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 60 min and 2N HC1 (15 mL) was added. After string at rt for Ih, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL), and the organic portion washed with sat NH4CI. The aqueous phase was extracted with addition al EtOAc (10 mLx2). The combined organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated, filtered, and purified by silica gel chromatography to produce N-(l-(3- bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfmamide (256-2, 163 mg, 0.433 mmol, 66 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.65 (dd, J=6.3, 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.42 - 7.37 (m, IH), 7.18 (t, J=8.4 Hz, IH), 4.81 (quin, J=7.1 Hz, IH), 3.58 (br d, J=6.6 Hz, IH), 1.27 (s, 9H).
Intermediate 256-3: Into the reaction vessel containing 256-2 (50. mg, 0, 13 mmol) was added 5 -borono-2-methoxy benzoic acid (31 mg, 0.16 mmol), PdC12(dppf)-CH2C12 adduct (16 mg, 0.020 mmol), Na2CO3 (56 mg, 0.53 mmol), and H2O (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling N2 for 10 min, sealed, and stirred at 65 °C for 3h. After cooling to rt, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of IN HC1, the solution extracted wi th EtOAc, the combined organic portions dried over Na2SO4, filtered, concentrated and subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce 5'-(l-((tert- butylsulfmyl)amino)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-2'-fluoro-4-methoxy-[1, 1'-biphenyl]-3- carboxylic acid (256-3, 47 mg, 0.10 mmol, 79 % yield). MS (ESI) m/z 448. 1 (M+H). Example 256: Into the reaction vessel was added 166-2 (10 mg, 0.027 mmol), 256-3 (12 mg, 0.027 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (0.014 mL, 0.081 mmol), and HATU (11 mg, 0.030 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12h, concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue subjected to prep-HPLC purification to produce (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-3-(5'-(l-((tert-butylsulfmyl)amino)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-2'-fluoro-4- methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-carboxamido)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3- (trifhioromethyl)phenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide (example 256, 7.5 mg, 9.3 pmol, 34 % yield). H NMR (500 MHz, DMS0-d6) 5 10.55 (s, 1H), 9.95 (br t, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.27 - 8.19 (m, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.87 - 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.70 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.66 - 7.58 (m, 1H), 7.48 (br t, .7=9.7 Hz, 1H), 7.40 - 7.29 (m, 2H), 6.51 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 5.39 - 5.27 (m, 1H), 4.68 (d, 7=9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.51 - 4.41 (m, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.19 - 3.14 (m, 1H), 3.11 (br s, 1H), 1.88 - 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.56 - 1.46 (m, 1H), 1.44 - 1.35 (m, 2H), 1.14 (s, 9H), 0.79 - 0.68 (m, 2H), 0.39 - 0.30 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.25 min; MS (ESI) m/z 798.1 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000153_0001
Intermediate 258-1: Into the reaction vessel was added intermediate 166-2 (15 mg, 0.041 mmol) and THF (1 mL). After cooling to 0 °C, LiAlH4 (0.5 mL, 0.500 mmol) was added. After stirring at 0 °C for 5min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt and stir at rt for 20 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc. After washing the organic solution with sat NaHCOi, the organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 andoncentrated under reduced pressure to provide (lR,2R,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-(((4- fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)amino)methyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-amine (258-1, 7.0 mg, 0.020 mmol, 49 % yield). This material was used for next step without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z 355.3 (M+H).
Example 258: Into the reaction vessel was added 258-1 (7.0 mg, 0.020 mmol), 120-6 (6.5 mg, 0.019 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (9.4 pl, 0.054 mmol), and HATU (7.5 mg, 0.020 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12h, concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue subjected to silica gel chromatography purification to yield a residue that was treated with 2: 1 DCM/TFA at rt for 30min. The resuting solution was concentrated and the residue purified by HPLC to produce 3'-(((lR,2R,3R,4R,Z)-7- (cyclopropylmethylene)-3-(((4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)amino)methyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-6-fluoro-4'- methoxy-[l,T-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid, example 258, 6.5 mg, 8.4 pmol, 47 % yield). !H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) d 8.59 (br d, 7=7.4 Hz, 1H), 8.41 (d, 7=1.4 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (dd, .7=7.6, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (ddd, .7=8.5, 4.6, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (br d, .7=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 - 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.08 - 7.02 (m, 2H), 6.99 - 6.94 (m, 2H), 4.65 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.63 - 4.57 (m, 1H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 3.32 (dd, J=11.4, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 3.09 (t, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.04 - 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.59 - 2.52 (m, 2H), 1.83 - 1.74 (m, 1H), 1.73 - 1.67 (m, 1H), 1.64 - 1.55 (m, 2H), 1.47 - 1.39 (m, 1H), 0.76 - 0.69 (m, 2H), 0.41 - 0.31 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.31 min; MS (ESI) m/z 683.5 (M+H)+; Method A.
Figure imgf000154_0001
Intermediate 259-1: 259-1 was prepared from intermediate 166-2 and 140-2 following the procedure described for Example 168. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.58 - 9. 15 (br. s, 1H), 8.20 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.17 - 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=6.1, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dt,J=138.9, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (dd, J=8.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (t, .7=9.4 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (br d, J=7,7 Hz, 1H), 6.16 (dt, .J=4.0, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.87 - 4.79 (m, 1H), 4.63 (d, .7=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.32 - 4.18 (m, 2H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.55 (br s, 2H), 3.18 (t, .7=3.7 Hz, 1H), 3.11 - 3.06 (m, 1H), 2.71 (t, 7=3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.31 (br d, 7=2.8 Hz, 2H), 2.23 - 2.12 (m, 1H), 1.91 - 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.71 - 1.61 (m, 2H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.49 - 1.42 (m, 1H), 0.77 - 0.70 (m, 2H), 0.40 - 0.30 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 259-2: Into the reaction vessel was added 259-1 (13 mg, 0.019 mmol), DCM (1.5 mL), DIEA (0.012 mL, 0.067 mmol) and zinc bromide (150 mg, 0.665 mmol). After stirring at for 12h, the reaction mixture was quenched with the addition of sat NaHCO3 and the solution extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic portion was dried over Na2SO4 filtered and concentrated to generate (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-
(cy clopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-methoxy-5-(1,2,5,6- tetrahydropyridin-3-yl)benzamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide (259-2, 12 mg, 0.021 mmol, 110 % yield). This intermediate was used for next step without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z 584.4 (M+H). Example 259: Into the reaction vessel was added 259-2 (11 mg, 0.019 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), 2-bromoacetic acid (1.5 mg, 0.011 mmol), and DIEA (9.9 pl, 0.057 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for Ih and concentrated under reduced pressure. Preparative HPLC of the resulting residue, followed by SFC purification produced 2-(5- (3-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifhioromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-4- methoxyphenyl)-3,6-dihydropyridin-l(2H)-yl)acetic acid example 259, 4.1 mg, 5.4 pmol, 28 % yield). NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) 5 10.31 (br d, =7.2 Hz, IH), 10.12 (s, IH), 8.15 (dd, J=6.2, 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.05 (d, J=2.5 Hz, IH), 7.78 - 7.68 (m, IH), 7.59 (dd, .7=8.8, 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.28 (t, .7=9,6 Hz, IH), 7.23 - 7.17 (m, IH), 6.38 - 6.32 (m, IH), 4.74 (d, ,7=9.4 Hz, IH), 4.60 - 4.52 (m, IH), 4.25 (br s, 4H), 4.09 (s, 3H), 3.25 - 3.19 (m, IH), 3.17 - 3.11 (m, IH), 2.77 - 2.68 (m, 3H), 2.01 - 1.89 (m, 2H), 1.59 - 1.47 (m, 3H), 0.80 - 0.71 (m, 2H), 0.41 - 0.29 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 0.94 mm; MS (ESI) m/z 642.3 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 265
Figure imgf000155_0001
Intermediate 265-1: To a vial containing 260-2 (10 mg, 0.013 mmol) in THF (1.3 mL) was added LiOH (63 pl, 0.063 mmol) as a IM solution in water. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h, then diluted with IN HC1. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL). The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4 filtered and concentrated to afford (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-3-(5'-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2'-fluoro- 4-methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-carboxamido)-7- (cyclopropylmethylene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylic acid which was used without further purification, (7.0 mg, 0.013 mmol, 100 % yield). 1H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 10.05 (br s, IH), 8.12 (s, IH), 8.01 - 7.97 (m, IH), 7.96 - 7.92 (m, IH), 7.74 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (t, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.34 - 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 3.15 - 3.09 (m, 1H), 2.99 (dd, J=10.8, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 2.68 - 2.61 (m, 1H), 1.76 - 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.56 (s, 9H), 1.47 (di, J=8.7, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (s, 2H), 0.84 - 0.60 (m, 2H), 0.44 - 0.23 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 1.17 min; MS (ESI) m/z 536 (M+H)+; Method D.
Example 265: Into the reaction vessel was added 265-1 (4.0 mg, 0.022 mmol), MeCN (1 mL), DIEA (10 pl, 0.060 mmol), and HATU (6.8 mg, 0.018 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12h then concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue dissolved in 1:2 TFA/DCM and stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, dissolved in DMSO and purified by HPLC to afford 3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-methyl-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-6-fluoro-4'- methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid (3.4 mg, 5.3 pmol, 35 % yield). 1H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.41 (s, 1H), 9.98 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.21 - 8.09 (m, 2H), 8.05 - 7.99 (m, 1H), 7.99 - 7.90 (m, 1H), 7.77 - 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=7.8, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45 - 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.55 - 4.36 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.19 - 3.13 (m, 1H), 3.13 - 3.08 (m, 1H), 2.78 - 2.66 (m, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.90 - 1.84 (m, 1H), 1.83 - 1.76 (m, 1H), 1.55 - 1.47 (m, 1H), 1.47 - 1.37 (m, 2H), 0.84 - 0.60 (m, 2H), 0.42 - 0.23 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 2.21 min; MS (ESI) m/z 653 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 310
Figure imgf000156_0001
Intermediate 310-1
A solution of 5 -borono-2-methoxy benzoic acid (0.200 g, 1.02 mmol) in EtOAc (10ml) was treated with pinacol (0.121 g, 1.02 mmol) and the resulting solution stirred at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and the resulting solid used without further manipulation as 2-methoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2- yl)benzoic acid (0.284 g, 1.02 mmol, 100 % yield). This solid was coupled to intermediate 170-2 according to the same procedure as Example 108 to furnish intermediate 310-1.
The reaction mixture of 310-1 (50 mg, 0.076 mmol), PdCh(dppf) (5.6 mg, 7.6 pmol), 3- bromopyridine (0.1 mL) and K3PO4 (48.5 mg, 0.229 mmol) was heated to 80 °C. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The organic layer was concentrated and the residue purified by reverse phase HPLC to furnish (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-methoxy-5-(pyri din-3- yl)benzamido)-7-(2,2,2-trifluoroethylidene)bicyclo[2.2. l]heptane-2-carboxamide (11.4 mg, 0.019 mmol, 24 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 10.68 (s, 1H), 9.99 (br d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.55 (br d, J=3.4 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (br d, J=2.3 Hz, 2H), 8.07 - 8.00 (m, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.83 - 7.73 (m, 1H), 7.56 - 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.05 - 5.92 (m, 1H), 4.60 - 4.51 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.47 (s, 1H), 3.00 (br s, 1H), 2.74 (s, 1H), 2.02 - 1.95 (m, 1H), 1.94 - 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.51 (br d, J=6.6 Hz, 2H). LC-MS RT 2.47 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 608.3 (M+H)+; Method C.
Example 320 was prepared analogously to Example 253 via the following intermediates.
Example 320
Figure imgf000157_0001
Intermediate 320-1
Figure imgf000158_0001
To a solution of methyl 5-bromo-2-hydroxybenzoate (750 mg, 3.25 mmol) and 4-(2- bromoethyl)morpholine (756 mg, 3.90 mmol) in DMF (12 mL) was added K2CO3 (1346 mg, 9.74 mmol) heated at 70 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, and the solution washed with water and brine solution. The separated organic layer was dried over NazSOr, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica column to furnish methyl 5-bromo-2-(2-morpholinoethoxy)benzoate (320-1, 0.800 g, 2.32 mmol, 71.6 % yield). MS, m/z 343.9 (M+2H).
Intermediate 320-2
Figure imgf000158_0002
To asolution of320- 1(300 mg, 0.872 mmol) and tert-butyl 4-fluoro-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoate (309 mg, 0.959 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) and water (1 mL) was added tripotassium phosphate (555 mg, 2.61 mmol) and the resulting mixture purged with nitrogen for 5 min. PdC12(dppf)-CH2C12 adduct (71 mg, 0.087 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture purged for 2 min with nitrogen then heated in a sealed tube at 85 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite. The filtrate was diluted with EtOAc and the organic phase washed with water and brine solutions. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica column chromatography to furnish 3'-(tert-butyl) 3-methyl 6'-fluoro- 4-(2-morpholinoethoxy)-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3,3'-dicarboxylate (320-2, 0.310 g, 0.675 mmol, 77 % yield). MS, m/z: 460.2 (M+H). Intermediate 320-3
Figure imgf000159_0001
To a solution of 320-2 (100 mg, 0.218 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added NaOH (0.87 mL, 2.2 mmol) solution and stirred at 50 °C for 30 min. THF was removed under vacuum, 1 ml of water was added and acidified with 1.5N HC1 to pH 4. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2x20ml). The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine solution, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 5'- (tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2'-fluoro-4-(2-morpholinoethoxy)-[ 1 , 1 '-biphenyl] -3-carboxyhc acid (40 mg, 0.090 mmol, 41 % yield). MS, m/z’. 446.2 (M+H).
Intermediate 320-4
Figure imgf000159_0002
To a solution of 320-3 (30 mg, 0.076 mmol) and 170-2 (334 mg, 0.0760 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added DIPEA (0.07 mL, 0.4 mmol) and HATU (57.6 mg, 0.151 mmol), stirred for at room temperature for 12h. The reaction mixture was diluted EtOAc, washed with water and brine solution. The separated organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue product was purified by silica gel chromatography to furnish tertbutyl 6-fluoro-3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-3-((4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)- 7-(2,2,2-trifluoroethylidene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-4'-(2- morpholinoethoxy)-[l,r-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (320-4, 50 mg, 0.061 mmol, 80 % yield). MS, m/z-. 824.3 (M+H). To a solution of 320-4 (50 mg, 0.061 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added TFA (0.094 mL, 1.2 mmol) at 0 °C, stirred for 4 h at room temperature . The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified reverse phase HPLC to furnish 6-fluoro-3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-3-((4-fluoro-3-
(trifhioromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)-7-(2,2,2-trifluoroethylidene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2- yl)carbamoyl)-4'-(2-morpholinoethoxy)-[l,T-biphenyl] -3 -carboxylic acid (20 mg, 0.025 mmol, 42 % yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 13.27 - 13.08 (m, 1H), 10.47 - 10.37 (m, 1H), 10.02 - 9.81 (m, 1H), 8.91 - 8.75 (m, 1H), 8.16 - 7.94 (m, 3H), 7.89 - 7.79 (m, 1H), 7.76 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 5.82 - 5.67 (m, 1H), 4.68 - 4.61 (m, 1H), 4.61 - 4.43 (m, 1H), 4.01 - 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.75 - 3.61 (m, 2H), 3.58 - 3.48 (m, 3H), 2.84 - 2.78 (m, 2H), 2.70 - 2.63 (m, 5H), 2.02 - 1.85 (m, 2H), 1.81 - 1.65 (m, 2H), 1.62 - 1.45 (m, 2H). MS, m/z-. 768.2 (M+H).
Example 323
Figure imgf000160_0001
Intermediate 323-1
Figure imgf000160_0002
To 120-4 (0.05 g, 0.1 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (0.5 mL) and THF (0.5 mL) was added Hunig's Base (0.021 mL, 0.12 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0.8 mg, 3 pmol), and bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (II) chloride (2 mg, 3 pmol). The vessel was pressurized with carbon monoxide at 60 psi and heated at 70 °C for 36 h. The reaction solution was concentrated under vacuum and purified via flash chromatography to furnish methyl (Z)-2-((lR,2S,3R,4R)-2-((4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)-3- (2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)bicyclo[2.2. l]heptan-7-ylidene)acetate 323-1. H NMR (500 MHz, CDCb) 5 9.49 (br d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.86 - 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.23 (t, 7=9.4 Hz, 1H), 5.76 (s, 1H), 4.51 (dt, 7=10.5, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (t, 7=4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.86 - 3.75 (m, 3H), 3.18 - 3.05 (m, 1H), 2.89 (t, 7=4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.06 - 1.87 (m, 2H), 1.78 - 1.64 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 323-2
Figure imgf000161_0001
To MeOH (0.8 mL) was added AcCl (0.080 mL, 1.1 mmol) and stirred for 5 minutes and 323-1 added (0.029 g, 0.060 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred 32 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum to furnish methyl (Z)-2- ((lR,2R,3S,4R)-2-amino-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-7-ylidene)acetate, hydrogen chloride salt (323-2, 0.025 g, 0.060 mmol, 100 % yield) which was used without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z 387.0 (M+H).
Intermediate 323-3
Figure imgf000161_0002
To 323-2 and 120-6 (0.025 g, 0.072 mmol) dissolved in MeCN (0.6 mL) was added DIEA (0.03 mL, 0.2 mmol) followed by HATU (0.034 g, 0.090 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred 16 h, concentrated under vacuum and purified via flash chromatography to furnish tert-butyl 6-fluoro-3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifhroromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)-7-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethylidene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan- 2-yl)carbamoyl)-4'-methoxy-[l,T-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (323-3, 0.028 g, 0.039 mmol, 65 % yield). MS (ESI) m/z 715.3 (M+H). Intermediate 323-4
Figure imgf000162_0001
To 323-3 (0.028 g, 0.040 mmol) dissolved in THF (1 mL) was added water (0.5 mL) and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (2 mg, 0.05 mmol) and stirred 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, neutralized with IM HC1, and extracted into EtOAc. The organic layer was separated and dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to furnish (Z)-2-((lR,2R,3S,4R)-2-(5'-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2'-fluoro-4- methoxy-[l,T-biphenyl]-3-carboxarmdo)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifhroromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2. l]heptan-7-ylidene)acetic acid (323-4, 0.025 g, 0.036 mmol, 90 % yield). *H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.30 - 8.18 (m, 1H), 8.16 - 8.06 (m, 1H), 8.02 - 7.94 (m, 1H), 7.71 (br d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.25 - 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.00 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (s, 1H), 4.85 - 4.65 (m, 1H), 4.29 (br s, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.16 - 2.96 (m, 2H), 2.22 - 2.09 (m, 1H), 2.04 - 1.86 (m, 2H), 1.75 - 1.58 (m, 9H) MS (ESI) m/z 701.3 (M+H).
Example 323 was prepared from Intermediate 323-4 by first making the amide according to the procedure for Example 34 followed by removal of the t-butyl group according to the procedure for Example 120. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6 ) δ 10.67 (s, 1H), 9.85 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (br d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (br s, 1H), 8.01 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (br s, 1H), 7.80 (br d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (br d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (br t, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (br 1, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (br d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.14 (s, 1H), 4.58 - 4.44 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.54 (br s, 1H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 2,99 (s, 1H), 2.88 (s, 4H), 2.03 - 1.95 (m, 1H), 1.90 - 1.73 (m, 1H), 1.45 (br s, 2H). LC-MS RT: 2.19 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 627. 14 (M-H)+; Method C. Example 325
Figure imgf000163_0001
Intermediate 325-1
Figure imgf000163_0002
To 120-4 (0.05 g, 0.1 mmol) slurried in tri ethylamine (0.2 mL) was added ethynyltrimethylsilane (0.02 ml, 0.1 mmol), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (II) chloride (3 mg, 5 pmol), and copper(I) iodide (2 mg, 10 pmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 90 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and pH 7.4 buffer and extracted in to EtOAc. The organic layer was separated and dried over Na2SO4, decanted and concentrated under vacuum, and the residue purified via flash chromatography to furnish (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3- (2,2,2-trifhioroacetamido)-7-(3-(trimethylsilyl)prop-2-yn-l- ylidene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide (325-1, 40 mg, 0.077 mmol, 77 % yield). ’H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 9.39 (br d, 7=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.78 - 7.67 (m, 2H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.26 - 7.18 (m, 1H), 5.45 (s, 1H), 4.60 - 4.41 (m, 1H), 3.32 (t, 7=4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.05 (ddd, 7=10.5, 4.4, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 2.81 (t, .7=4.1 Hz, 1H), 1.98 - 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.90 - 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.76 - 1.59 (m, 2H), 0.31 - 0.17 (m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z 521.0 (M+H).
Intermediate 325-2
Figure imgf000163_0003
To 325-1 (40 mg, 0.077 mmol) dissolved in THF (0.8 mL) was added 1 M TBAF in THF (0.2 mL, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction was stirred 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified via flash chromatography to furnish (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-7-(prop-2-yn-l-ylidene)-3- (2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide (325-2, 38 mg, 0.084 mmol, quantitative yield) MS (ESI) m/z 499.0 (M+H).
Intermediate 325-3
Figure imgf000164_0001
To a solution of 325-2 (0.017 g, 0.038 mmol), (azidomethyl)tnmethylsilane (0.011 mL, 0.076 mmol) dissolved in DMF (0.3 mL) and water (0.1 mL) was added copper (II) sulfate pentahydrate (7 mg, 0.03 mmol), and sodium ascorbate (8 mg, 0.04 mmol) and stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and water, and the organic layer was washed 2x with EtOAc, dried over MgSOi. filtered and concentrated under vacuum to furnish (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3- (2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)-7-((l-((trimethylsilyl)methyl)-lH-l,2,3-triazol-4- yl)methylene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide 325-3, which was used without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z 578.1 (M+H).
Intermediate 325-4
Figure imgf000164_0002
To MeOH (0.5 ml) was added AcCl (0.050 ml, 0.70 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred for 5 min. 325-3(0.022 g, 0.038 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 48 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and residual solvent removed under high vacuum to generate (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-3-amino- N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-7-((l-((trimethylsilyl)methyl)-lH-l,2,3-triazol-4- yl)methylene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide (325-4, 0.018 g, 0.038 mmol, 100 % yield) which was used without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z 482.2 (M+H). Intermediate 325-5
Figure imgf000165_0001
Intermediate 325-5 was prepared from 325-4 and 120-6 according to the procedure for Example 108.
Example 325 was prepared from 325-5 according to the procedure for Example 120. !H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.53 (s, 1H), 9.85 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (br d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (br s, 1H), 7.99 - 7.81 (m, 3H), 7.71 (br s, 1H), 7.65 (br d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (br t, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (br t, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (br d, J=8.5 Hz, lH), 6.18 (s,
1H), 4.44 (br s, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 3.48 (br s, 1H), 3.27 - 3.09 (m, 1H), 2.83 (br s, 1H), 1.96 - 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.41 (br d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 0.00 (s, 9H). LC-MS RT: 2.54 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 754.36 (M-H)+; Method C.
Example 329
Figure imgf000165_0002
Intermediate 329-1
Figure imgf000166_0001
To a solution of methyl 5-iodo-2-methoxybenzoate (500 mg, 1.71 mmol) and pipendin-3- ylmethanol (394 mg, 3.42 mmol) in DMSO (10 mL) was added K2CO3 (710 mg, 5.14 mmol), CuI (98 mg, 0.51 mmol) and L-proline (59 mg, 0.51 mmol). The resulting solution was degassed with N2 for 10 min followed by heating at 90 °C for 12h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to furnish methyl 5-(3-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-l-yl)-2- methoxybenzoate (329-1, 350 mg, 1.25 mmol, 73.2 % yield). MS (ESI) m/z 280.2 (M+H).
Intermediate 329-2
Figure imgf000166_0002
To a solution of 329-1 (350 mg, 1.253 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL), THF (5 mL) and water (3 mL) was added LiOH (150 mg, 6.26 mmol) and stirred at rt for 3h. The reaction mass was concentrated under reduced pressure, the aqueous layer was acidified to pH ~ 4-5 with HC1, and the resulting precipitate was filtered and dried to furnish 5-(3- (hydroxymethyl)piperidin-l-yl)-2-methoxybenzoic acid (300 mg, 1.13 mmol, 90 % yield) as white solid. MS (ESI) m/z 266.2 (M+H).
Example 329 was prepared from Intermediates 166-2 and 329-2 according to the proceudre for Example 108. The stereoisomers were separated by Prep HPLC column Chiralcel OD-H(250 X 4.6)mm,5u to furnish (lR,2R,3R,4R,Z)-N-(4-fluoro-3- (trifhioromethyl)phenyl)-3-(5-(3-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)-2-methoxybenzamido)- 7-(2,2,2-tnfluoroethyhdene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide (2.1 mg, 3.231 pmol, 3.51 % yield) MS (ESI) m/z 644.2 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMS0-d6δ 5 ppm 10.43 (s, 1H), 8.41 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (dd, J = 2.5. 6.5 Hz, 1H), 7.88 - 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, J= 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.11 - 6.95 (m, 2H), 5.82 - 5.64 (m, 1H), 4.65 - 4.56 (m, 1H), 4.52 (1, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.51 (br s, 1H), 3.44 - 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.25 - 3.20 (m, 2H), 2.78 (d, J= 4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.58 - 2.55 (m, 3H), 2.32 - 2.27 (m, 1H), 1.92 (td, J= 4.7, 12.2 Hz, 1H), 1.80 - 1.65 (m, 6H), 1.56 (br s, 2H), 1.09 - 0.94 (m, 1H).
Example 346
Figure imgf000167_0001
Intermediate 346-1
Figure imgf000167_0002
To a solution of 4-bromo-lH-pyrazole (2.00 g, 13.6 mmol) in THF (100 mL) at -78 °C was added dropwise n-butyllithium (25.5 mL, 40.8 mmol). After completion of addition, the reaction mixture was allowed to raise to room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. The mixture was then cooled back to -78 °C and a solution of diethyl oxalate (2.8 mL, 20 mmol) in THF (2.5 mL) was added and allowed to stir for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of saturated ammonium chloride and the solution extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified using silica gel chromatography to yield 346-1 (496 mg, 20.6%). MS (ESI) m/z: 168.9 (M+H). Intermediate 346-2
Figure imgf000168_0001
To a solution of 346-1 (150 mg, 0,892 mmol) in acetonitrile (5 mL) was added DMAP (10.90 mg, 0.089 mmol), Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (0.249 mL, 1.07 mmol) followed by TEA (0.149 mL, 1.07 mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 18h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure and purified using silica gel chromatography to yield 346-2 (185 mg, 73.4%). MS (ESI) /z: 269.1 (M+H).
Intermediate 346-3
Figure imgf000168_0002
A solution of 346-2 (185 mg, 0.690 mmol), sodium acetate (62.2 mg, 0.759 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (86 mg, 1.241 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) was heated at reflux for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under vacuum and diluted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with 5% HC1 solution to give 346-3 (190 mg, 88%) which was used without further purification. MS (ESI) mlz: 183.9 (M+H- Boc).
Intermediate 346-3
Figure imgf000168_0003
To a degassed solution of 346-3 (190 mg, 0.671 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) was added palladium on carbon (143 mg, 0.134 mmol) and degassed with nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred under a hydrogen balloon for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered over a pad of celite to yield 346-4 (181 mg, 100%) MS (ESI) m/z: 270.1 (M+H). Intermediate 346-5
Figure imgf000169_0001
To a solution of 346-4 (181 mg, 0.672 mmol) and tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid (87 mg, 0.672 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2 mL), was added DIEA (0.587 mL, 3.36 mmol) followed by BOP (327 mg, 0.739 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and filtered. The residue was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified using silica gel chromatography to yield 346-5 (120 mg, 44.5%). MS (ESI) m/z: 382.3 (M+H).
Intermediate 346-6
Figure imgf000169_0002
To a solution of 346-5 (120 mg, 0.315 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was added TFA (1.5 mL, 19.47 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 346-6 (125 mg, 90%). MS (ESI) mtz-. 282.2 (M+H).
Intermediate 346-7
Figure imgf000169_0003
To a solution degassed under N2 of 5-borono-2-methoxybenzoic acid (87 mg, 0.444 mmol), 346-6 (125 mg, 0.444 mmol) and boric acid (82 mg, 1.3 mmol) was added copper (II) acetate (81 mg, 0.44 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 18h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified using silica gel chromatography. MS (ESI) m/z'. 432.3 (M+H).
Example 346 was prepared in a similar way as Example 108 from 170-2 and 346-7. !H NMR (500MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.66 (s, 1H), 10.03 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.59 - 8.51 (m, 1H), 8.46 (br. s., 1H), 8.32 (br. s., 1H), 8.24 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 7.98 - 7.88 (m, 1H), 7.79 (br. s., 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.50 (t, .J=9,8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.00 - 5.88 (m, 1H), 5.38 (d, .7=6,4 Hz, 1H), 4.54 (br. s., 1H), 4. 17 - 4.09 (m, 2H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.36 - 3.20 (m, 2H), 3.00 (br. s., 1H), 2.01 - 1.82 (m, 2H), 1.69 - 1.55 (m, 5H), 1.50 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 1.17 (t, .7=7,0 Hz, 3H); LC-MS (M+H) = 810.1; HPLC RT = 2.44 min; Method B.
Example 348
Intermediate 348-1:
Figure imgf000170_0001
A mixture of furan-2,5-dione (10 g, 102 mmol) and phenylmethanol (31.7 mL, 306 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) was heated to 80 °C for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure and purified using silica gel chromatography to yield 348-1 (15.5 g, 73%). MS (ESI) mlz 206.9 (M+H). Intermediate 348-2
Figure imgf000171_0001
To a solution of 348-1 (3.6 g, 17 mmol) in MeCN (40 mL) and water (0.400 mL) was added ferrocenium hexafluorophosphate (11.6 g, 34.9 mmol) and stirred in open atmoshphere for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and diluted with DCM. The reaction mixture was treated with IN HC1 (40 mL) for 30 minutes. The organic layer was then separated and the aqueous layer was washed with DCM and separated. The organic layers were combined and washed with brine. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified using silica gel chromatography to yield 348-2 (1.8 g, 35%). MS (ESI) mlz'. 289.1 (M+H).
Intermediate 348-3
Figure imgf000171_0002
Into a 3 necked round bottom flask was added 348-2 (1.99 g, 6.90 mmol) and toluene (45 mL) followed by TEA (2.1 mL, 15mmol) and diphenylphosphoryl azide (1.26 mL, 5.87 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2.5 hours at room temperature. To this reaction mixture was added 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethan-l-ol (3.94 mL, 28.3 mmol) and the resulting reaction mixture was heated at 80 °C for 28 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, concentrated under reduced pressure and purified using silica gel chromatography to yield 348-3 (1.52 g, 51.8%). MS (ESI) mlz 403.9 (M+H). Intermediate 348-4
Figure imgf000172_0001
To a solution of 348-3 (1.52 g, 3.77 mmol) in THF (24 mL) and water (8.0 mL) was added LiOH (5.65 mL, 11.3 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was acidified and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 348-4 (1.1 g, 92%). MS (ESI) mlz 313.9 (M+H).
Intermediate 348-5
Figure imgf000172_0002
To a solution of 348-4 ( 680 mg, 2. 17 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (12 mL) was added 4- fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline (0.28 mL, 2.2 mmol), 1 -hydroxy benzotriazole hydrate (515 mg, 3.36 mmol) and l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (624 mg, 3.25 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 18h and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified using silica gel chromatography to yield 348-5 (260 mg, 25%). MS (ESI) mlz: 474.9 (M+H).
Intermediate 348-6
Figure imgf000172_0003
To a flask, under N2 was added a solution of DMSO (4 mL) and pyridine sulfur trioxide (279 mg, 1.75 mmol) to a solution of 348-5 (260 mg, 0.548 mmol) and TEA (0.61 mL, 4.4 mmol) in DMSO (4 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour anddiluted with EtOAc and the organic phase washed with brine. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified using silica gel chromatography to yield 348-6 (280 mg, 100%). MS (ESI) mlz'. 473.0 (M+H).
Intermediate 348-7
Figure imgf000173_0001
To a round bottom flask was added (bromomethyl)triphenylphosphonium bromide (388 mg, 0.889 mmol) and THF (5.0 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to -78 °C and followed by addition of IM NaHMDS (0.89 mL, 0.89 mmol) solution in THF dropwise over 2 minutes while keeping the internal temperature below -70 °C. The resulting bright yellow suspension was stirred at -78 °C for 1 hour. To this reaction mixture was added to a solution of 348-6 (280 mg, 0.593 mmol) in anhydrous THF (1.0 mL) that was previously treated with NaHMDS (1. 12 mL, 1.12 mmol) over 2 minutes while keeping the internal temperature below -70 °C. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was then quenched with slow addition of water (6 mL) followed by ethyl acetate (6 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 5 minutes and then diluted with EtOAc. The combined organic portion was washed with brine and purifed using silica gel chromatography. The residue was subjected to chiral separation using Chiralcel OD-H, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron column with a mobile phase of 5% MeOH/CAN/95% CO2 at a flow rate of 45 mL/min and 150 Bar. The separation was carried out at 40 °C and measured at a wavelength of 240 nm. Chiral separation yielded four peaks with retention times of 9.29 mins (>99.9% ee), 11.16 mins (>99.9% ee), 13.98 mins (>99.9% ee) and 15.30 mins (>81.0% ee). The desired product was found at 11.16 mins and had an ee of >99.9%. (peak 2 from chiral SFC) which was confirmed by 2D NMR analysis to yield 348-7 (82 mg, 25.16%). MS (ESI) m/z: 473.1 (M+H). Intermediate 348-8
Figure imgf000174_0001
To a suspension of 348-7 (83 mg, 0. 15 mmol) and Cui (43.2 mg, 0.227 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 mL) and HMPA (1.2 mL, 7.0 mmol) at 75°C under N2 was added methyl 2,2-difluoro-2-(fluorosulfonyl)acetate (0.048 mL, 0.38 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (0.5 mL) dropwise over a period of 10 min. The resulting suspension was stirred at 75 °C under nitrogen for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, quenched by the addition of NaHCO3 (20 mL) and the solution, extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was concentrated and subjected to silica gel chromatography to provide 348-8 (52 mg, 61%). MS (ESI) mlz. 539.1 (M+H).
Intermediate 348-9
Figure imgf000174_0002
To a solution of 348-8 (52 mg, 0,097 mmol) in 1,4-Dioxane (1.5 mL) was added DCM (1.6 mL) and TFA (0.4 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 348-9 which was used without further purification (49 mg, 95%). MS (ESI) m/z: 394.9 (M+H).
Intermediate 348-10
Figure imgf000175_0001
348-10 was prepared according to the procedure for Example 230. MS (ESI) m/z: 818.2 (M+H).
Example 348
Figure imgf000175_0002
To a solution of 348-10 (35 mg, 0.043 mmol) in acetone (1 mL) was added N- methylmorpholine /V-oxide (10 mg, 0.086 mmol) followed by OsO4 in t-butanol (0.054 mL, 4.2 pmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 18h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and the solution washed with sodium thiosulfate. The organic layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified using preparative reverse phase HPLC to yield example Example 348 (14.6 mg, 38.0%). 1H NMR (400MHz, CD3OD) δ 10.41 (s, 1H), 10.15 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (dd, J=6.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.84 - 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.69 - 7.61 (m, 1H), 7.56 - 7.48
(m, 1H), 7.38 - 7.24 (m, 3H), 6.18 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 5.94 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (ddd, J=10.9, 7.1, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (s, 3H), 4.12 - 3.99 (m, 1H), 3.42 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 3.38 (s, 1H), 2.90 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.39 - 2.19 (m, 2H), 2.09 - 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.78 - 1.63 (m, 2H); LC-MS (M+H) = 852.1; HPLC
RT = 11.48 min; Method C.
A solution of 351-5 (120 mg, 0.176 mmol) and LiOH (21.05 mg, 0.879 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL), THF (2 mL) and water (1 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 12h. The reaction mass was concentrated and acidified with 1.5N HC1. The reaction was extracted with DCM and the organic layer was concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC to get 4-fluoro-3'-(lR,2R,3R,4R,Z)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifhioromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)-7-(2,2,2- trifluoroethylidene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2- yl)carbamoyl)-4'-methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid (11.5 mg, 0.016 mmol, 9 % yield). 1H NMR. MS (E’) m/z 669.2 (M+H).
Example 352
Figure imgf000176_0001
Intermediate 352-1
Figure imgf000176_0002
Intermediate 352-1 was prepared from 120-5 and 177-4 according to the methods described for Example 108. LC-MS (M+H) = 767.1; HPLC RT = 1.25 min; Method A.
A slurry of 352-1 (0.038 g, 0.050 mmol), Na2CO3 (5.30 mg, 0.0500 mmol), (4,4'-di-t- butyl-2,2'-bipyridine)bis[3,5-difluoro-2-[5-trifluoromethyl-2-pyridinyl-KN)phenyl- Kc]indium(III) PF6 (0.515 mg, 0.500 pmol), NiC12-ethylene glycol dimethyl ether complex (0.549 mg, 2.50 pmol), 4,4’-di-t-butyl-2,2’-bipyridine (0.551 mg, 2.50 pmol), (TMS)3SiH (0.03 mL) and 3-(bromomethyl)-l,l-difluorocyclobutane (0.019 g, 0.10 mmol) in DME was degassed with N2 and irradiated with blue LED for 96 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, filtered through silica gel and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in DCM (0.4 mL) was treated with TFA (0.08 mL). After 15 min, the solution was diluted with toluene and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC to furnish 2-(3'-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(2-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)ethylidene)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-6-fluoro-4'- methoxy-[l,l'-biphenyl]-3-yl)-2-hydroxyacetic acid (2.6 mg, 3.2 pmol, 6.5 % yield). LH NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.56 (br s, 1H), 9.92 (br dd, J=15.4, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (br t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (br d, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 7.81 - 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.52 - 7.35 (m, 3H), 7.32 - 7.13 (m, 2H), 5.26 - 5.13 (m, 1H), 4.92 (br d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (br d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (s, 1H), 3.89 - 3.71 (m, 3H), 3.19 - 3.09 (m, 1H), 2.88 (s, 1H), 2.72 (s, 2H), 2.64 (br s, 2H), 2.32 - 2.06 (m, 5H), 1.89 - 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.38 (br s, 2H). LC-MS (M+H) = 734.24; HPLC RT = 2.48 min; Method C.
Example 360
Figure imgf000177_0001
A slurry of Example 292 (0.025 g, 0.041 mmol), Na2CO3 (4.35 mg, 0.0410 mmol), (4,4'- di-t-butyl-2,2'-bipyridine)bis[3,5-difluoro-2-[5-trifluoromethyl-2-pyridinyl-KN)phenyl- Kc]Ir(III) PF6 (0.423 mg, 0.410 pmol), NiCh ethyleneglycol dimethylether complex (0.451 mg, 2.05 pmol), 4,4’-di-t-butyl-2,2’-bipyridine (0.551 mg, 2.50 pmol), (TMS)3SiH (0.03 mL) and 3-bromotetrahydrofuran (0.012 g, 0.082 mmol) in DME (1.641 ml) was degassed, blanketed under N2 and irradiated with blue LED. After 96 h the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, filtered through silica gel and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC to furnish (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-methoxy-5- (tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)benzamido)-7-(2,2,2-trifhioroethylidene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2- carboxamide (3.5 mg, 5.5 pmol, 13 % yield) as a mixture of diastereomers. rH NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.55 (s, 1H), 9.78 (br d, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (br d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.81 - 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.49 - 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.04 (br d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.84 (q, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (br s, 1H), 3.95 - 3.78 (m, 5H), 3.74 - 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.37 - 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.89 (br s, 1H), 2.81 (s, 1H), 2.71 - 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.24 - 2.11 (m, 1H), 1.99 - 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.83 - 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.50 - 1.26 (m, 2H). LC-MS (M+H) = 601.16; HPLC RT = 2.58 min; Method C.
Example 378
Figure imgf000178_0001
Intermediate 378-1: Preparation of methyl (E)-5-((hydroxyimino)methyl)-2- methoxybenzoate. Commercially available methyl 5 -formyl-2-methoxy benzoate (1.16 g, 5.97 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (5 mL), and to this solution was added hydroxylamine.HCl (415 mg, 5.97 mmol) followed by TEA (1 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 18h. Water (100 mL) was added and the solution extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL), the combined organic portions dried (MgSOr), filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to generate 378-1, 1. 19 g, 95 % yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, .7=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.78 - 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.03 (d, .7=8,8 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.93(s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z = 210.1 (M+H).
Intermediate 378-2: Preparation of methyl 5-(5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3- yl)-2-methoxybenzoate. Intermediate 378-1 (55 mg, 0.26 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL), and to this solution was added NCS (35 mg, 0.26 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 4h. Water was added and the solution extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL), the combined organic portions were dried (MgSCL), filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue immediately re-dissolved in DCM (5 mL). Allyl alcohol (61 mg, 1.05 mmol) was added to the solution followed by TEA (0.5 mL) and the resulting reaction mixture stirred at rt for 18h. Water was added (20 mL) and the solution extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL), the combined organic portions dried (MgSOr). filtered and purified by normal phase chromatography eluting with hexanes/EtOAc to yield 378- 2, 58 mg, 85 % yield. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.05 (d, .7=2,4 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (dd, 7=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, 7=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (dddd, 7=10.8, 7.7, 4.6, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.08 - 3.85 (ss, 6H), 3.81 - 3.68 (m, 1H), 3.46 - 3.36 (m, 1H), 1.89 (br t, 7=6.2 Hz, 1H), 1.57 (s, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z = 266.1 (M+H).
Intermediate 378-3: 378-2 (58 mg, 0.22 mmol) was dissolved in THF (2 mL) and to this was added LiOH (6.3 g, 0.26 mmol) followed by water (2 mL) and methanol (1 mL) and stirred at r.t. for 4h. Quenched to pH 7 with dil HC1 (IN) and the solution extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL), the combined organic portions dried (MgSOr), filtered and evaporated to 378-3. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.28 (d, J=2. Hz, 1H), 8.14 (dd, 7=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.28 - 7.14 (m, 1H), 4.92 (dddd, 7=10.8, 7.7, 4.6, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (s, 3H), 4.09 - 3.89 (m, 1H), 3.72 (dd, 7=12.4, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 3.48 - 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.38 - 3.29 (m, 1H), 1.94 - 1.72 (m, 1H), 1.60 (br s, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z = 252.3 (M+H).
Intermediate 378-4 and 378-5. 378-3 was subjected to chiral SFC separation according to the following preparative method: Instrument: Berger MG II, Column: Chiralpak IC, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron Mobile Phase: 20 % Methanol / 80 % CO2 Flow Conditions: 2 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C Detector Wavelength: 220 nm Injection Details: 0.7 mL of ~35mg/mL in MeOH to afford 378-4 (Peak 1, > 99 % de, Analytical RT = 5.6 min) and 378-5 (Peak 2, 99% de, Analytical RT = 6.6 min), Analytical Chromatographic Conditions: Instrument: Shimadzu Nexera SFC (CTR-L410-SFC3), Column: Chiralpak IC, 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micron, Mobile Phase: 20% Methanol 1 80% CO2 Flow Conditions: 2.0 mL/min. 150 Bar, 40°C, Detector Wavelength: 220 nm Injection Details: 5 [iL of ~1 mg/mL in MeOH
(lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclobutylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(5- (5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)-2- methoxybenzamido)bicyclo[2.2. l]heptane-2-carboxamide 378 (diasteromeric mixture) was prepared by the coupling of intermediate 378-3 ( 4.6 mg, 0.018 mmol) with the cyclobutyl norbomyl intermediate 369-1 (7 mg, 0.02 mmol), BOP reagent (8.1 mg, 0.018 mmol) and Humg’s base (0.05 ml) in DMF. Purification via reverse phase HPLC afforded 378 as a solid (5 mg, 44% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.55 (s, 1H), 9.89 (dd, J=7. 1, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.26 - 8.17 (m, 2H), 7.84 - 7.73 (m, 2H), 7.48 (br t, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.37 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.78 - 4.65 (m, 1H), 4.35 (br s, 1H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 3.63 (br s, 1H), 3.22 - 3.05 (m, 3H), 2.96 (br s, 1H), 2.70 (br s, 1H), 2.23 - 2.06 (m, 3H), 1.91 - 1.70 (m, 7H), 1.43 - 1.22 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z =616.1 (M+H). HPLC Purity: 100 %; Retention Time: 2.54 min; Method C.
Figure imgf000180_0001
Example 379. (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclobutylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(5-(5-(hydroxymethyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)-2- methoxybenzamido)bicyclo[2.2. l]heptane-2-carboxamide (homochiral isomer-2) was prepared (49 % yield) by the coupling method described for example 378 using the cyclobutyl norbomyl intermediate 369-1 and intermediate 378-5. 'H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.54 (s, 1H), 9.88 (br d, .7=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.23 (d, .7=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br d, .7=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (br t, 7=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, 7=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (br d, 7=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (br d, 7=3.1 Hz, 2H), 4.36 (br s, 1H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 3.51 (br s, 1H), 3.37 (br s, 2H), 3.22 - 3.04 (m, 2H), 2.97 (br s, 1H), 2.71 (br s, 1H), 2.19 (br d, 7=5.8 Hz, 1H), 2.14 (br s, 1H), 1.92 - 1.71 (m, 6H), 1.37 (br s, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z = 616.1 (M+H). HPLC Purity: 100 %; Retention Time: 2.54 min; Method C.
Figure imgf000181_0001
Intermediate 384-1 (racemate) and 384-2 (homochiral peak-1) and 384-3 (homochiral peak-2)
Figure imgf000181_0002
Intermediate 384-1: The intermediate 5-(5-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3- yl)-2-methoxy benzoic acid was prepared from the product from 378-1 vial hydrolysis of the ester and treatment with NCS in DMF as described for 378-2 to afford 5-
(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)-2-methoxybenzoic acid which on treatment with excess t- butyl acrylate afforded the desired intermediate 5-(5-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzoic acid (384-1) in 76 % yield. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.25 (d, 7=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (dd, 7=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, 7=8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (dd, J=9.9, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (s, 3H), 3.67 - 3.60 (m, 2H), 1.74 - 1.51 (m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z = 322.1 (M+H).
Intermediate 384-2 and 384-3: The 384-1 chiral intermediates were separated by chiral SFC by the following preparative chromatographic methods: Instrument: Berger MG II, Column: Chiralpak IC, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron, Mobile Phase: 20 % Methanol / 80 % CO2, Flow Conditions: 2 mL/min, 150 Bar. 40°C, Detector Wavelength: 220 nm, Injection Details: 0.7 mL of ~35mg/mL in MeOH to afford 384-2 (Peak 1. > 99% de, Analytical RT = 7.93 min) and 384-3 (Peak 2, > 99% de, Analytical RT = 9.65 min). Analytical Chromatographic Conditions: Instrument: Shimadzu Nexera SFC (CTR-L410- SFC3), Column: Chiralpak IC, 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micronMobile Phase: 20% Methanol I 80% CO2, Flow Conditions: 2.0 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C, Detector Wavelength: 220 nm, Injection Details: 5 pL of ~1 mg/mL in Methanol.
3-(3-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifhioromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-4- methoxyphenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-5-carboxylic acid (diasteromeric mixture) was prepared (7 % yield) by the coupling method described for example 378 using the norbomyl intermediate 166-2 and intermediate 384-1. !H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.56 (s, 1H), 9.92 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.32 - 8.20 (m, 2H), 7.87 - 7.75 (m, 2H), 7.49 (t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.34 - 7.22 (m, 1H), 5. 15 (dd, J=11.6, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (br s, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.74 (dd, J=17.1, 11.6 Hz, 1H), 3.23 - 3.13 (m, 2H), 3.11 (br s, 2H), 2.86 - 2.64 (m, 1H), 1.88 - 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.62 - 1.46 (m, 1H), 1.42 (br s, 2H), 0.88 - 0.68 (m, 2H), 0.36 (br s, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z = 616.3 (M+H). HPLC Purity: 100 %;
Retention Time: 2.38 min. Method C.
Figure imgf000182_0001
3-(3-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3-
(trifhioromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-4- methoxyphenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-5-carboxylic acid, homochiral isomer-1 was prepared by the coupling of intermediate 384-2 (13.9 mg, 0.04 mmol) with intermediate 166-2 (16 mg, 0.04 mmol) in the presence of BOP reagent (19 mg, 0.04 mmol) and Hunig’s base (0.05 mL) in DMF. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and water added (25 mL) and the solution was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL), the combined organic portions dried (MgSO-i). filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in DCM (1ml) and to this was added TFA (0.2 mL) and stirred at rt for 15 min. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and redissolved with DMF (1 mL) and purified via reverse phase HPLC to afford 385, 3 -(3 -(((1 R,2R,3 S,4R,Z)-7 -(cy clopropylmethy lene)-3 -((4-fluoro-3 - (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo [2.2. 1] heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-4- methoxyphenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-5-carboxylic acid (homochiral) as a solid (12 mg, 99 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.62 (s, 1H), 9.92 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (br s, 2H), 7.88 - 7.76 (m, 2H), 7.49 (br t, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.01 - 4.84 (m, 1H), 4.69 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (br s, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.67 - 3.43 (m, 1H), 3.18 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (br s, 1H), 2.73 (br s, 1H), 1.92 (s, 1H), 1.88 - 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.51 (br d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (br s, 2H), 0.89 - 0.68 (m, 2H), 0.35 (br s, 2H). HPLC purity 100 %. Analytical LC-MS: 2.33 min; (ESI) m/z = 616.28 (M+H)+, Method C.
Figure imgf000183_0001
Intermediate 390-1
Figure imgf000184_0001
Intermediate 390-1 was prepared in an identical fashion (71 % yield) described for intermediate 378-3 which in this case by substituting allyl alcohol with tert-butyl but-3- ynoate. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 10.40 (br s, 1H), 8.29 - 8.25 (m, 1H), 8.18 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.21 - 5.09 (m, 1H), 4.23 - 4.12 (m, 3H), 3.58 (dd, .7=16.8, 10.5 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=16.7, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J=15.8, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 2.61 (dd, .7=15.8, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 1.52 - 1.43 (m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z = 336.1 (M+H).
Intermediate 390-2 and 390-3: The chiral intermediates of 390-1 were separated by chiral SFC by the following preparative chromatographic methods: Instrument: PIC Solution SFC Prep-200, Column: Chiralpak IC, 30 x 250 mm, 5 micron Mobile Phase: 15 % MeOH 1 85 % CO2 Flow Conditions: 85 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C Detector Wavelength: 227 nm, Injection Details: 0.5 mL of ~53mg/mL in MeOH to obtain 390-2 (Peak 1, 100 % de, Analytical RT = 11.3 min) and 390-3 (Peak 2, 93.8 % de, Analytical RT = 12.6 min). Analytical Chromatographic Conditions: Instrument: Aurora Infinity SFC. Column: Chiralpak IC, 4.6 x 250 mm, 3 micron, Mobile Phase: 20% MeOH 1 80% CO2, Flow Conditions: 2.0 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C, Detector Wavelength: 220 nm, Injection Details: 5 pL of ~1 mg/mL in MeOH.
2-(3-(3-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifhioromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-4- methoxyphenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-5-yl)acetic acid, homochiral isomer-2, 390 was prepared (47 % yield) by the coupling method described for example 378 using the cyclopropyl norbomyl intermediate 166-2 and intermediate 390-3 followed by deprotection with TFA. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3 10.55 (s, 1H), 9.92 (br d, J=7,2 Hz, 1H), 8.26 - 8.19 (m, 2H), 7.84 - 7.77 (m, 2H), 7.49 (t, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.04 - 4.90 (m, 1H), 4.70 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (br s, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.22 - 3.09 (m, 2H), 2.73 (br s, 1H), 2.70 - 2.59 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 2H), 1.89 - 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.51 (br d, .7=4,9 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (br s, 2H), 0.87 - 0.69 (m, 2H), 0.36 (br s, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z = 630.3 (M+H). HPLC Purity: 100 %; Retention Time: 2 min. Method B.
Intermediate 397-1
Figure imgf000185_0001
Intermediate 397-1 was prepared in an identical fashion (81 % yield) described for intermediate 378-3 which in this case by substituting allyl alcohol with tert-butyl 3,3- dimethyl-2-methylenebutanoate. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) 5 8.12 (d, .7=2,3 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, 7=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, 7=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.06 - 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.62 (q, 7=18.0 Hz, 2H), 1.61 - 1.39 (m, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z = 378.3 (M+H).
5-(tert-butyl)-3-(3-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-3-((4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)- 7-(2,2,2-trifluoroethylidene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)-4,5- dihydroisoxazole-5-carboxylic acid diasteromeric mixture, 397 was prepared (54 % yield) by the coupling method described for example 378 using the trifluoromethyl norbomyl intermediate 170-2 and intermediate 397-1 followed by treatment with TFA. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.74 - 10.63 (m, 1H), 9.98 - 9.88 (m, 1H), 8.21 (br d, 7=5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br s, 1H), 7.50 (br t, 7=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (br s, 1H), 7.08 (br s, 1H), 5.99 - 5.86 (m, 1H), 4.50 (br s, 1H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 3.51 (br s, 3H), 3.24 (br s, 1H), 2.99 (s, 1H), 2. 11 - 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.86 (br s, 1H), 1.49 (br s, 1H), 0.99 (br s, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z = 700.3 (M+H). HPLC Purity: 98.8 %; Retention Time: 2.07 min. Method B.
Figure imgf000186_0001
Intermediate 406-1
Figure imgf000186_0002
Intermediate 406-1 was prepared in an identical fashion (31 % yield) described for intermediate 378-3 which in this case by substituting allyl alcohol with cyclopent-3 -en-1- ol as mixture of diasteromers. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.04 (d, J=23 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (ddd, J=9.4, 6.2, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (quin, J=5.9 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (td, J=9.3, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.33 - 2.27 (m, 1H), 2.18 - 2.06 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z = 292.0 (M+H).
Intermediate 406-2 through 406-5 (chiral). The chiral intermediates of 406-1 were separated by chiral SFC by the following preparative chromatographic methods: Instrument: Berger SFC (LVL-L4021 Lab) Column: IC 25 X 3 cm ID, 5pm.
Temperature: 40C, Flow rate: 85 mL/min, Mobile Phase: gradient 75/25 CO2/MeOH for 12min then to 45 % MeOH, Detector Wavelength: 235 nm, Injection Volume: 1000 pL to afford chiral 406-2 Peak-1, > 99 % de, Analytical RT = 8.80 min), chiral 406-3 (Peak-2, >95 % de, Analytical RT = 9.86 min), chiral 406-4 (Peak-3, > 99 % de, Analytical RT = 13.53 min), chiral 406-5 (Peak-4, > 99 % de, Analytical RT = 16.67 min). Analytical Chromatographic Conditions: Instrument: Agilent SFC (LVL-L4021 Lab), Column: IC 250 X 4.6 mm ID, 5 pm. Temperature: Ambient, Flow rate: 2.0 mL/min, Mobile Phase: gradient 75/25 CO2/MeOH 12 min then to 45%MeOH.
(lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclobutylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(5- (5-hydroxy-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2- methoxybenzamido)bicyclo[2.2. l]heptane-2-carboxamide diateromeric mixture, 406 was prepared (74 % yield) by the coupling method described for example 378 using the cyclobutyl norbomyl intermediate 369-1 and intermediate 406-1. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.56 (s, 1H), 9.89 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (br s, 2H), 7.78 (br d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (br t, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (br d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.37 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.10 (br t, .7=7,2 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (br s, 1H), 4.15 (br s, 1H), 4.12 - 4.05 (m, 1H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 3.72 - 3.56 (m, 3H), 3.20 - 3.02 (m, 2H), 2.95 (br s, 1H), 2.70 (br s, 1H), 2.16 (br s, 1H), 2.13 - 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.92 - 1.70 (m, 6H), 1.36 (br s, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z = 642.1 (M+H). HPLC Purity: 100 %; Retention Time: 2.49 min. Method C.
Figure imgf000187_0001
Intermediate 413-1 (diasteromeric mixture)
Figure imgf000187_0002
Intermediate 413-1 was prepared in an identical fashion (10 % yield) described for intermediate 378-3 which in this case by substituting allyl alcohol with (1R,3S)- cyclopent-4-ene-l,3-diol as a mixture of diastereomers. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.09 - 7.91 (m, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.11 - 7.01 (m, 1H), 5.46 - 5.21 (m, 1H), 4.45 - 4.23 (m, 1H), 4.04 - 3.88 (ss, 6H), 3.02 - 2.98 (m, 1H), 2.92 (d, 7=0.7 Hz, 1H), 2.45 - 2.35 (m, 1H), 2.02 (s, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z = 294.1 (M+H).
Intermediate 413-2 (diasteromeric mixture)
Figure imgf000188_0001
413-2 was obtained from intermediate 413-1 via a two step sequence by the protection with excess TBDMS triflate (2.64 g, 9.99 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (1.61 g, 14.9 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) followed by the hydrolysis of the ester with LiOH in THF/MeOH/water (1:1 :1, 5 mL). 1HNMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.48 - 8.46 (m, 1H), 8.04 - 8.00 (m, 1H), 7.10 - 7.05 (m, 1H), 5.06 - 5.02 (m, 1H), 4.33 - 4.29 (m, 1H), 4.23 - 4.18 (s, 3H), 4.15 - 4.13 (m, 1H), 4.12 - 4.10 (m, 1H), 4.00 - 3.94 (m, 1H), 1.29 - 1.24 (m, 1H), 0.93 (ss, 18H), 0.12 (s, 3H), 0.12 - 0.03 (m, 3H), 0.03 (s, 1H), 0.02 (s, 3H), -0.05 - 0.06 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z 522.5 (M+H).
(lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-(5-(4,6-dihydroxy-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro- 4H-cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzamido)-N-(4-fluoro-3-
(trifhioromethyl)phenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide diasteromeric mixture, 413 was prepared (36 % yield) by the coupling method described for example 378 using the cyclopropyl norbomyl intermediate 166-2 and intermediate 413-2 followed by deprotection with tetrabutylammonium fluoride (IM in THF, 1 mL). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 10.55 (s, 1H), 9.90 (br d, 7=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.43 - 8.37 (m, 1H), 8.21 (br d, 7=6.1 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (dd, 7=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.83 - 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, 7=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, 7=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (dd, 7=10.2, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (d, 7=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (br s, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.54 (br s, 1H), 3.21 - 3.07 (m, 2H), 3.00 (s, 1H), 2.54 (s, 1H), 2.85 - 2.64 (m, 1H), 1.92 - 1.76 (m, 3H), 1.76 - 1.62 (m, 1H), 1.52 (br s, 1H), 1.42 (br s, 2H), 0.85 - 0.68 (m, 2H), 0.36 (br s, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z = 644.4 (M+H). HPLC Purity: 100 %; Retention Time: 2.36 min. Method C.
Figure imgf000189_0001
Intermediate 414-3 (Racemate) and chiral 414-4 (chiral peak-1), chiral 414-5 (chiral peak-2), chiral 414-6 (chiral peak-3), chiral 414-7 (chiral peak-4).
Figure imgf000189_0002
Intermediate 414-1: Commercially available methyl 5 -formyl-2-methoxy benzoate (948 mg, 4.88 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH (10 mL) and to this solution was added NMeNHOH.HCl (408 mg, 4.88 mmol) followed by K2CO3 (675 mg, 4.88 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for Ih. with water was added (100 mL) and the solution was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL), the combined organic portions dried (MgSO4) and evaporated under reduced pressure to a solid. The solid was transferred to a vial and toluene (7 mL) was added followed by methyl acrylate (3 mL) and the vial sealed. The reaction mixture was heated at 95 °C for 18h. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography. 414-3 was isolated as an oil (200 mg, 13 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.96 (m, IH), 7.88 (m, 1), 7.02 (d, J=8.8 Hz, IH), 4.01 - 3.84 (mss, 8H), 3.79 - 3.71 (m, 3H), 3.17 - 3.01 (m, 3H), 2.92 - 2.67 (m, IH), 2.07 - 1.81 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z = 310.0 (M+H).
Intermediate 414-2: The product 414-1 (49 mg, 0.158 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL) in a Parr flask and to this was added Pd/C 10 % (20 mg) and hydrogenated at 60 psi for 5h. The reaction mixture was filtered over a celite pad and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford methyl 5-(4-hydroxy- 1 -methyl-5-oxopyrroli din-2 -yl)-2- methoxybenzoate as an oil (35 mg, 79 %). H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) 8 7.71 (d, 7=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, 7=8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, 7=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.51 - 4.42 (m, 1H), 4.38 (t, 7=8.5 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 2.84 (ddd, 7=13.1, 8.4, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 1.74 (dt, 7=13.0, 8.5 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z = 280.2 (M+H).
Intermediate 414-3: The product 414-2 (30 mg) was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL), and to this solution was added LiOH followed by water (1 mL) and stirred at rt for 5h. dil. HC1 was added and the resulting solution concentrated under reduced pressure to a gummy solid. Methanol was added and the reaction mixture filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to to generate (20 mg, 71 % yield) 414-3. MS m/z = 266.08 (M+H). Chiral Intermediate 414-(4-7): 414-3 was separated by SFC under the following preparative conditions: Instrument: Berger SFC (LVL-L4021 Lab), Column: IG 25 X 3 cm ID, 5pm, Temperature: 40C, Flow rate: 85 mL/min, Mobile Phase: 82/18 CCh/MeOH- 0.1 % DEA, Detector Wavelength: 220 nm, Injection Volume: 1200 pL to afford chiral 414-4 (Peak-1, > 99 % de, Analytical RT = 15.56 min), chiral 414-5 (Peak-2 > 95 % de, Analytical RT = 18.09 min), chiral 414-6 (Peak-3, >99 % de, Analytical RT = 26.38 min) and chiral 414-7 (Peak-4, > 95% de, Analytical RT = 29.29 min). Analytical Chromatographic Conditions: Instrument: Agilent SFC (LVL-L4021 Lab), Column: IG 250 X 4.6 mm ID, 5 pm, Temperature: Ambient, Flow rate: 2.0 mL/min, Mobile Phase: 80/20 CO2/MeOH-0.1%DEA
(lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3- (5-(4-hydroxy-l-methyl-5-oxopyrrolidin-2-yl)-2- methoxybenzamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide homochiral isomer-1, 414 was prepared (48 % yield) by the coupling method described for example 378 using the cyclopropyl norbomyl intermediate 166-2 and intermediate 414-4. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 10.54 (s, 1H), 9.89 (d, 7=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (dd, 7=6.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, 7=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.84 - 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.49 (t, 7=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, 7=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, 7=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (d, 7=9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (m, 1H), 4.20 (br s, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.16 (br dd, 7=10.7, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.09 (br s, 1H), 2.80 - 2.63 (m, 2H), 2,50 - 2.39 (m, 2H), 1.94 - 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.65 - 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.45 - 1.24 (m, 2H), 0.88 - 0.67 (m, 2H), 0.36 (br s, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z = 616.2 (M+H). HPLC Purity: 100 %; Retention Time: 2.12 min. Method C.
Figure imgf000191_0001
Intermediate 416-1: (Racemate) and chiral 416-2 (chiral peak-1), 416-3 (Chiral peak-2).
Figure imgf000191_0002
Intermediate 416-1 was prepared in an identical fashion (50 % yield) described for intermediate 378-1. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.98 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (dd, J=9.2, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.34 - 4.26 (m, 2H), 4.20 - 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.83 - 3.76 (m, 1H), 2.92 - 2.70 (m, 1H). MS (ESI) m/z = 278.3 (M+H).
416-2 & 416-3: The following chiral intermediates were separated by chiral SFC by the following preparative chromatographic methods from racemate DP39-1 : Instrument: Berger MG II Column: Chiralpak IA, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron, Mobile Phase: 20 % MeOH I 80 % CO2, Flow Conditions: 45 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C, Detector Wavelength: 220 nm to afford chiral 416-2 (Peak-1, > 99 % de, Analytical RT = 3.80 min) and chiral 416-3 (Peak-2, > 98 % de, Analytical RT = 7.43 min). Analytical Chromatographic Conditions: Instrument: Shimadzu Nexera SFC, Column: Chiralpak IA, 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micron, Mobile Phase: 20% MeOH / 80% CO2, Flow Conditions: 2.0 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C, Detector Wavelength: 220 nm, Injection Details: 5 pL of ~lmg/mL in MeOH. (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclobutylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(tnfluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(2- methoxy-5-(3a,4,6,6a-tetrahydrofuro[3,4-d]isoxazol-3- yl)benzamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide homochiral isomer-2. 416 was prepared (62 % yield) by the method described for example 378 using the cyclobutyl norbomyl intermediate 369-1 and intermediate 416-2. rH NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 10.56 (s, 1H), 9.93 (dd, J=10.8, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.25 - 8.20 (m, 2H), 7.84 - 7.76 (m, 2H), 7.48 (t, 7=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, 7=8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (dd, 7=9.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (d, 7=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.54 - 4.41 (m, 2H), 4.12 - 4.02 (m, 3H), 3.90 (br d, 7=9.5 Hz, 1H), 3.84 - 3.73 (m, 1H), 3.50 (br s, 1H), 3.16 (br dd, 7=10.8, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.11 (br s, 1H), 2.73 (br s, 1H), 2.56 (s, 4H), 1.91 - 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.50 (br s, 1H), 1.42 (br s, 2H), 0.87 - 0.68 (m, 2H), 0.35 (br s, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z = 614.2 (M+H). HPLC Purty: 100 %; Retention Time: 2.42 min. Method C.
Example 419
Figure imgf000192_0001
Intermediate 419-5 (chiral peak-1) and 419-6 (chiral peak-2)
Figure imgf000192_0002
Intermediate 419-1: To methyl 4-fluoro-5-formyl-2-methoxybenzoate (0.15 g, 0.68 mmol) (prepared as described in Chen, Xiao-Yang, Sorensen, Eric, J. JACS, 2018, 140, 2789-2792) and NH2OH HC1 (48 mg, 0.68 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added DIEA (0.12 mL, 0.68 mmol). After 24h, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and white solid (0.15 g, 96%), methyl (E)-4-fluoro-5-((hydroxyimino)methyl)-2-methoxybenzoate, was collected by filtration, dried and used as is. NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.53 - 8.37 (m, 1H), 8.33 - 8.22 (m, 2H), 6.79 - 6.61 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z 228.2 (M+H).+
Intermediate 419-2: To intermediate 419-1 (0.15 g, 0.66 mmol) and DMF (1 mL) was added NCS (88 mg, 0.66 mmol). After 24h, the reaction mixture was partitioned with water (20 mL) and ethyl acetate (50 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (15 mL) and dried (Na2SOi), to afford a solid To the solid in DCM ( 3 mL), was added 2,5- dihydrofuran (0.46 g, 6.6 mmol) and TEA (0. 1 mL, 0.66 mmol). After 24h, the reaction mixture was quenched with water (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (15 mL) and dried (MgSOi). The residue was purified via silica gel chromatography using hexanes/EtOAc as eluents to afford methyl 4-fluoro-2-methoxy-5-(3a,4,6,6a-tetrahydrofuro[3,4-d]isoxazol-3- yl)benzoate (0.13 g, 66%) as a tan solid. MS (ESI) m/z = 296.2 (M+H).+
Chiral Intermediate 419-3 and 419-4: Intermediate 419-2 was separated on a Jasco SFC Prep with a Chiralpak IA, 21 x 250 mm column eluted with 20% MeOH I 80% CO2 at 45 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C, detector wavelength 267 nm to afford 419-3 (33 mg, 0.11 mmol, 17 % yield) (Peak-1, 99% ee, Analytical RT = 1.693 min ); 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.45 (d, 7=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, 7=13.2 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (dd, 7=9.1, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (dt, 7=4.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (d, 7=10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.11 (br d, 7=9.7 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.86 (dd, 7=9.7, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (dd, 7=10.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H); 419-4 (32 mg, 0.11 mmol, 16 % yield) (Peak-2, 99% ee,
Analytical RT = 5.463 min.); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.45 (d, 7=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, 7=13.4 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (dd, 7=9.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.46 - 4.38 (m, 1H), 4.34 (d, 7=11.0 Hz, 1H), 4.16 - 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.86 (dd, 7=9.7, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (dd, 7=10.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H). Analytical Chromatographic Conditions: Instrument: Shimadzu Nexera SFC, Column: Chiralpak IC, 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micron, Mobile Phase: 20% Methanol I 80% CO2 Flow Conditions: 2.0 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C, Detector Wavelength: 220 nm
Intermediate 419-5: To 419-3 (33 mg, 0.11 mmol) in THF (2 mL)/MeOH (0.1 mL), cooled to 0°C, was added a 2 M aqueous solution of LiOH (0. 17 ml, 0.34 mmol). After stirring 18h, the reaction was quenched with dil HC1 (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (15 mL), dried (MgSCfi), filtered and concentrated to afford 419-5 (31 mg, 0. 11 mmol, 99 % yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.90 (br s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, .7=13.8 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (dd, J=9.2, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 4.49 - 4.42 (m, 1H), 4.09 (d, .7=10.7 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (br d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.73 (dd, J=9.5, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.64 (dd, .7=10.8, 3.7 Hz, 1H). LCMS(ESI) m/z = 282.2 (M+H).+
Intermediate 419-6: 419-6 (30 mg, 0. 11 mmol, 96 % yield) was prepared in a similar manner as 419-5 substituting 419-4 for 419-3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.62 (d, .7=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 5.40 (dd, J=9.2, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.55 - 4.28 (m, 2H), 4.11 (s, 3H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.87 (dd, .7=9.7, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (dd, J=10.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H). LCMS(ESI) m/z = 282.2 (M+H).+
Example 419. (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-(4-fluoro-2-methoxy-5- (3a,4,6,6a-tetrahydrofuro[3,4-d]isoxazol-3-yl)benzamido)-N-(4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide, 419 was prepared (5.9 mg, 67 % yield) in a similar manner as example 378, by using the cyclopropyl norbomyl intermediate 20-4 and intermediate 419-5. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.67 - 10.38 (m, 1H), 9.89 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (br d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (br d, .7=4,0 Hz, 1H), 7.85 - 7.71 (m, 1H), 7.48 (br t, .7=9,8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (br d, J=13.1 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (br dd, .7=9.5, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (br d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.52 - 4.36 (m, 2H), 4.10 (br d, J=10.7 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.77 - 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.66 - 3.54 (m, 2H), 3.22 - 3.12 (m, 1H), 3.09 (br s, 1H), 2.72 (br s, 1H), 1.90 - 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.79 - 1.66 (m, 1H), 1.50 (br dd, J=8.5, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 1.45 - 1.32 (m, 2H), 0.87 - 0.61 (m, 2H), 0.35 (br d, .7=2,7 Hz, 2H). HPLC purity 98 %. Analytical LC-MS: 2.48 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 631.9 (M+H).+ Method B.
Example 423
Intermediate 423-1
Figure imgf000195_0001
Intermediate 423-1 was prepared in an identical fashion described for intermediate 378-3 which in this case by substituting allyl alcohol with propargy l alcohol. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.28 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 4.91 - 4.82 (m, 5H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 4.00 - 3.96 (m, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z = 250.3 (M+H).
(lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(5- (5-(hydroxymethyl)isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzamido)bicyclo [2.2.1]heptane-2- carboxamide, 423 was prepared (77 % yield) by the coupling method described for example 378 using the norbomyl intermediate 20-4 and intermediate 423-1. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.56 (s, 1H), 9.95 (br d, 7=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.40 (d, 7=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (br d, .7=4,3 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (dd, 7=8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (br d, .7=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (br t, 7=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, 7=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 4.69 (d, 7=9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (d, 7=5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.45 (br s, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.21 - 3.06 (m, 2H), 2.72 (br s, 1H), 1.92 - 1.73 (m, 2H), 1.62 - 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.41 (br s, 2H), 0.84 - 0.67 (m, 2H), 0.35 (br d, 7=4.3 Hz, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z = 600.1 (M+H). HPLC Purity: 100 %; Retention Time: 2.39 min;
Method B.
Figure imgf000196_0001
Preparation of methyl 5-(5-fluoro-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H-cyclopenta|d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2- methoxybenzoate (diastereomer mixture). To 406-1 ester (0.1 g, 0.3 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added DAST (0.05 mL, 0.412 mmol). After 24 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford the corresponding fluoride (66 mg, 0.23 mmol, 66 % yield) as a clear film. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.06 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J=.8., 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.53 - 5.38 (m, 1H), 4.25 (dd, J=9.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.01 - 3.97 (m, 4H), 3.94 - 3.92 (m, 3H), 2.76 - 2.47 (m, 2H), 2.33 - 2.12 (m, 1H), 2.10 - 1.90 (m, 1H). LCMS(ESI) m/z = 294.2 (M+H).+
Intermediate 427-2: Preparation of 5-(5-fluoro-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H- cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzoic acid. To intermediate 427-1 (14 mg, 0.048 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added a 2M aqueous solution of LiOH (72 μl, 0.14 mmol). After 24 h, dil HC1 (10 mL) was added and the solution extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (15 mL), dried (MgSCL), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 427-2 (13 mg, 0.047 mmol, 98 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.28 (d, J2=.2 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20 - 7.12 (m, 1H), 5.95 - 5.83 (m, 1H), 5.45 (ddd, J=10.0, 6.8, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 5.38 - 5.18 (m, 1H), 4.28 (id, J=9.4, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (s, 3H), 2.75 - 2.55 (m, 2H), 2.32 - 2.17 (m, 1H), 2.06 - 1.92 (m, 1H). LCMS(ESI) m/z = 280.2 (M+H).+
(lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3- (5-(5-fluoro-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2- methoxybenzamido)bicyclo[2.2. l]heptane-2-carboxamide, diasteromeric mixture, 427 was prepared (5.7 mg, 9.1 pmol, 67 % yield) using the cyclopropyl norbomyl intermediate 20-4 in a similar manner as Example 378, by using the cyclopropyl norbomyl intermediate 20-4 and intermediate 427-2. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-ds) 8 10.69 - 10.39 (m, 1H), 9.92 (br t, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.49 - 8.08 (m, 2H), 7.91 - 7.71 (m, 2H),
7.50 (br t, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.45 - 5.26 (m, 1H), 4.71 (br d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (br s, 1H), 4.39 - 4.30 (m, 1H), 4.06 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 3H), 3.41 (br s, 1H), 3.18 (br dd, J=10.8, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (br s, 1H), 2.74 (br s, 1H), 2.51 - 2.35 (m, 2H), 2.17 - 2.06 (m, 1H), 2.06 - 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.92 - 1.84 (m, 1H), 1.80 (br d, J=11.3 Hz, 1H), 1.61 -
1.50 (m, 1H), 1.49 - 1.36 (m, 2H), 0.86 - 0.68 (m, 2H), 0.37 (br s, 2H). HPLC purity 100 %. Analytical LC-MS: 2.65 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 630.3 (M+H).+ Method B.
428 was prepared (6. 1 mg, 69 % yield) in a similar manner as example 379, by using the cyclopropyl norbomyl intermediate 20-4 and intermediate 428-1. 1H NMR. HPLC purity 100 %. Analytical LC-MS: 2.84 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 638.2 (M+H).+ Method B.
Example 429
Figure imgf000197_0001
Intermediate 429-1: Preparation of methyl 5-(5-(hydroxymethyl)-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro- 4H-cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzoate.
Figure imgf000198_0001
Intermediate 429-1 was prepared in an identical fashion (75 % yield) described for intermediate 378-3 which in this case by substituting allyl alcohol with cyclopent-3 -en-1- ylmethanol.
Intermediate 429-2: Preparation of 5-(5-(hydroxymethyl)-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H- cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzoic acid.
Figure imgf000198_0002
Methyl 5-(5-(hydroxymethyl)-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2- methoxybenzoate (58 mg, 0.22 mmol) was dissolved in THF (1 mL)/MeOH (1 mL) was treated with LiOH monohydrate (36 mg, 0.86 mmol) in H2O (1 mL) at rt. After 3h, the reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (5 mL) and liberated of organics. The pH of the remaining aq. layer was adjusted to pH 7 with IM HC1 solution, extracted wi th EtOAc (2 x 25 mL), washed with brine, dried (Na2SOr), filtered, and evaporated to give intermediate 429-2 (62 mg, 74.2%). The carboxlic acid was carried forward to the next reaction without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z = 292.3 (M+H).
Example 429 was prepared by the coupling of intermediate 429-2 (3.95 mg, 0.014 mmol) with intermediate 166-2 (5 mg, 0.014 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) the presence of DIEA (0.012 mL, 0.068 mmol) and BOP (6.60 mg, 0.015 mmol). After 3 h, the reaction mixture was filtered and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give desired product (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3- (tnfluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(5-(5-(hydroxymethyl)-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H- cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide, diasteromeric mixture, 429 (5. 1 mg, 0.0079 mmol, 58 % yield). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.53 (s, 1H), 9.90 (br d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 8.23 - 8.17 (m, 2H), 7.81 - 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.46 (br t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.15 - 5.07 (m, 1H), 4.68 (br d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (br s, 1H), 4.20 - 4.14 (m, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.58 - 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.39 - 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.17 - 3.06 (m, 2H), 2.73 - 2.68 (m, 1H), 1.99 - 1.73 (m, 5H), 1.66 - 1.59 (m, 1H), 1.56 - 1.37 (m, 4H), 0.78 - 0.68 (m, 2H), 0.38 - 0.29 (m, 2H). HPLC purity: 99.2 %. Analytical LC-MS: 2.53 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 642.2 (M+H); Method B.
Figure imgf000199_0001
Intermediate 429-4 (chiral peak-1), 429-6 (chiral peak-2), 429-8 (chiral peak-3), and 429-10 (chiral peak-4)
Figure imgf000199_0002
Individual chiral diastereomer ester intermediates 429-4A, 429-6A, 429-8A, and 429-10A were obtained by chiral SFC of diasteremeric mixture intermediate 429 (524.9 mg, 1.72 mmol). Chiral SFC Preparative chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Berger MG II (SFC); Column: Chiralpak AD-H, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 15% MeOH / 85% CO2; Flow conditions: 45 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C; Detector wavelength: 210 nm; Injections details: 0.5 mL of ~35mg/mL in MeOH. Analytical chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Shimadzu Nexera SFC; Column: Chiralpak AD-H, 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micron; Mobile phase: 15% MeOH / 85% CO2 ; Flow conditions: 2.0 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm; Injection details: 5 [iL of ~lmg/mL in MeOH.
Intermediate 429-4A (Peak-1, >99% de, analytical RT = 4.02 min) was obtained as a film (152.8 mg, 29. 1%). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.04 (d, 7=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, 7=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, 7=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (dd, 7=8.8, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (t, 7=8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.72 - 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.61 (dt, .7=10.5, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 2.30 - 2.16 (m, 2H), 2.05 (dd, 7=13.0, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 1.76 (ddd, 7=12.9, 11.5, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 1.68 - 1.62 (m, 1H), 1.39 (br t, 7=4.8 Hz, 1H).
Intermediate 429-4 (104.4 mg, 78%) was prepared in a similar manner as intermediate 429-2 with the hydrolysis of intermediate 429-4A. MS (ESI) m/z = 292.3 (M+H).
Intermediate 429-6A (Peak-2, >99% de, analytical RT = 4.56 min) was obtained as a film (33.2 mg, 6.3%). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.05 (d, 7=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, 7=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, 7=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (ddd, 7=10.1, 6.2, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 4.04 - 3.98 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.63 - 3.57 (m, 1H), 3.56 - 3.50 (m, 1H), 2.38 - 2.26 (m, 3H), 1.92 - 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.73 - 1.66 (m, 1H), 1.51 (t, 7=5.3 Hz, 1H).
Intermediate 429-6 (20.2 mg, 92%) was prepared in a similar manner as intermediate 429-2 with the hydrolysis of intermediate 429-6a. MS (ESI) m/z = 292.3 (M+H).
Intermediate 429-8A (Peak-3, >99% de, analytical RT = 5.67 min) was obtained as a film (160.8 mg, 30.6%). 1H NMR: (600 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.05 - 8.03 (m, 1H), 7.86 (dd, 7=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, 7=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (dd, 7=8.7, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (t, 7=8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.69 (br dd, 7=10.6, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.63 - 3.58 (m, 1H), 2.28 - 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.05 (br dd, 7=12.9, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 1.76 (ddd, 7=13.0, 11.5, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 1.64 - 1.60 (m, 1H), 1.49 (br s, 1H).
Intermediate 429-8 (121 mg, 85%) was prepared in a similar manner as intermediate 429- 2 with the hydrolysis of intermediate 429-8a. MS (ESI) m/z = 292.3 (M+H). Intermediate 429-10A (Peak-4, >99% de, analytical RT = 9.78 min) was obtained as a film (47. 1 mg, 9.0%). 1H NMR: (600 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.04 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.24 (ddd, J=10. 1, 6.2, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 4.03 - 3.98 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.63 - 3.57 (m, 1H), 3.56 - 3.49 (m, 1H), 2.38 - 2.25 (m, 3H), 1.91 - 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.72 - 1.66 (m, 1H), 1.55 (br s, 1H).
Intermediate 429-10 ( 18.2 mg, 51.6%) was prepared in a similar manner as intermediate 429-2 with the hydrolysis of intermediate 429- 10A. MS (ESI) m/z = 292.3 (M+H).
Example 430 was prepared in a similar manner as example 429 with intermediate 429-4 (Peak-1 from SFC). (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(5-(5-(hydroxymethyl)-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H-cyclopenta[d] isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide homochiral isomer- 1 (10.5 mg, 0.016 mmol, 60.3 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.53 (s, 1H), 9.90 (br d, 7=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.23 - 8.18 (m, 2H), 7.81 - 7.75 (m, 2H), 7.47 (br t, 7=9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, 7=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (br dd, 7=8.2, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.68 (d, 7=9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.46 - 4.39 (m, 1H), 4.22 - 4.13 (m, 1H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 3.49 - 3.28 (m, 1H), 3.19 - 3.05 (m, 2H), 2.73 - 2.68 (m, 1H), 1.98 (br dd, 7=13.6, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 1.93 - 1.74 (m, 4H), 1.69 - 1.60 (m, 1H), 1.58 - 1.36 (m, 4H), 0.77 - 0.68 (m, 2H), 0.37 - 0.30 (m, 2H). HPLC purity: 100 %. Analytical LC-MS: 2.3 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 642.3 (M+H); Method B.
Example 434
Figure imgf000201_0001
Intermediate 434-2 (diastereomeric mixture)
Figure imgf000202_0001
Intermediate 434-1: Preparation of tert-butyl 3-(4-methoxy-3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)- 3a,4,6,6a-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,4-d]isoxazole-5-carboxylate.
Figure imgf000202_0002
Intermediate 434-1 (499.5 mg, 46%) was prepared by the method described for intermediate 429-1 which in this case by substituting cyclopent-3-en-l-ylmethanol with tert-butyl 2,5-dihydro-lH-pyrrole-l-carboxylate. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.99 (d, J=2,4 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (ddd, J=9.2, 5.4, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (br dd, J=12.4, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.72 - 3.61 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H). MS (ESI) m/z = 377.4 (M+H).
Intermediate 434-2: Preparation of 5-(5-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H- pyrrolo[3,4-d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzoic acid. 434-2 (151.4 mg, 43.7 % over three steps) was prepared by the method described for intermediate 429-2 replacing intermediate 429-1 with intermediate 434-1. MS (ESI) m/z = 363.4 (M+H).
Intermediates 434-4 and 434-6 (homochiral)
Figure imgf000202_0003
Intermediates 434-3 and 434-4 were obtained by chiral SFC of diastereomeric mixture intermediate 434-2 (499 mg, 1.33 mmol). Chiral SFC Preparative chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Berger MG II (SFC); Column: Regis Whelk-01, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 15 % MeOH / 85 % CO2; Flow conditions: 45 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm; Injections details: 1.0 mL of ~31mg/mL in MeOH- ACN. Analytical chromatographic conditions: Instrument: ShimadzuNexera SFC; Column: Regis Whelk-01, 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micron; Mobile phase: 15% MeOH / 85% CO2; Flow conditions: 2.0 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm; Injection details: 5 pL of ~1 mg/mL in Acetonitrile.
Intermediate 434-3 (Peak-1, > 99 % de, analytical RT = 4.02 min) was obtained as a white solid (95.9 mg, 19.2 % yield). 1H NMR: (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.99 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.86 - 7.82 (m, 1H), 7.04 (br d, 7=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (ddd, J=9.2, 5.4, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 4.24 - 4.18 (m, 1H), 4.01 - 3.93 (m, 4H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.83 - 3.76 (m, 1H), 3.71 - 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.63 (br s, 1H), 1.43 (br s, 9H).
Intermediate 434-4. Preparation of 5-(5-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H- pyrrolo[3,4-d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzoic acid. Intermediate 434-4 (52 mg, 67.5 % yield) was prepared in a similar manner as intermediate 434-2 with the hydrolysis of intermediate 434-3. MS (ESI) m/z = 363.1 (M+H).
Intermediate 434-5 (Peak-2, 99.6 % de, analytical RT = 4.56 min) was obtained as a white solid (96.7 mg, 19.4 % yield). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.98 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dd, 7=8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, 7=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.32 - 5.28(m, 1H), 4.21 (td, 7=8.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.01 - 3.94 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.83 - 3.73 (m, 1H), 3.68 (dd, 7=11.4, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 3.65 - 3.58 (m, 1H), 1.43 (s, 9H).
Intermediate 434-6. Preparation of 5-(5-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H- pyrrolo[3,4-d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzoic acid. Intermediate 434-6 (48 mg, 62.3 % yield) was prepared in a similar manner as intermediate 434-2 with the hydrolysis of intermediate 434-5. MS (ESI) m/z = 363.1 (M+H).
Example 434 was prepared in a similar manner as example 429 replacing intermediate 429-2 with intermediate 434-2. tert-butyl 3-(3-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7- (cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl) carbamoyl) bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)-3a,4,6,6a-tetrahydro-5H- pyrrolo[3,4-d]isoxazole-5-carboxylate diasteromeric mixture, 434 (7.1 mg, 0.0098 mmol, 72.3 % yield, diastereomeric mixture). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 10.53 (s, 1H), 9.91 (br d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (br s, 2H), 7.78 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (br t, .7=9,5 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.25 (br dd, J=8.9, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 4.68 (br d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.46 - 4.39 (m, 2H), 4.04 (d, J=3. 1 Hz, 3H), 3.80 - 3.69 (m, 1H), 3.15 (br dd, J=11.0, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (br d, J=3.4 Hz, 1H), 2.73 - 2.68 (m, 1H), 1.90 (s, 1H), 1.85 - 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.55 - 1.15 (m, 14H), 0.79 - 0.67 (m, 2H), 0.40 - 0.24 (m, 2H). HPLC purity: 98.5 %. Analytical LC-MS: 2.81 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 713.2 (M+H); Method B.
Example 437
Figure imgf000204_0001
Prepared by the coupling of intermediate 434-2 (9.84 mg, 0.027 mmol) with intermediate 166-2 (10 mg, 0.027 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous THF (2 mL) the presence of DIEA (0.024 mL, 0.136 mmol) and BOP (13.21 mg, 0.030 mmol). After 1 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, dissolved in DCM (1 mL), and treated with 50 % TFA/DCM (1 mL). After Ih, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give 437 (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7- (cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-methoxy-5- (3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H-pyrrolo[3,4-d]isoxazol-3-yl)benzamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 2-carboxamide diastereomeric mixture, (10.3 mg, 0.0140 mmol, 51.5 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.58 - 10.55 (m, IH), 9.94 (dd, J=18.8, 7.1 Hz, IH), 8.25 (dd, J=10.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 8.22 - 8.17 (m, IH), 7.83 - 7.78 (m, IH), 7.78 - 7.74 (m, IH), 7.46 (br t, J=9.5 Hz, IH), 7.29 (d, J=8.7 Hz, IH), 5.43 (dd, J=9.3, 4.6 Hz, IH), 4.69 - 4.64 (m, 2H), 4.44 - 4.37 (m, IH), 4.04 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 3H), 3.72 - 3.65 (m, 2H), 3.46 - 3.38 (m, IH), 3.16 - 3.11 (m, IH), 3.09 - 3.05 (m, IH), 2.73 - 2.68 (m, IH), 1.83 - 1.70 (m, 2H), 1.51 - 1.34 (m, 4H), 0.76 - 0.66 (m, 2H), 0.33 (br d, J=3.2 Hz, 2H). HPLC punty: 98.6 %. Analytical LC-MS: 2.32 mm; MS (ESI) m/z = 613.2 (M+H); Method C. Example 438
Figure imgf000205_0001
Intermediate 434-2 (9.84 mg, 0.027 mmol) and cyclopropyl norbomyl intermediate 166-2 (10 mg, 0.027 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous THF (2.0 mL), then DIEA (0.024 mL, 0.136 mmol) and BOP (13.21 mg, 0.030 mmol) were added. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated, the resulting residue was re-dissolved in DCM (0.25 mL), and treated with 50% TFA/DCM (0.25 mL). After Ih, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness. The amine was dissolved in THF (2.0 mL) and treated with TEA (0.019 mL, 0.13 mmol) followed by methyl chloroformate (2.6 mg, 0.027 mmol) at 0°C. After stirring 2h at rt, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by preparative RP-HPLC to give methyl 3-(3-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7- (cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl) carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)-3a,4,6,6a- tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,4-d]isoxazole-5-carboxylate (diastereomeric mixture), 438 (2.6 mg, 0.0036 mmol, 14.2 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.54 (s, IH), 9.92 (br t, J=6.1 Hz, IH), 8.18 (br s, 2H), 7.81 - 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.45 (br t, J=9.8 Hz, IH), 7.29 - 7.26 (m, IH), 5.28 (br dd, J=8.5, 4.9 Hz, IH), 4.68 (br d, J=9.5 Hz, IH), 4.48 - 4.38 (m, 2H), 4.03 (d, .7=3.1 Hz, 2H), 3.81 - 3.74 (m, IH), 3.64 - 3.48 (m, 4H), 3.17 - 3.06 (m, 2H), 2.73 - 2.66 (m, IH), 1.84 - 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.52 - 1.33 (m, 4H), 0.77 - 0.67 (m, 2H), 0.33 (br d, J=3.4 Hz, 2H). HPLC purity: 99.1 %. Analytical LC-MS: 2.48 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 671.1 (M+H); Method B.
Figure imgf000206_0001
Intermediate 439-1: Preparation of methyl 2-methoxy-5-(3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H- cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)benzoate.
Figure imgf000206_0002
Intermediate 439-1 was prepared in an identical fashion (128 mg, 23% yield) described for intermediate 378-3 which in this case by substituting allyl alcohol with cyclopentene.
Intermediate 439-2: Preparation of 2-methoxy-5-(3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H- cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)benzoic acid.
Figure imgf000206_0003
Intermediate 439-2 (45.2 mg, 60.3%) was prepared in a similar manner as intermediate 429-2 with the hydrolysis of intermediate 439-1. MS (ESI) m/z = 262.2 (M+H). Individual chiral diastereomer ester intermediates 439-4A (chiral peak-1) and 439-6A (chiral peak-2) were obtained by chiral SFC of diasteremeric mixture intermediate 439- 1 (128 mg, 0.465 mmol). Chiral SFC Preparative chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Jasco SFC Prep; Column: Chiralpak OJ-H, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 5% IPA / 95% CO2; Flow conditions: 45 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm; Injections details: 0.5 mL of ~35mg/mL in IPA-ACN. Analytical chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Shimadzu Nexera SFC; Column: Chiralpak OJ- H, 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micron; Mobile phase: 10% IPA I 90% CO2; Flow conditions: 2.0 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm; Injection details: 5 μL of ~lmg/mL in MeOH.
Intermediate 439-4A (Peak-1, >99% de, analytical RT = 2.84 min) was obtained as a film (48.8 mg, 38.1%).
Figure imgf000207_0001
NMR: (400 MHz, chloroform-d) 5 8.06 (d, .7=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (dd, J=8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, .7=8,8 Hz, 1H), 5.21 (dd, J=8.8, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (td, J=8.4, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 2.21 - 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.94 - 1.85 (m, 2H), 1.83 - 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.60 - 1.47 (m, 1H).
Intermediate 439-4 ( 41.9 mg, 90%) was prepared in a similar manner as intermediate 429-2 with the hydrolysis of intermediate 439-4A. MS (ESI) m/z = 262.3 (M+H).
Intermediate 439-6A (Peak-2, >95%de, analytical RT = 3.60 min) was obtained as a film (51.5 mg, 40.2%). 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.06 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.21 (dd, J=8.8, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.07 - 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 2.21 - 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.94 - 1.87 (m, 2H), 1.83 - 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.60 - 1.49 (m, 1H).
Intermediate 439-6 (45.3 mg, 93%) was prepared in a similar manner as intermediate 429-2 with the hydrolysis of intermediate 439-6A. MS (ESI) m/z = 262.3 (M+H).
Example 439 was prepared in a similar manner as example 429 replacing intermediate 429-2 with intermediate 439-2. (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro- 3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-methoxy-5-(3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H- cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)benzamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide diastereomeric mixture, 439 (6.2 mg, 0.010 mmol, 74.2 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 10.57 - 10.50 (m, 1H), 9.93 - 9.85 (m, 1H), 8.23 - 8.17 (m, 2H), 7.80 - 7.73 (m, 2H), 7.49 - 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.28 - 7.24 (m, 1H), 5.16 - 5.09 (m, 1H), 4.71 - 4.66 (m, 1H), 4.46 - 4.37 (m, 1H), 4.18 - 4.12 (m, 1H), 4.05 - 3.99 (m, 3H), 3.17 - 3.06 (m, 2H), 2.73 - 2.67 (m, 1H), 1.99 - 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.86 - 1.63 (m, 6H), 1.52 - 1.26 (m, 4H), 0.78 - 0.68 (m, 2H), 0.39 - 0.29 (m, 2H). HPLC punty: 99.4 %. Analytical LC-MS: 2.82 min; MS (ESI) m/z 612.2 (M+H); Method B.
Prepared in a similar manner as example 429 replacing intermediate 429-2 with intermediate 439-6 (Peak-2 from SFC). ). (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)- N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-methoxy-5-(3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H- cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)benzamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide homochiral isomer-2, 441 (10.9 mg, 0.017 mmol, 63.1 % yield). 1H NMR. HPLC purity: 100 %. Analytical LC-MS: 2.71 min; MS (ESI) m/z = 612.3 (M+H); Method B.
Figure imgf000208_0001
Intermediate 442-1: Preparation of methyl 5-(5,5-dioxido-3a,4,6,6a- tetrahydrothieno[3,4-d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzoate.
Figure imgf000208_0002
Intermediate 442-1 was prepared in an identical fashion (128 mg, 23% yield) described for intermediate 378-3 which in this case by substituting allyl alcohol with 2,5- dihydrothiophene 1,1 -di oxide.
Intermediate 442-2: Preparation of 5-(5,5-dioxido-3a,4,6,6a-tetrahydrothieno[3,4- d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzoic acid.
Figure imgf000209_0001
Intermediate 442-2 (59.0 mg, 39.6%) was prepared in a similar manner as intermediate 429-2 with the hydrolysis of intermediate 442-1. MS (ESI) m/z = 312.2 (M+H).
Individual chiral diastereomer ester intermediates 442-4A and 442-6A were obtained by chiral SFC of diasteremeric mixture intermediate 441-1 (600 mg, 1.84 mmol). Chiral SFC Preparative chromatographic conditions: Instrument: PIC Solution SFC Prep-200; Column: Chiralcel OD-H, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile phase: 25% MeOH 1 75% CO2; Flow conditions: 45 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C; Detector wavelength: 271 nm;
Injections details: 1.0 mL of ~50mg/mL in MeOH:ACN. Analytical chromatographic conditions: Instrument: Shimadzu Nexera SFC; Column: Chiralcel OD-H, 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micron; Mobile phase: 15% MeOH 1 85% CO2 ; Flow conditions: 2.0 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C; Detector wavelength: 220 nm; Injection details: 5 pL of ~lmg/mL in MeOH.
Intermediate 442-4A (Peak-1, >99% de, analytical RT = 3.74 min.) was obtained as a white solid (108.1 mg, 18%). 1H NMR: (400 MHz, chloroform-d) 5 7.96 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J=8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.43 (ddd, J=10. 1, 7.2, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.52 - 4.44 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.66 - 3.47 (m, 3H), 3.14 (dd, J=13.6, 8.1 Hz, 1H).
Intermediate 442-4 (82 mg, 79%) was prepared in a similar manner as intermediate 429-2 with the hydrolysis of intermediate 442-4A. MS (ESI) m/z = 312.3 (M+H).
Intermediate 442-6A (Peak-2, >99% de, analytical RT = 5.44 min.) was obtained as a white solid (108.8 mg, 18%). 1H NMR: (400 MHz, chloroform-d) 5 7.96 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J=8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (ddd, J=10. 1, 7.2, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.52 - 4.44 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.66 - 3.46 (m, 3H), 3.14 (dd, J=13.6, 8.4 Hz, 1H). Intermediate 442-6 (89.6 mg, 87%) was prepared in a similar manner as intermediate 429-2 with the hydrolysis of intermediate 442-6A. MS (ESI) m/z = 312.3 (M+H).
Example 442 was prepared in a similar manner as example 429 replacing intermediate 429-2 with intermediate 442-2. (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-(5-(5,5- dioxido-3a,4,6,6a-tetrahydrothieno[3,4-d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzamido)-N-(4- fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide diastereomeric mixture, 442 (4.8 mg, 0.0072 mmol, 53.0 % yield).
Figure imgf000210_0001
NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.54 (s, 1H), 9.91 (br t, 4=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.26 - 8.20 (m, 2H), 7.81 - 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.48 (br t, 4=9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, 4=8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.43 - 5.38 (m, 1H), 4.78 - 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.69 (br d, 4=9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (br s, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.65 (br dd, 4=14.3, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.44 - 3.33 (m, 1H), 3.18 - 3.08 (m, 3H), 2.72 (br s, 1H), 1.85 - 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.52 - 1.46 (m, 1H), 1.45 - 1.34 (m, 2H), 0.79 - 0.68 (m, 2H), 0.34 (br s, 2H). HPLC purity: 99.2 %. Analytical LC-MS: 2.33 min; MS (ESI) m/z 6622 (M+H); Method B.
Figure imgf000211_0001
Figure imgf000212_0001
Figure imgf000212_0002
Figure imgf000213_0001
Figure imgf000214_0001
Figure imgf000215_0001
Figure imgf000216_0001
Figure imgf000217_0001
Figure imgf000218_0002
Figure imgf000218_0001
Figure imgf000219_0001
Figure imgf000220_0001
Figure imgf000221_0001
Figure imgf000222_0001
Figure imgf000223_0001
Figure imgf000224_0001
Figure imgf000225_0001
Figure imgf000226_0001
Figure imgf000227_0001
Figure imgf000228_0002
Figure imgf000228_0001
Figure imgf000229_0001
Figure imgf000230_0001
Figure imgf000231_0001
Figure imgf000232_0001
Figure imgf000233_0001
Figure imgf000234_0001
Figure imgf000235_0001
Figure imgf000236_0001
Figure imgf000236_0002
Figure imgf000237_0001
Figure imgf000238_0001
Figure imgf000239_0001
Figure imgf000240_0001
Figure imgf000241_0001
Figure imgf000242_0001
Figure imgf000243_0001
Figure imgf000244_0001
Figure imgf000245_0001
Figure imgf000246_0002
Figure imgf000246_0001
Figure imgf000247_0001
Figure imgf000248_0001
Figure imgf000249_0001
Figure imgf000250_0001
Figure imgf000251_0001
Figure imgf000252_0001
Figure imgf000253_0001
Figure imgf000254_0001
Figure imgf000255_0001
Figure imgf000256_0001
Figure imgf000257_0001
Figure imgf000258_0001
Figure imgf000259_0001
Figure imgf000260_0001
Figure imgf000261_0001
Figure imgf000262_0001
Figure imgf000263_0001
Figure imgf000264_0001
Figure imgf000265_0001
Figure imgf000266_0001
Figure imgf000267_0001
Figure imgf000268_0001
Figure imgf000269_0001
Figure imgf000270_0001
Figure imgf000271_0001
Figure imgf000272_0001
Figure imgf000273_0001
Figure imgf000274_0001
Figure imgf000275_0001
Figure imgf000276_0001
Figure imgf000277_0001
Figure imgf000278_0001
Figure imgf000279_0001
Figure imgf000280_0001
Figure imgf000281_0001
Figure imgf000282_0001
Figure imgf000283_0001
Figure imgf000283_0002
Figure imgf000284_0001
Figure imgf000285_0001
Figure imgf000286_0001
Figure imgf000287_0001
Figure imgf000288_0001
Figure imgf000289_0001
Figure imgf000290_0001
Figure imgf000291_0001
Figure imgf000292_0001
Figure imgf000293_0001
Figure imgf000294_0001
Figure imgf000295_0001
Figure imgf000296_0001
Figure imgf000296_0002
Figure imgf000297_0001
Figure imgf000298_0001
Figure imgf000299_0001
Figure imgf000300_0001
Figure imgf000301_0001
Figure imgf000302_0001
Figure imgf000303_0001
Figure imgf000304_0001
Figure imgf000305_0001
Figure imgf000306_0001
Figure imgf000307_0001
Figure imgf000308_0001
Figure imgf000309_0001
Figure imgf000310_0001
Figure imgf000311_0001
Figure imgf000312_0001
Figure imgf000313_0001
Figure imgf000314_0001
Figure imgf000315_0001
Figure imgf000316_0001
Figure imgf000317_0001
Figure imgf000318_0001
Figure imgf000319_0001
Figure imgf000320_0001
Figure imgf000321_0001
Figure imgf000322_0001
Figure imgf000323_0001
Figure imgf000324_0001
Figure imgf000325_0001
Figure imgf000326_0001
Figure imgf000327_0001
Figure imgf000328_0001
Figure imgf000329_0001
Figure imgf000330_0001
Figure imgf000331_0001
Figure imgf000332_0001
Figure imgf000333_0001
Figure imgf000334_0001
Figure imgf000335_0001
Figure imgf000336_0001
Figure imgf000337_0001
Figure imgf000338_0001
Figure imgf000339_0001
Figure imgf000340_0001
Figure imgf000341_0001
Figure imgf000342_0001
Figure imgf000343_0001
Figure imgf000344_0001
Figure imgf000345_0001
Figure imgf000346_0001
Figure imgf000347_0001
Figure imgf000348_0001
Figure imgf000349_0001
Figure imgf000350_0001
Figure imgf000351_0001
Figure imgf000352_0001
Figure imgf000353_0001
Figure imgf000354_0001
Figure imgf000355_0001
Figure imgf000356_0001
Figure imgf000357_0001
Figure imgf000357_0002
Figure imgf000358_0001
Figure imgf000359_0001
Figure imgf000360_0001
Figure imgf000361_0001
Figure imgf000362_0001
Figure imgf000363_0001
Figure imgf000364_0001
Figure imgf000365_0001
Figure imgf000366_0001
Figure imgf000367_0001
Figure imgf000368_0001
Figure imgf000369_0001
Figure imgf000370_0001
Figure imgf000371_0001
Figure imgf000372_0001
Figure imgf000373_0001
Figure imgf000374_0001
Figure imgf000375_0001
Figure imgf000376_0001
Figure imgf000377_0001
Figure imgf000378_0001
Figure imgf000379_0001
Figure imgf000379_0002
Figure imgf000380_0001
Figure imgf000381_0001
Figure imgf000382_0001
Figure imgf000383_0001
Figure imgf000384_0001
Figure imgf000385_0001
Figure imgf000386_0001
Figure imgf000387_0001
Figure imgf000388_0001
Figure imgf000389_0001
Figure imgf000390_0001
Figure imgf000391_0001
Figure imgf000392_0001
Figure imgf000393_0001
Figure imgf000394_0001
Figure imgf000395_0001
Figure imgf000396_0001
Figure imgf000397_0001
Figure imgf000398_0001
Figure imgf000399_0001
Figure imgf000400_0001
Figure imgf000401_0001
Figure imgf000401_0002
Figure imgf000402_0001
Figure imgf000403_0001
Figure imgf000404_0001
Figure imgf000405_0001
Figure imgf000406_0001
Figure imgf000407_0001
Figure imgf000408_0001
Figure imgf000409_0001
Figure imgf000410_0001
Figure imgf000411_0001
Figure imgf000412_0001
Figure imgf000413_0001
Figure imgf000414_0001
Figure imgf000415_0001
Figure imgf000416_0001
Figure imgf000417_0001
Figure imgf000418_0001
Figure imgf000419_0001
Figure imgf000420_0002
Figure imgf000420_0001
Figure imgf000421_0001
Figure imgf000422_0001
Figure imgf000423_0001
Figure imgf000424_0001
Figure imgf000425_0001
Figure imgf000426_0001
Figure imgf000427_0001
Figure imgf000428_0001
Example 447
Figure imgf000429_0001
Intermediate 447-1:
Figure imgf000429_0002
To a solution of (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-methoxy-5-(3a,4,6,6a-tetrahydrofuro[3,4-d]isoxazol-3- yl)benzamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide (250 mg, 0.407 mmol, Example 417) in DCM (4.1 mL) was added BOC2O (0.38 mL, 1.6 mmol), Hunig's base (0.28 pl, 1.6 mmol), and DMAP (25 mg, 0.20 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 14 h, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via silica gel chromatography to furnish tert-butyl ((lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-(2-methoxy-5-(3a,4,6,6a- tetrahydrofuro[3,4-d]isoxazol-3-yl)benzamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carbonyl)(4- fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamate (242 mg, 0.339 mmol, 83.0 % yield). LC-MS RT: 1.20 min; MS (ESI) m/z 736 (M+Na)+; Method E.
Intermediate 447-2:
Figure imgf000430_0001
To a solution of Intermediate 447-1 (533 mg, 0.747 mmol) in THF (14 mL) was added LiOH (IM aqueous) (3.7 mL, 3.7 mmol). After 3 hours, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic layers were reextracted with IM NaOH, then the aqueous layer was acidified to ca. pH 1 with IM HC1. The precipitated solid was filtered off, then the filtrate was extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic fractions were combined with the solid and concentrated under reduced pressure to give (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-(2-methoxy-5-(3a,4,6,6a- tetrahydrofuro[3,4-d]isoxazol-3-yl)benzamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylic acid Example 447-2 (294 mg, 0.650 mmol, 87.0 % yield). LC-MS RT:0.75 min; MS (ESI) m/z 453 (M+H)+; Method E.
Intermediate 447-3:
Figure imgf000430_0002
In each of two 40 mL pressure vials, l-(l-methylcyclopropyl)ethan-l-one (0.500 g, 5.09 mmol) was dissolved in THF (10 ml). To this solution was added titanium(IV) ethoxide (2.1 ml, 10 mmol) and (R)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (0.617 g, 5.09 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 65 °C for 14 h then allowed to cool to room temperature. A suspension of sodium borohydride (1.54 g, 40.8 mmol) in 7 mL THF was cooled to -50 °C. The vials containing the reaction solutions were cooled to -50 °C. The reaction solutions were transferred to the sodium borohydride solution. After two hours, the reaction mixture was quenched with MeOH. After gas evolution ceased, the reaction mixture was poured into brine with stirring. The suspension was filtered through cehte, rinsing with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified via silica gel chromatography to give Intermediate 447-3 (982 mg, 47%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 3.22 (br s, 1H), 2.61 (qd, J=6.5, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 1.26 - 1.21 (m, 12H), 1.01 (s, 3H), 0.54 - 0.46 (m, 1H), 0.42 - 0.32 (m, 3H).
Intermediate 447-4:
Figure imgf000431_0001
To a solution of Intermediate 447-3 (100 mg, 0.492 mmol) in methanol (0.49 mL) was added HCI (4M in dioxane) (0. 12 mL, 0.49 mmol). After 2.75 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was sonicated with Et20 and filtered. The solid was dried to give (R)-l-(l-methylcyclopropyl)ethan-l-amine, HCI (60 mg, 0.44 mmol, 90 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 2.66 - 2.52 (m, 1H), 1.38 - 1.27 (m, 3H), 1.09 (s, 3H), 0.65 - 0.55 (m, 1H), 0.55 - 0.41 (m, 3H).
Example 447:
To a solution of Intermediate 447-2 (20 mg, 0.044 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) was added Intermediate 447-4 (24 mg, 0.18 mmol), HATU (22 mg, 0.057 mmol) and Hunig's base (0.046 mL, 0.27 mmol). After 1.5 hours, the reaction mixture was quenched with MeOH. The residue was purified via preparative HPLC to furnish Example 447 (15.2 mg, 64.0%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 5 10.07 (br d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 8. 15 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J=8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (dd, J=9.4, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 4.54 - 4.47 (m, 1H), 4.31 - 4.23 (m, 1H), 4.09 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.90 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (dd, J=9.3, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (dd, J=10.7, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 3.50 - 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.07 - 3.02 (m, 1H), 2.94 (dd, J=11.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 1.91 - 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.78 - 1.68 (m, 1H), 1.52 - 1.43 (m, 1H), 1.40 - 1.30 (m, 2H), 1.05 - 0.99 (m, 3H), 0.99 - 0.94 (m, 3H), 0.77 - 0.66 (m, 2H), 0.58 - 0.47 (m, 1H), 0.36 - 0.27 (m, 2H), 0.17 (br t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H). LC-MS RT: 2.26 min; MS (ESI) m/z 534.3 (M+H)+; Method B.
Figure imgf000432_0001
Intermediate 448-1:
Figure imgf000432_0002
Methyl (Z)-5-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)-2-methoxybenzoate (200 mg, 0.821 mmol) and bicyclo[2.2.1]hepta-2,5-diene (756 mg, 8.21 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (5 mL). To the solution was added TEA (1 mL) and stirred at r.t. for 14h. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2x25 mL), which were then dried (MgSO-i). filtered and concentrated to an oil in vacuo. The residue was purified via silica gel chromatography and eluted with hex/EtOAc. Fractions containing pure product were isolated and concentrated under reduced pressure to methyl 2-methoxy-5-(3a,4,7,7a- tetrahydro-4,7-methanobenzo[d]isoxazol-3-yl)benzoate 448-1 (240 mg, 98% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCh) 5 8.09 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J=8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (dd, J=5.7, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 6.10 (dd, J=5.8, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.97 (dt, J=8.2, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.29 - 3.25 (m, 1H), 1.71 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 1.62
(dt, J=9.4, 1.5 Hz, 1H). LCMS m/z = 300.2 (M+H)+.
Preparation of intermediates homochiral isomers 448-2 and 448-3.
Figure imgf000432_0003
Intermediate 448-1 (180 mg, 0.60 mmol) was stirred as a slurry in t-BuOH (3 rnL), and to the solution was added jV-methylmorpholine oxide (146 mg, 1.20 mmol) followed by OsO4 (380 mg, 0.060 mmol). The reaction turned black instantaneously and was stirred at r.t. for 14h. The reaction mixture was quenched with sat. soduim sulfite solution (20 mL), stirred for 5 min and extracted with EtOAc (2x25 mL), dried (VlgSO-i). filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure to methyl 5-(5,6-dihydroxy-3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro- 4,7-methanobenzo[d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzoate as a foam (220 mg). The compound was separated into two homochiral isomers 448-2 and 448-3 via chiral SFC. Preparative Chromatographic Conditions: Instrument: Berger MG II (CTR-L409-PSFC1) Column: Chiralpak IF, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron Mobile Phase: 30% MeOH 1 70% CO2 Flow Conditions: 45 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C Detector Wavelength: 220 nm. Injection Details: 1.0 mL of -200 mg/3mL in MeOH-ACN. Analytical Chromatographic Conditions: Instrument: Shimadzu Nexera SFC (CTR-L410-SFC3) Column: Chiralpak IF, 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micron. Mobile Phase: 30% MeOH / 70% CO2. Flow Conditions: 2.0 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C. Detector Wavelength: 220 nm. Injection Details: 5 pL of -Img/mL in MeOH. Two homochiral isomers were isolated 448-2 Isomer- 1 > 99% ee, RT = 2.89min (84 mg, 49 % yield) and 448-3 Isomer-2 > 99% ee, RT = 6.03 min (78 mg, 46 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.07 - 8.04 (m, 1H), 7.89 - 7.87 (m, 1H), 7.05 - 7.00 (m, 1H), 4.67 - 4.59 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.91 - 3.83 (m, 1H), 3.52 - 3.41 (m, 1H), 2.64 - 2.58 (m, 1H), 2.52 - 2.49 (m, 1H), 1.89 - 1.82 (m, 1H), 1.50 - 1.44 (m, 1H). LCMS m/z = 334.2 (M+H)+.
Preparation of intermediate 448-4.
Figure imgf000433_0001
Methyl 5-(5,6-dihydroxy-3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-4,7-methanobenzo[d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2- methoxybenzoate 448-3 (> 99% ee) was dissolved in methanol (3 mL) and to the solution was added LiOH (20 mg, 0.47 mmol) followed by the addition of water (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 14 h, then quenched with water (25 mL). The organics were extracted with EtOAc (2x25 mL), dried (MgSOr) and evaporated in vacuo to yield 5-(5,6-dihydroxy-3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-4,7-methanobenzo[d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2- methoxybenzoic acid 448-4 (63 mg, 84 % yield). LCMS m/z = 320.3 (M+H). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) 8 8.17 - 8.12 (m, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.81 - 4.61 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.92 (m. 1H), 3.78 - 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.71 - 3.58 (m, 1H), 2.4 5 (s, 1H), 2.35 (s, 1H), 1.84 (br d, J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 1.36 - 1.15 (m, 1H).
Example 448. Intermediate 448-4 (17 mg, 0.050 mmol) was prepared using the general procedure described for example 378 to (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-3-amino-7- (cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl) bicyclo[2.2. l]heptane-2- carboxamide intermediate 166-2 (15 mg, 0.050 mmol) with BOP (10 mg, 0.050 mmol) reagent, and Hunig's base (0.1 mL). Example 448 was isolated as a solid (18 mg, 58 % yield) via HPLC purification. HPLC purity: 98.3 %; RT= 2.35 min, [method D ]. LCMS m/z = 670.3 (M+H)+. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) 5 8.41 - 8.36 (m, 1H), 8.16 (dd, J=6.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (dd, J=8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.84 - 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.32 - 7.22 (m, 2H), 4.85 - 4.82 (m, 1H), 4.79 - 4.70 (m, 1H), 4.67 - 4.51 (m, 1H), 4.14 (s, 3H), 3.92 (br d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (d, J=8. 1 Hz, 1H), 3.56 - 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.31 -
3.22 (m, 2H), 3.21 - 3.06 (m, 2H), 2.73 (br d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (s, 1H), 2.35 (s, 1H), 2.06 - 1.97 (m, 1H), 1.97 - 1.91 (m, 1H), 1.83 (br d, J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 1.62 - 1.48 (m, 2H),
1.38 - 1.21 (m, 1H), 0.77 (br d, J=4.4 Hz, 2H), 0.37 (br s, 2H).
Example 449
Figure imgf000434_0001
Intermediate 449-1:
Figure imgf000435_0001
Methyl 5-bromo-2-methoxybenzoate (2.0 g, 8.2 mmol) and tert-butyl 3-(4, 4,5,5- tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2,5-dihydro-lH-pyrrole-l-carboxylate (2.65 g, 8.98 mmol) in dioxane (55 mL)/water (10 mL) was degassed 5 min, then PdCh(dppf)- CH2CI2 adduct (0.666 g, 0.816 mmol) and K3PO4 (5.64 g, 24.5 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture again degassed for 5 min, then the slurry was stirred at 100 °C for 4 h in a sealed tube. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, the solid filtered, washed with excess EtOAc and the filtrate was collected and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to furnish tert-butyl 3-(4- methoxy-3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)-2,5-dihydro-lH-pyrrole-l-carboxylate (2.2 g, 6.60 mmol, 81 % yield) compound as a light brown solid. MS (ES): m/z = 234.2 [M+H-Boc],
Intermediate 449-2
Figure imgf000435_0002
To a solution of 449-1 (2.2 g, 6.6 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL) was added Pd-C (1.756 g, 16.50 mmol) at rt, and the slurry was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere for 12 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, the celite washed with excess methanol and THF, the filtrates were collected and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield tertbutyl 3-(4-methoxy-3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl) pyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylate (1.7 g, 5.1 mmol, 77 % yield) as a light brown semisolid. MS (ES): m/z = 353.2 [M+H2O].
Intermediate 449-3
Figure imgf000436_0001
LiOH (1.43 g, 59.6 mmol) in water (5.0 mL) was added to a solution of 449-2 (2.0 g, 6.0 mmol) in methanol (10 mL), THF (10 mL), the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 5h. The volatiles were evaporated and dried under high vacuum. The residue was diluted with ice water (10 mL), then acidified using 0. IM HC1. A solid formed and was filtered, washed with water and dried under vacuum to yield 5-(l -(tertbutoxy carbonyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzoic acid (1.5 g, 4.7 mmol, 78 % yield) compound as a white solid. MS (ES): m/z = 320.2 [M-H],
Intermediate 449-4
Figure imgf000436_0002
HATU (206 mg, 0.543 mmol) and TEA (0.38 mL, 2.7 mmol) were added to a solution of 449-2 (349 mg, 1.09 mmol) and 166-2 (200 mg, 0.543 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) at rt, the reaction mixture was stirred for 3h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to furnish tert-butyl 3- (3-(((lR,2R,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (trifhroromethyl)phenyl) carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-4- methoxyphenyl)pyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (190 mg) as an off white solid. The solid subjected to SFC purification: Column Name: Welk-01(R,R) (250*4.6)mm. 5 , CoSolvent : 20% Vial N° : LA8 Co-Solvent Name : 0.2% of Ammonia in Methanol Injected Volume : 30 pl FlowRate : 4 ml/mm Outlet Pressure: 100 bar Temperature : 35 °C, to separatethe diastereomers.
After SFC purification, the fractions were collected, concentrated under reduced pressure and lyophilized to generate tert-butyl 3-(3-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-
3 -((4-fluoro-3 -(trifluoromethyl) phenyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-
4-methoxypheny 1) pyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylate.
Peak - 1, 449-4, (55 mg, 0.082 mmol, 14% yield) Chiral SFC RT - 9.9 min, 1 H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 10.50 (s, 1H), 9.82 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (dd, J=2.5, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (t, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J=2.5, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 4.69 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.68 (dd, J=7.5, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.49 - 3.36 (m, 5H), 3.31 - 3.21 (m, 5H), 3.20 - 3.05 (m, 4H), 2.73 - 2.69 (m, 1H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 1.86 (br d, J=10.5 Hz, 3H), 1.46 - 1.33 (m, 20H), 0.74 (br t, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 0.35 (br d, J=2.5 Hz, 2H); LCMS: RT = 1.565 mm, MS (ES):m/z = 616.4 [M+H-tBu] method B; tert-butyl 3-(3-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3- ((4-fluoro-3 -(trifluoromethyl) phenyl) carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2. l]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)- 4-methoxyphenyl) pyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylate (55 mg, 0.082 mmol, 15 % yield) as a while solid.
Peak - 2, (60 mg, 0.089 mmol, 16% yield) Chiral SFC RT - 10.98 min, 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 10.49 (s, 1H), 9.81 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (dd, J=2.5, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (br s, 1H), 7.48 (t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J=2.5, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.68 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (br s, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.67 (dd, J=7.5, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.49 - 3.34 (m, 2H), 3.29 - 3.06 (m, 4H), 2.72 - 2.67 (m, 1H), 2.56 - 2.52 (m, 2H), 2.18 (s, 2H), 1.86 (br t, J=9.3 Hz, 2H), 1.76 (br s, 1H), 1.50 (br d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 1.45 - 1.33 (m, 17H), 0.74 (br t, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 0.34 (br s, 2H); LCMS: RT = 1.716 mm, MS (ES):m/z = 616.3 [M+H-tBu] method B.
Intermediate 449-5:
Figure imgf000438_0001
TFA (0. 16 mL, 2.0 mmol) was added to a solution of 449-4 (55 mg, 0.082 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) at 0 °C, then the reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 2 h. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the residue dried under vacuum to yield (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(2-methoxy-5-(pyrrolidin-3- yl)benzamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide (35 mg) as a light brown semi solid which was taken to next step without further purification. MS (ES): m/z = 572.2 [M+H],
Example 449
HATU (13 mg, 0.035 mmol), DIPEA (0.06, 0.04mmol) were added to a 449-5 (20 mg, 0.035 mmol) and 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanoic acid (3.6 mg, 0.035 mmol) in DMF (2.0 mL) at rt. The reaction mixture was stirred at for 15h and purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC to furnish (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3- (trifhioromethyl)phenyl)-3-(5-(l-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanoyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)-2- methoxybenzamido)bicyclo[2.2. 1] heptane-2-carboxamide (13 mg, 49%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 ppm 10.48 (s, 1H), 9.83 (dd, J = 3.3, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.25 - 8.17 (m, 1H), 7.85 (br s, 1H), 7.77 (td, J = 3.6, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (t, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J = 22, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J = 1.8, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 5.19 - 5.12 (m, 1H),
4.68 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.48 - 4.40 (m, 1H), 4.27 (br d, J =02 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (q, J= 5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (s, 4H), 3.78 - 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.58 - 3.47 (m, 1H), 3.24 - 3.06 (m, 4H), 2.74 -
2.68 (m, 1H), 2.13 (br d, J= 0.7 Hz,lH), 1.93 - 1.72 (m, 3H), 1.53 - 1.36 (m, 3H), 1.32 - 1.26 (m, 7H), 0.80 - 0.65 (m, 2H), 0.35 (dd, J= 1.8, 4.8 Hz, 2H). LCMS: RT =
2.465 min, MS (ES):m/z = 658.3 [M+H+] method B.
Figure imgf000439_0001
Intermediate 452-1
Figure imgf000439_0002
452-1 (0. 13 g, 0.49 mmol, 49 % yield) was prepared in a similar manner as example 416 substituting methyl 5-formyl-2-hydroxy benzoate for methyl 5-formyl-2- methoxybenzoate. ^NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 10.98 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, 7=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dd, 7=8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, 7=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (dd, 7=9.1, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.36 - 4.30 (m, 1H), 4.30 - 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.14 (dd, 7=9.2, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.89 (dd, 7=9.4, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (dd, .7=10.8, 3.7 Hz, 1H). LCMS(ESI) m/z 264 (M+H).+
Intermediate 452-2
Figure imgf000439_0003
To 452-1 (0.1 g, 0.4 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added l-chloro-2-methoxy ethane (72 mg, 0.80 mmol), K2CO3 (0.16 g, 1.1 mmol), KI (63 mg, 0.38 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C for 24h. The reaction mixture was partitioned with water (10 mL) and EtOAc (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL), the combined organic layers were washed with brine (15 mL) and dried (MgSOi), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by normal phase silica gel chromatography to afford 452-2 (62 mg, 0.20 mmol, 51 % yield) clear oil. 1 H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.99 (d, 7=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, 7=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, 7=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (dd, 7=9.2, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.37 - 4.32 (m, 1H), 4.32 - 4.28 (m, 1H), 4.28 - 4.24 (m, 2H), 4.16 (dd, 7=9.4, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 3.93 - 3.92 (m, 3H), 3.91 - 3.87 (m, 1H), 3.84 (dd, 7=5.3, 4.3 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (dd, 7=10.8, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.50 (s, 3H). LCMS(ESI) m/z'. 322 (M+H).+
Intermediate 452-3
Figure imgf000440_0001
452-3 (41 mg, 0.13 mmol, 72 % yield) was prepared by hydrolysis of 452-2 as described in 378-3. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.23 - 8.07 (m, 2H), 7.20 - 7.07 (m, 1H), 5.42 (dd, 7=9.2, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (s, 1H), 4.46 - 4.39 (m, 2H), 4.36 - 4.30 (m, 2H), 4.14 (d, 7=9.5 Hz, 1H), 3.93 - 3.88 (m, 1H), 3.85 - 3.82 (m, 2H), 3.78 (dd, 7=10.9, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.49 (s, 3H).
Example 452. A mixture of isomers was prepared by BOP coupling as described in example 378 substituting cy clopropyl norbomyl intermediate 166-2 and intermediate 452-3 for intermediate 378-3 and the cyclobutyl norbomyl intermediate 369-1. The isomeric mixture was separated using chiral SFC chromatography. Preparative chromatographic conditions Instrument: Waters 100 Prep SFC Column: Chiral OD, 30 x 250 mm, 5 micron, Mobile Phase: 25% MeOH 1 75% CO2 w/0.1% DEA, Flow Conditions: 100 mL/min, Detector Wavelength: 220 nm; Analytical method: Intrument: Shimadzu Nexera SFC, Column Chiral OD, 4.6 x 100 mm, 5 micron, Mobile Phase: 25% MeOH 1 75% CO2 w/0.1% DEA, Flow Conditions: 2 mL/min, Detector Wavelength: 220 nm, to afford chiral peak-1, example 452 (9.3 mg, 14 pmol. 23 % yield), RT=2.92 min., >95% de and peak-2 (9.3 mg, 14 pmol, 23 % yield), RT =3.6 min, >95% de. For example 452: 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 10.49 (s, 1H), 9.60 (br d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.37 - 8.10 (m, 2H), 7.86 - 7.68 (m, 2H), 7.47 (t, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (dd, J=9.2, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 4.71 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.61 - 4.47 (m, 2H), 4.43 (br d, J=4.0 Hz, 2H), 4.11 (d, J=10.7 Hz, 1H), 4.07 - 3.98 (m, 1H), 3.95 - 3.86 (m, 1H), 3.83 - 3.74 (m, 1H), 3.66 (dd, J=10.7, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 3.28 (s, 1H), 3.21 - 3.13 (m, 1H), 3.09 - 2.99 (m, 1H), 2.74 (br s, 1H), 2.52 (br s, 3H), 2.03 - 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.63 - 1.51 (m, 1H), 1.48 - 1.31 (m, 1H), 0.89 - 0.67 (m, 2H), 0.46 - 0.27 (m, 2H). LCMS(ESI) m/z: 658.15(M+H).+ HPLC purity 100 % with retention time 2.42 min. [method C ]
Figure imgf000441_0001
Preparation of diasteromeric intermediate 461-1.
Figure imgf000441_0002
Diasteromeric intermediate 461-1 (200 mg. 80%) was prepared in a similar manner as described for example 378 by the cycloadditon of dimethyl cyclobut-l-ene-1,2- dicarboxylate with Methyl (Z)-5-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)-2 -methoxybenzoate. LCMS m/z = 378.2 (M+H). NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 8. 12 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J=8.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.21 - 3.09 (m, 1H), 2.79 - 2.67 (m, 1H), 2.62 - 2.52 (m, 2H).
Preparation of homochiral intermediates 461-3 and 461-4.
Figure imgf000442_0001
Diastermeric intermediate 461-1 (112 mg, 0.29 mmol) was dissolved in THF (10 mL) and to this was added DIBAH (IM, 2.08 mL, 2.08 mmol) solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 14 h and was subsequently quenched with dil HC1 (5 mL) followed by extraction of the organic material with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSOf). filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the diasteromer (4-(3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-3- ene-l,5-diyl)dimethanol 461-2 as an oil (100 mg, 100% yield).
Figure imgf000442_0002
NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.69 - 7.49 (m, 2H), 6.92 - 6.86 (m, 1H), 4.73 - 4.60 (m, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.74 - 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.05 - 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.54 - 2.32 (m, 2H), 2.19 - 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.95 - 1.37 (m, 1H), 1.33 - 0.84 (m, 1H). LCMS m/z = 294.2 (M+H)+. Intermediate 461-2 was chirally separated via chiral SFC conditions to afford homochiral intermediates 461-3 (Peak-1) and 461-4 (Peak-2). Preparative Chromatographic Conditions: Instrument: Berger MG II Column: Chiralpak IC, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron Mobile Phase: 30% Methanol I 70% CO2 Flow Conditions: 45 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C. Detector Wavelength: 220 nm Injection Details: 0.5 mL of ~55mg/mL in Methanol. Analytical Chromatographic Conditions: Instrument: Shimadzu Nexera SFC Column: Chiralpak IC, 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micron Mobile Phase: 30% Methanol 1 70% CO2 Flow Conditions: 2.0 mL/min, 150 Bar, 40°C. Detector Wavelength: 220 nm Injection Details: 5 ptL of ~lmg/mL in Methanol. Analytical data for 461-3 Homochiral Peak - 1 (57 mg, 15 % yield > 99 % ee, RT = 2.98 min); 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (br s, 2H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.81 (br s, 1H), 3.50 (s, 1H), 3.33 (br s, 1H), 2.56 (br s, 1H), 2.50 - 2.39 (m, 2H), 2.20 - 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.70 (br s, 1). Analytical data for 461-4 Homochiral Peak - 2 (60 mg 60 % yield, > 99 % ee, RT = 5.72 mm). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.84 - 3.76 (m, 1H), 3.50 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 2H), 3.33 (br s, 1H), 2.56 (br t, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 2.50 -
2.39 (m, 2H), 2.20 - 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.70 (s, 1H).
Preparation of homochiral isomer-lintermediate 461-4.
Figure imgf000443_0001
Homochiral isomer-1 intermediate 461-2 (4-(3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)-2- oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-3-ene-l,5-diyl)dimethanol (57 mg, 0.19 mmol) was dissolved in dry DCM (10 mL) and to the solution was added activated MnCh (847 mg, 9.72 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 14h. The reaction mixture was fdtered and concentrated to an oil in vacuo. The oil was re-dissolved in t-BuOH (5 mL) and to the solution was added NaCICh (37 mg, 0.41 mmol) followed by an aq. solution of NaH2PC>4 (5 mL) to pH ~3 and 2-methylbutene (10 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 6 h then quenched with water (100 mL) and extracted wi th EtOAc (2x25 mL). The combined organic portion was dried (MgSCL). filtered and evaporated in vacuo to yield isomer-1 intermediate 461-4 as an oil (50 mg, 55 % yield). 1HNMR (500 MHz, CD3OD) 5 8.15 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.79 - 4.58 (m, 4H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.95-3.88 (m, 2H), 3.51 - 3.34 (m, 2H), 2.63 - 1.96 (m, 2H). LCMS m/z = 308.2 (M+H)+.
Example 461. Homochiral isomer-1 intermediate 461-4 (4.3 mg, 0.02 mmol) was coupled to intermediate 166-2 (5.2 mg, 0.02 mmol) with BOP (6 mg, 0.02 mmol) reagent, and Hunig's base (0.1 mL) as described for example 378. Example 461 was isolated as a solid after purification by revserse phase HPLC (4.3 mg, 45 % yield). HPLC purity: 100 %; RT= 2.43 min [method D], LCMS m/z = 658.33 (M+H)+. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.55 (s, 1H), 9.93 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.30 - 8.21 (m, 2H), 7.85 - 7.75 (m, 2H), 7.50 (br t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (br d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.38 (br t, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.85 - 4.67 (m, 2H), 4.45 (br s, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.92 - 3.78 (m, 3H), 3.71 (br dd, J=11.9, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.38 (br s, 1H), 3.17 (br d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (br s, 1H), 2.74 (br s, 1H), 2.33 - 2.19 (m, 1H), 2.15 (br s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 1H), 1.93 (s, 1H), 1.89 - 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.52 (br d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (br s, 2H), 0.87 - 0.67 (m, 2H), 0.36 (br s, 2H)
Example 467
Figure imgf000444_0001
Compound 467 was prepared by reduction of 166-2 (6 mg, 0.02 mmol) with catlytic Pd/C (10%) followed by coupling of the resulting (lS,2S,3R,4R)-3-amino-7-butyl-N-(4-fluoro- 3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide with with 429-8 (4.72 mg, 0.0200 mmol) and BOP (7.16 g, 0.0200 mmol) and Hunig’s base (0.1 mL) in DMF as described for Example 378. The residue was purified via HPLC purification to generate 467 as a solid (0.7 mg, 7 % yield). HPLC purity: 100 %; RT= 2.72 min [method C], LCMS m/z = 645.94 (M+H)+. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 5 10.64 (s, 1H), 8.37 (br d, 7=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (br d, 7=4.0 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, 7=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (br s, 1H), 7.77 (br d, 7=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (br t, 7=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, 7=8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.23 - 5.05 (m, 1H), 4.84 (br s, 1H), 4.23 (br t, 7=9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.35 (br s, 1H), 2.77 -
2.54 (m, 2H), 2.43 - 2.27 (m, 2H), 2.17 - 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.95 - 1.86 (m, 1H), 1.80 (br d, 7=12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.74 - 1.63 (m, 3H), 1.58 (br d, 7=8.2 Hz, 1H), 1.54 - 1.44 (m, 2H), 1.36 (br d, 7=6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.30 - 1.13 (m, 4H), 0.94 - 0.72 (m, 3H)
Example 453
Figure imgf000445_0001
Intermediate 453-1:
Figure imgf000445_0002
To a solution of (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-3-amino-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide IV-2a (33 mg, 0.090 mmol) in DCM (0.9 mL) was added BOC2O (0.10 mL, 0.45 mmol), Hunig'sbase (78 pl, 0.45 mmol) and DMAP (5.5 mg, 0.045 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 14h, then concentrated under reduced pressure and purified via silica gel chromatography to furnish tert-butyl ((lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-7- (cyclopropylmethylene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carbonyl)(4-fluoro-3- (trifhioromethyl)phenyl)carbamate Intermediate 453-1 (43 mg, 0.076 mmol, 84 % yield) was obtained. LC-MS RT: 1.37 min; MS (ESI) m/z 591 (M+Na)+; Method A.
Intermediate 453-2:
Figure imgf000445_0003
To a solution of tert-butyl ((lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-7- (cyclopropylmethylene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carbonyl)(4-fluoro-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)carbamate Intermediate 453-1 (43 mg, 0.076 mmol) was added 2,2-dimethylpropan-l -amine (26.4 mg, 0.302 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for two days, then concentrated in vacuo and purified via silica gel chromatography to give tert-butyl ((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3-
(neopentylcarbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamate Intermediate 453-2 (20 mg, 0.053 mmol, 70 % yield). LC-MS RT: 1.19 mm; MS (ESI) m/z 377 (M+H)+; Method A.
Intermediate 453-3:
Figure imgf000446_0001
tert-butyl ((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-3- (neopentylcarbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamate (20 mg, 0.053 mmol) 453-2 was dissolved in THF (0.4 mL). HC1 (4M in dioxane) (0.13 mL, 0.53 mmol) was added. After 1 hour, an additional 0.3 mL 4M HC1 in dioxane was added. After 2 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, then azeotroped with DCM/hexanes to give (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-3-amino-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-neopentylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 2-carboxamide, HC1 Intermediate 453-3 (20 mg, 0.064 mmol, 120 % yield). LC-MS RT: 0.80 mm; MS (ESI) m/z 277 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 453: To a solution of 429-8 (7.87 mg, 0.0270 mmol) and Intermediate 453-3 (8.45 mg, 0.0270 mmol) in DMF (0.4 mL) was added BOP (13 mg, 0.030 mmol) and Hunig's base (0.024 mL, 0. 14 mmol). After 4 hours, the reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH, filtered through a syringe filter, and purified via preparative reverse phase HPLC to give Example 453 (7.4, 49%). H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.96 (d, 7=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (br t, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, 7=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, 7=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (dd, 7=8.7, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (d, 7=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.53 - 4.48 (m, 1H), 4.34 - 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.19 (br t, 7=8.6 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.06 - 2.97 (m, 3H), 2.79 (dd, 7=13.0, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 2.02 - 1.40 (m, 10H), 1.39 - 1.25 (m, 2H), 0.81 (s, 9H), 0.74 - 0.64 (m, 2H), 0.36 - 0.25 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT: 2.23 min; MS (ESI) m/z 550.1 (M+H)+; Method B.
Example 475
Figure imgf000447_0001
Intermediate 475-1: Preparation of methyl 2-(dimethylamino)-5-formylbenzoate:
To a solution of methyl 2 -fluoro-5 -methylbenzoate (3.00 g, 17.8 mmol) in CCh (100 mL) was added A-bromosuccinimide (6.99 g, 39.2 mmol) and benzoyl peroxide (0.475 g, 1.96 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 14h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and the succinimide was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give an yellow liquid that was added to dimethylamine (40% aqeous) (90 mL, 711 mmol) and the contents were slowly heated to 56 °C for 15 mins, and the heat was then removed. The dark orange solution was poured in to DCM (2 x 75 mL) and the layers were separated. The organic layer was concentrated and purified using silica gel chromatography to yield intermediate 465-1 (2.2 g, 56% yield). MS (ESI) m/z: 208.2 (M+H).
Intermediate 475-2: Preparation of methyl (E)-3-chloro-2-(dimethylamino)-5- (hydroxyimino)methyl) benzoate:
To a solution of intermediate 475-1 (2200 mg, 10.62 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) was added TEA (1.48 mL, 10.6 mmol). To this solution was then added hydroxylamine hydrochloride (885 mg, 12.7 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rtovemight. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to a solid and dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water. The organic layer was then dried over MgSCL and concentrated under vacuum to yield intermediate 475-2 (2. 1 g, 73% yield). MS (ESI) /z: 257. 1 (M+H).
Intermediate 475-3: Preparation of methyl (Z)-3-chloro-5- (chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)-2-(dimethylamino)benzoate: To intermediate 475-2 (770 mg, 3.00 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was added A-chlorosuccinimide (441 mg, 3.30 mmol). After quenching the reaction mixture with water an off-white solid was collected by filtration which was dried in vacuo to afford intermediate 475-3 (480 mg, 52% yield). MS (ESI) mtz-. 291.0 (M+H).
475-4: Preparation of methyl 3-chloro-2-(dimethylamino)-5-(3a,4,6,6a- tetrahydrofuro[3,4-d]isoxazol-3-yl)benzoate: To intermediate 475-3 (1.13 g, 3.88 mmol) and 2, 5 -dihydrofuran (2.72 g, 38.8 mmol) in DCM (12 mL) was added TEA (1.62 mL, 11.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at it for 14h, concentrated under vacuum and the residue purified using silica gel chromatography to yield intermediate 475-4 (440 mg, 35% yield). MS (ESI) /z: 325.2 (M+H).
475-5: Preparation of 3-chloro-2-(dimethylamino)-5-(3a,4,6,6a-tetrahydrofuro[3,4- d]isoxazol-3-yl)benzoic acid:
To a solution of intermediate 475-4 (100 mg, 0.308 mmol) in THF (3 mL) and water (1.000 mL) was added LiOH (0.462 mL, 0.924 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at rt for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and used without further manipulation in the next step. MS (ESI) mlz 311.1 (M+H).
Example 475: (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-3-(3-chloro-2-(dimethylamino)-5-(3a,4,6,6a- tetrahydrofuro[3,4-d]isoxazol-3-yl)benzamido)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-7- (2,2,2-trifluoroethylidene)bicyclo [2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide 475 was prepared using the general procedures described for 378 by using cyclopropyl norbomyl intermediate 166-2 (75 mg, 0. 15 mmol) and intermediate 475-5 to yield Exmple 475 (first eluting stereoisomer via reverse phase HPLC, 55 mg, 17% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 10.45 (br d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 9.88 (br d, 7=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (br d, 7=4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.85 - 7.80 (m, 1H), 7.77 (br d, 7=4.3 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (br t, 7=9.8 Hz, 1H), 5.42 - 5.29 (m, 1H), 4.67 (br d, 7=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.55 - 4.37 (m, 2H), 4.09 (br dd, 7=10.8, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (br d, 7=9.8 Hz, 1H), 3.70 - 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.15 (br d, 7=11.0 Hz, 1H), 3.07 (br s, 1H), 2.82 (s, 6H), 2.72 (br s, 1H), 1.92 (br d, 7=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.60 - 1.47 (m, 1H), 1.42 (br d, 7=18.3 Hz, 2H), 0.82 - 0.65 (m, 2H), 0.34 (br s, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z = 661.0 (M+H). HPLC Purity: 99 %; Retention Time: 2.96 min; Method B.
Example 489 & 530
Figure imgf000449_0001
Intermediate 489-1:
Figure imgf000449_0002
Dess-Martin periodmane (417 mg, 0.983 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 5-(5- (hydroxymethyl)-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2- methoxybenzoate 429-8 (2.75 grams, 9.01 mmol) in DCM (90 mL). After 3h, the reaction solution was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed successively with NFH4Cl solution and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to give methyl 5-(5- formyl-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzoate 489-1 (1.46 grams, 53%) as a white solid. LC-MS RT = 0.97 min; (M+H) = 304. 1; Method A.
Intermediate 489-2:
Figure imgf000449_0003
To a solution of 489-1 (100 mg, 0.330 mmol) in THF (3.3 mL) was added trimethyl(trifluoromethyl)silane (188 mg, 1.32 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The solution was cooled to 0 °C and TBAF (0.40 mL, 0.40 mmol) was added. After 10 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to come to rt and stirred for 14h. The reaction was quenched with MeOH, concentrated under reduced pressure onto Celite®, and purified by silica gel chromatography to give methyl 2-methoxy-5-(5-(2,2,2-trifluoro-l- hydroxyethyl)-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H-cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)benzoate 489-2 (82.2 mg, 66.8%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.05 - 8.01 (m, 1H), 7.84 (ddd, J=8.8, 4.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.04 - 6.98 (m, 1H), 5.24 - 5.17 (m, 1H), 4.08 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 3H), 3.89 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 3H), 2.38 - 2.23 (m, 2H), 2.10 - 1.96 (m, 2H), 1.89 - 1.81 (m, 1H). LC-MS RT = 0.834 min; (M+H) = 374; Method C.
Intermediate 489-3:
Figure imgf000450_0001
A solution of LiOH monohydrate (27.0 mg, 0.643 mmol) in H2O (0.5 mL) was added to 489-2 (80 mg, 0.214 mmol) in THF (2.1 mL)/MeOH (2.1 mL). After 3h, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water, acidified with 1.0M HC1 solution, extracted with EtOAc, the extract washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Intermediate 489-3 (71.7 mg, 93%) was carried forward to the next reaction without further manipulation. LC-MS RT = 0.759 min; (M+H) = 360.0; Method C.
Example 489 was prepared by the coupling intermediate 489-3 (3.95 mg, 0.014 mmol) with intermediate 166-2 (5 mg, 0.014 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) with DIEA (0.012 mL, 0.068 mmol) and BOP (6.60 mg, 0.015 mmol). After 3 h, the reaction mixture was filtered and purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(2- methoxy-5-(5-(2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-3a,5,6,6a-tetrahydro-4H- cyclopenta[d]isoxazol-3-yl)benzamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide
Example 489 (52 mg, 35%) as the first eluting peak (RT = 10.87 mm). 1H NMR: (500 MHz, DMSO-dh) 8 10.53 - 10.49 (m, 1H), 9.93 - 9.89 (m, 1H), 8.25 - 8.20 (m, 2H), 7.83 - 7.76 (m, 2H), 7.48 (t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.16 - 5.09 (m, 1H), 4.69 (d, 7=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.47 - 4.40 (m, 1H), 4.28 - 4.21 (m, 1H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 3.99 - 3.92 (m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, 7=10.7, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (br s, 1H), 2.74 - 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.06 - 1.96 (m, 2H), 1.94 - 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.86 - 1.72 (m, 4H), 1.54 - 1.35 (m, 3H), 0.78 - 0.69 (m, 2H), 0.38 - 0.31 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT = 2.379 min; (M+H) = 710.4; Method C.
Example 530 (25 mg, 17%) was isolated as the second eluting peak (11.52 min) from reverse phase preparative HPLC of Example 489. 1H NMR: (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.53 (s, 1H), 9.92 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.27 - 8.21 (m, 2H), 7.84 - 7.77 (m, 2H), 7.49 (t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.15 (dd, J=8.9, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (ddd, J=10.3, 6.4, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (t, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.99 - 3.92 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=10.8, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.11 (t, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 2.73 (t, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 2.04 - 1.89 (m, 3H), 1.86 - 1.76 (m, 4H), 1.54 - 1.47 (m, 1H), 1.45 - 1.38 (m, 2H), 0.79 - 0.70 (m, 2H), 0.39 - 0.33 (m, 2H). LC-MS RT = 2.382 mm; (M+H) = 710.4; Method C.
Example 511
Figure imgf000451_0001
Intermediate 511-1:
Figure imgf000451_0002
7-(4-methoxy-3-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)-5-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.4]oct-6-ene-2-carboxylic acid, 511-1 was prepared as described for intermediate 378-2 substituting 3- methylenecyclobutane-1 -carboxylic acid for allyl alcohol to afford (1 g, 3 mmol, 200 % yield) as a tan solid which was earned onto the next step without purification.
LCMS(ESI) m/z: 320 (M+H).+
Intermediate 511-2:
Figure imgf000452_0001
To intermediate 511-1 (0.6 g, 2 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added BH3.Me2S (1.4 mL, 2.9 mmol). After 24h, an additional equivalent of BH3.Me2S was added and after a further 6h, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice and IN HC1 (10 mL) and the aqueous solution extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (15 mL) and dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by normal phase silica gel chromatography elueting with hexanes/EtOAc to afford intermediate 511-2 (170 mg, 0.56 mmol, 27 % yield) as a white solid.1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.05 - 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.90 - 7.82 (m, 1H), 7.06 - 6.97 (m, 1H), 3.97 - 3.93 (m, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.70 (d, 7=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.73 - 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.62 - 2.54 (m, 1H), 2.52 - 2.44 (m, 1H), 2.40 - 2.31 (m, 1H), 2.22 - 2.14 (m, 2H), 1.87 (t, J=1.2 Hz, 1H). LCMS(ESI) m/z 306.1 (M+H).+
Intermediate 511-3:
Figure imgf000452_0002
Preparation of 5-(2-(hydroxymethyl)-5-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.4]oct-6-en-7-yl)-2- methoxybenzoic acid. Intermediate 511-3 (135 mg, 0.460 mmol. 83.0 % yield) was prepared by hydrolysis of 511-2 as described in 378-3. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.22 (dd, J=5.2, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.18 - 8.12 (m, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J=8.8, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (d, .7=1.8 Hz, 3H), 3.73 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.48 (s, 1H), 3.42 (s, 1H), 2.55 - 2.42 (m, 1H), 2.43 - 2.33 (m, 3H), 2.27 - 2.15 (m, 3H). LCMS(ESI) m/z 291.2 (M+H).+
Example 511 (7.0 mg, 11 pmol, 40 % yield) was prepared by the procedure described for example 452, substituting intermediate 511-3 for intermediate 452-3. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 10.54 (s, 1H), 9.91 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.36 - 8.15 (m, 2H), 7.86 - 7.73 (m, 2H), 7.50 (t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.35 - 7.23 (m, 1H), 4.71 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.53 - 4.36 (m, 1H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 1H), 3.49 - 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.18 (br dd, J=10.7, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (br s, 1H), 2.74 (br s, 1H), 2.49 - 2.40 (m, 1H), 2.38 - 2.31 (m, 1H), 2.30 - 2.21 (m, 1H), 2.15 - 2.09 (m, 2H), 2.08 (br s, 1H), 1.94 - 1.83 (m, 1H), 1.83 - 1.73 (m, 1H), 1.62 - 1.48 (m, 1H), 1.47 - 1.33 (m, 2H), 0.85 - 0.65 (m, 2H), 0.37 (br s, 2H). LCMS(ESI) m/z: 642.91 (M+H).+ HPLC purity 100 % with retention time 2.42 min. [method B]
Figure imgf000453_0001
Intermediate 536-1
Figure imgf000453_0002
To a solution of dianhydro-D-glucitol (3.0 g, 21 mmol) dissolved in DCM (80 mL) was added imidazole (2.8 g, 41 mmol) and cooled to 0 °C. To this mixture was added TBSC1 (3.9 g, 26 mmol) and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt for 14h. The reaction mixture was washed with water and the organic portion was concentrated under reduced pressure, then purified by silica gel chromatography utilizing in-line light scattering detection to afford Intermediate 536-1, Isolate 02, (3R,3aR,6S,6aS)-6-((tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)hexahydrofuro[3,2-b]furan-3-ol (1.8 g, 7.0 mmol, 34 % yield). H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 4.70 - 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.39 - 4.23 (m, 3H), 3.97 - 3.82 (m, 3H), 3.55 (dd, 7=9.4, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.69 (d, 7=7.7 Hz, 1H), 0.97 - 0.84 (m, 9H), 0.13 (d, 7=2.0 Hz, 6H)
Peak 3, (3S,3aR,6R,6aS)-6-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)hexahydrofuro[3,2-b]furan-3-ol (0.92 g, 3.5 mmol, 17 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 4.56 (t, 7=4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (d, 7=4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.37 - 4.29 (m, 2H), 4.04 - 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.95 - 3.88 (m, 1H), 3.80 (dd, 7=8.6, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (dd, 7=8.8, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 1.83 (d, 7=5.3 Hz, 1H), 0.99 - 0.87 (m, 9H), 0.15 (d, 7=5.7 Hz, 6H).
Intermediate 536-2
Figure imgf000454_0001
To a solution of 536-1 (1.9 g, 7.1 mmol) dissolved in DCM (24 mL) was added Dess- Martin periodinane (6. 1 g, 14 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 14h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between DCM and pH 7.4 aqueous buffer, and extracted with DCM. The combined organic portions were concentrated under reduced pressure, then purified by silica gel chromatography utilizing in-line light scattering detection detection to afford (3aS,6S,6aS)-6-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)tetrahydrofuro[3,2- b]furan-3(2H)-one (1.4 g, 5.4 mmol, 75 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCL3) 6 4.63 (d, 7=4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (d, 7=3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (d, 7=4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (d, 7=17.4 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (dd, 7=9.5, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 3.95 - 3.89 (m, 2H), 0.94 - 0.88 (m, 9H), 0.12 (d, 7=4.4 Hz, 6H).
Intermediate 536-3
Figure imgf000454_0002
A solution of 536-2 (1.4 g, 5.4 mmol) dissolved in THF (5.4 mL) was cooled to 0 °C, (4- methoxyphenyl)magnesium bromide (11 mL, 5.4 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 48h. The reaction mixture was partitioned with sat NH4CI and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure, then purified via silica gel chromatography to afford (3R,3aS,6S,6aS)-6-((tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)hexahydrofuro[3,2-b]furan-3-ol (1.5 g, 4.1 mmol, 76 % yield): 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.49 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.93 (d, .7=8.9 Hz, 2H), 4.45 - 4.38 (m, 3H), 4.12 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.05 - 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.98 - 3.93 (m, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.79 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.48 (s, 1H), 0.91 - 0.85 (m, 9H), 0.11 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 6H).
Intermediate 536-4
Figure imgf000455_0001
To 536-3 (0.50 g, 1.4 mmol) was added TBAF IM in THF (1.4 mL, 1.4 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 14h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, and washed successively with water, and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4 filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure, then purified by silica gel chromatography to afford (3R,3aS,6S,6aR)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)hexahydrofuro[3,2- b]furan-3,6-diol (0.23 g, 0.92 mmol, 67 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 6 7.53 - 7.43 (m, 2H), 6.99 - 6.89 (m, 2H), 4.55 (d, .7=4,1 Hz, 1H), 4.52 - 4.45 (m, 2H), 4.14 - 4.01 (m, 3H), 3.88 - 3.78 (m, 4H), 3.40 (s, 1H).
Intermediate 536-5
Figure imgf000455_0002
To a solution of 536-4 (0.080 g, 0.32 mmol) dissolved in DCM (1 mL) was added tri ethylsilane (0.15 mL, 0.95 mmol) and TFA (1 mL), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 14h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, then purified by silica gel chromatography to afford (3S,3aR,6R,6aR)-6-(4- methoxyphenyl)hexahydrofuro[3,2-b]furan-3-ol (0.050 g, 0.21 mmol, 67 % yield).
Figure imgf000456_0001
NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.25 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.90 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.84 (t, J=3.8 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 4.43 - 4.38 (m, 1H), 4.23 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (dd, J=10.1, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 3.91 - 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.41 (ddd, J=11.6, 7.8, 4.0 Hz, 1H)
Intermediate 536-6
Figure imgf000456_0002
To a solution of 536-5 (0.050 g, 0.21 mmol) dissolved in acetone (2.1 mL) was added NBS (0.040 g, 0.22 mmol) followed by 1 drop of IN HC1 and stirred for 14h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with IM pH 7.4 phosphate buffer. The organic portion was concentrated under reduced pressure, then purified by silica gel chromatography to afford (3S,3aR,6R,6aR)-6-(3-bromo-4- methoxyphenyl)hexahydrofuro[3,2-b]furan-3-ol (quantitative) which was used in the next step without futher manipulation.
To a slurry of (3S,3aR,6R,6aR)-6-(3-bromo-4-methoxyphenyl)hexahydrofuro[3,2- b]furan-3-ol (0.090 g, 0,21 mmol) dissolved in DMF (2.6 mL) was added Pd(OAc)2 (0.019 g, 0.085 mmol), l,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane (0.035 g, 0.085 mmol), TEA (0.12 mL, 0.85 mmol), and water (0.29 mL). The reaction mixture was blanketed under CO (100 psi) and heated to 100 °C for 14h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, partitioned with 1 N HC1, and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic portions were concentrated under reduced pressure, then used without further mainpulation in the next step as 5-((3R,3aR,6S,6aR)-6-hydroxyhexahydrofuro[3,2-b]furan-3-yl)-2- methoxybenzoic acid (0.046 g, 0.16 mmol, 785 yield, two steps).
Example 536
To a solution of 166-2 (0.060 g, 0.16 mmol) dissolved in ACN (3.3 mL) was added 536- 6 (0.046 g, 0. 16 mmol), DIEA (0.085 mL, 0.49 mmol) and HATU (0.062 g, 0. 16 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with methanol and purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC to afford (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-7- (cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-3-(5-((3R,3aR,6S,6aR)- 6-hydroxyhexahydrofuro[3,2-b]furan-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzamido)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 2-carboxamide (13 mg, 0.021 mmol, 13 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5
10.53 (s, 1H), 9.84 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (br d, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.83 - 7.71 (m, 1H), 7.50 (br t, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (br d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (d, J=3.4 Hz, 1H), 4.76 - 4.61 (m, 2H), 4.52 - 4.39 (m, 2H), 4.17 - 4.06 (m, 2H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.81 (br dd, J=9.2, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 3.73 - 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.17 (br dd, J=10.8, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (br s, 1H), 2.73 (br s, 1H), 1.91 - 1.84 (m, 1H), 1.83 - 1.71 (m, 1H), 1.51 (br dd, J=8.2, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 1.47 - 1.31 (m, 2H), 0.82 - 0.67 (m, 2H), 0.37 (br s, 2H). LC-MS RT: 2.34 mm; MS (ESI) m/z 631.2 (M+H)+; Method A.
Example 565
Figure imgf000457_0001
To a solution of intermediate 447-1 (20 mg, 0.028 mmol) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added cyclopentanamine (24 mg, 0.28 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 14h, then concentrated under reduced pressure, dissolved in MeOH, and filtered through a syringe filter. The residue was purified via preparative reverse phase HPLC to furnish Example
565 (12.2 mg, 84%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de) 8 10.01 (d, .7=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8. 15 (d, .7=2,4 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (d, .7=7,6 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, 7=8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, 7=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (dd, J=9.6, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (dd, 7=8.3, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.34 - 4.22 (m, 1H), 4.09 (d, 7=10.8 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (s, 4H), 3.90 (d, 7=9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.81 - 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.66 (dd, 7=10.6, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.09 - 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.88 (dd, 7=11.1, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 1.88 - 1.70 (m, 4H), 1.65 - 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.53 - 1.40 (m, 3H), 1.39 - 1.26 (m, 4H), 0.76 - 0.64 (m, 2H), 0.32 (br d, 7=3.5 Hz, 2H). One proton is not visible in NMR, likely due to overlap with solvent peak. LC-MS RT: 2. 14 min; MS (ESI) m/z 520.4 (M+H)+; Method B. Example 578
Figure imgf000458_0001
Intermediates 578-1 and 578-2:
Figure imgf000458_0002
A solution of (S,E)-N-(cyclobutylmethylene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (0.500 g, 2.67 mmol) was cooled in a dry ice/acetone bath. Ethylmagnesium bromide (3.6 M in 2Me-THF) (1.48 mL, 5.34 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt for 14h. The reaction mixture was quenched with sat. ammonium chloride solution and extracted twice with DCM. The organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified via silica gel chromatography to furnish 533 mg of a mixture of diastereomers. The diastereomers were separated via preparative SFC with the following conditions: Instrument: PIC Solution SFC Prep-200; Column: Chiralpak AD-H, 21 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile Phase 15% isopropanol- acetontrile, 85% CO2; Flow Rate: 45 mL/min, 150 Bar; Column Temperature: 40 °C.
(S)-N-((S)-l-cyclobutylpropyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide Intermediate 578-1 Peak 1 RT: 6 min (70 mg, 0.32 mmol, 12 % yield). Analytical SFC conditions: Instrument: Shimadzu Nexera SFC; Column: Chiralpak AD-H, 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micron; Mobile Phase 10% isopropanol-acetontrile, 90% CO2; Flow Rate: 42 mL/min, 150 Bar; Column Temperature: 40 °C. RT: 2.09 min MS (ESI) m/z 218(M+H)+
(S)-N-((R)-l-cyclobutylpropyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide Intermediate 578-2 Peak 2 RT: 8.7 min. (350 mg, 1.61 mmol, 60.3 % yield). Analytical SFC conditions: Instrument: Shimadzu Nexera SFC; Column: Chiralpak AD-H, 4.6 x 100 mm, 3 micron; Mobile Phase 10% isopropanol-acetontnle, 90% CO2; Flow Rate: 42 mL/min, 150 Bar; Column Temperature: 40 °C. RT: 2.26 min MS (ESI) m/z 218(M+H)+.
Intermediate 578-3:
Figure imgf000459_0001
To a solution of 578-2 (350 mg, 1.61 mmol) in MeOH (0.8 mL) was added HCI (4M in dioxane) (0.81 mL, 3.2 mmol). After 45 minutes, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Et20 was added, then the solid was filtered off and washed with Et2O/hexanes. The solid was collected and dried under vacuum to give (R)-l-cyclobutylpropan-l -amine 578-3 (175 mg, 1.55 mmol, 96 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 3.06 - 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.55 - 2.41 (m, 1H), 2.17 - 2.04 (m, 2H), 2.03 - 1.80 (m, 4H), 1.73 - 1.59 (m, 1H), 1.55 - 1.42 (m, 1H), 0.99 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H).
Example 578
Example 578 (4.8 mg, 49%) was prepared from 578-3 following the procedure given for Example 378. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.04 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, .7=8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (br d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (dd, J=9.2, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (br t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.33 - 4.24 (m, 1H), 4.09 (d, J=10.7 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.92 - 3.87 (m, 1H), 3.77 (dd, J=9.2, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.71 - 3.59 (m, 2H), 3.09 - 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.98 - 2.88 (m, 1H), 2.33 - 2.19 (m, 1H), 1.95 - 1.60 (m, 8H), 1.51 - 1.41 (m, 1H), 1.40 - 1.25 (m, 3H), 1.19 - 1.03 (m, 1H), 0.82 - 0.62 (m, 5H), 0.31 (dd, J=4.5, 2.2 Hz, 2H). One proton is not visible in NMR, likely due to overlap with solvent peak. LC-MS RT: 2.58 min; MS (ESI) m/z 548.2 (M+H)+; Method B.
Example 589 and 629:
Figure imgf000460_0001
Intermediate 589-1:
Figure imgf000460_0002
To a suspension of isobenzofuran- 1, 3-dione (372 mg, 2.51 mmol) and cyclopent-3-en-l- amine, HC1 (300 mg, 2,51 mmol) in toluene (25 mL) was added Hunig's base (0.44 mL, 2.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 120 °C. After ca. 5.5 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified via silica gel chromatography to furnish Intermediate 589-1 (369 mg, 69%). NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.88 - 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.76 - 7.67 (m, 2H), 5.81 (s, 2H), 5.02 (tt, J=9.6, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 2.93 - 2.82 (m, 2H), 2.74 - 2.63 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 589-2 and 589-3:
Figure imgf000460_0003
Intermediate 589-2
In each of four pressure vials, sodium trifluoromethanesulfinate (234 mg, 1.50 mmol), 9- mesityl-10-methylacridin- 10-ium, tetrafluoroborate salt (15 mg, 0.038 mmol), and rac-2- ((lR,3R)-3-(trifluoromethyl)cyclopentyl)isoindoline-l, 3-dione (273 mg, 0.964 mmol) were suspended in CHC13 (3.4 mL) and trifluoroethanol (0.38 mL). Nitrogen was bubbled through the solution, then methyl 2-mercaptobenzoate (25 mg, 0.15 mmol) was added, and nitrogen was bubbled through the solution briefly. The vial was sealed and irradiated with a KSH 150B blue Kessil grow lamp, 34W, 461 nm lambda max for 48h. The reaction mixture was removed from the photoreactor and poured into saturated aq. NaHCOi. The reaction mixture was extracted three times with DCM. The organic layers were dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via silica gel chromatography.
The first eluting peak was trans product rac-2-((lR,3R)-3- (trifluoromethyl)cyclopentyl)isoindoline-l,3-dione Intermediate 589-2 (273 mg, 0.964 mmol, 32.1 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.84 (dd, J=5.4, 3.1 Hz, 2H), 7.77 - 7.68 (m, 2H), 4.88 - 4.72 (m, 1H), 3.22 - 3.06 (m, 1H), 2.37 (ddd, J=14.0, 9.6, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.29 - 2.05 (m, 4H), 1.85 - 1.70 (m, 1H)
The second eluting peak was cis product Intermediate 589-3 rac-2-((lR,3S)-3- (trifluoromethyl)cyclopentyl)isoindoline-l,3-dione (38 mg, 0.134 mmol, 4.47 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.90 - 7.79 (m, 2H), 7.77 - 7.65 (m, 2H), 4.73 - 4.58 (m, 1H), 2.83 - 2.59 (m, 1H), 2.55 - 2.30 (m, 2H), 2.22 - 2.08 (m, 2H), 2.06 - 1.84 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 589-4:
[Rac]
Figure imgf000461_0001
To a suspension of Intermediate 589-2 in EtOH (1.8 mL) was added hydrazine hydrate (29 pl, 0.39 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 75 °C. After ca. 30 minutes, 1 mL EtOH was added. After 2.5 hours, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool, diluted with EtOH and filtered. 90 pL 4M HC1 in dioxane was added to the filtrate and the solutionconcentrated in vacuo. The residue obtained contained ca. 0.25 equiv of phthalazidinone. The residue was suspended in EtOH and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give Intermediate 589-4 rac-(lR,3R)-3- (trifluoromethyl)cyclopentan-l -amine, HC1 (83 mg, 0.44 mmol, 120 % yield) which contained ca. 0.1 equivalent of phthalazadinone. H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 3.74 - 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.06 - 2.91 (m, 1H), 2.29 - 2.09 (m, 3H), 2.00 - 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.85 - 1.64 (m, 2H).
Example 629 and 589:
The diastereomeric mixture of Example 629 and 589 was prepared according to the procedure given for Example 565. The diastereomers were separate via preparative SFC with the following conditions: Column: Chiral OD, 30 x 250 mm, 5 micron; Mobile Phase 80% CO2/ 20% IPA w/0.1%DEA; Flow Rate: 100 mL/min, 120 Bar; Column Temperature: 40 °C.
First eluting peak (RT=13.5 min) is Example 629 (0.8 mg, 3.7%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.95 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (br d, J=2.1 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (br d, 7=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.29 - 7.20 (m, 1H), 5.34 (br dd, 7=9.2, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (br d, 7=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (br t, 7=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.35 - 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.18 - 4.07 (m, 2H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.94 - 3.86 (m, 1H), 3.82 - 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.69 - 3.61 (m, 1H), 3.05 (br s, 1H), 2.98 - 2.82 (m, 2H), 2.04 - 1.40 (m, 9H), 1.39 - 1.26 (m, 2H), 0.76 - 0.65 (m, 2H), 0.32 (br d, 7=2.4 Hz, 2H). One proton is not visible in NMR, likely due to overlap with suppressed water peak. LC- MS RT: 2.30 min; MS (ESI) m/z 588.3 (M+H)+; Method B.
Second eluting peak (RT=16.0 min) is Example 589 (0.7 mg, 3.4%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 9.95 (br d, 7=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (br d, 7=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (br d, 7=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.29 - 7.18 (m, 1H), 5.40 - 5.27 (m, 1H), 4.62 (br d, 7=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.54 - 4.45 (m, 1H), 4.35 - 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.16 - 4.06 (m, 2H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.90 (br d, 7=5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.82 - 3.74 (m, 1H), 3.66 (br dd, 7=7.0, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 3.08 - 3.02 (m, 1H), 2.98 - 2.83 (m, 2H), 2.02 - 1.41 (m, 9H), 1.40 - 1.26 (m, 2H), 0.76 - 0.66 (m, 2H), 0.32 (br d, 7=3.7 Hz, 2H). LC-MS RT: 2.23 mm; MS (ESI) m/z 588.5 (M+H)+; Method B.
Example 591
Figure imgf000463_0001
Preparation of intermediate 591-1. 5-(4-isopropyl-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-l,2,4- oxadiazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzoic acid. LDA was generated by the addition of nBuLi (2.7M, 2.3 mL, 6.3 mmol) to a THF (15 mL) solution of disopropylamine (0.64 g, 6.33 mmol) cooled to -78 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred cold for 0.5 h and methyl-3- cyclopentene carboxylate (0.4 g, 3.0 mmol) added followed by idodomethane (0.2 mL,3.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred cold for 4 h and gradually allowed to warm up to r.t. for 14h. To the reaction mixture was then added methyl (E)-5- (chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)-2-methoxybenzoate (1.05 g, 4.32 mmol) followed by the addtion of TEA (1.4 mL, 9.1 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirred at r.t. for 14h, The reaction was quenched by the addition of dil HC1 (IN, 10 ml) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 25 mL). The combined organic portion wasdried (MgSC ), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to an oil. The oil was purified via silica gel chromatography using hexane/EtOAc as eluant to afford methyl 5-(4-isopropyl-5,5- dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-l,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)-2-methoxybenzoate intermediate by product (75 mg, 8 % yield) as a solid. The solid was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and to the solution was added LiOH (10 mg. 0.24 mmol) and water (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 14h at r.t. then concentrated under reduced pressure and quenched with dil HC1 (IN, 5 mL). The solution was transferred to a separatory funnel and extracted the with EtOAc (2x25 mL), the organic portion dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to a solid 591-1 (60 mg, 85 % yield) which was used without further manipulation. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.29 - 8. 19 (m, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J=8.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (s, 3H), 3.61 (spt, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 1.63 (s, 6H), 1.84 - 0.82 (d, 6H). LCMS m/z = 293.3 (M+H)+.
Example 591. Intermediate 591-1 (9 mg, 0.03 mmol) was coupled to 166-2 (11.34 mg, 0.03 mmol) with BOP (13.62 mg, 0.03 mmol) reagent, and Hunig's base (0.1 mL) as described for example 378 to afford example 591 as a solid (8.4 mg, 41% yield) after purification by preparative reverse phase HPLC. HPLC purity: 96.5 %; RT= 2.67 min [Method B], LCMS m/z = 643.18 (M+H)+. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.54 (s, 1H), 9.96 (br d, 7=6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (br d, 7=4.0 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (d, 7=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (br d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J=8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (br t, JJ9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, 7=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (br s, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 3.68 - 3.48 (m, 1H), 3.41 (br s, 1H), 3.28 - 3.13 (m, 1H), 3.11 (br s, 1H), 2.73 (br s, 1H), 1.92 - 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.51 (s, 6H), 1.43 (br t, J=10.7 Hz, 2H), 1.06 (br d, J=6.7 Hz, 6H), 0.86 - 0.66 (m, 2H), 0.36 (br s, 2H)
Example 594
Figure imgf000464_0001
Preparation of intermediate 594-1.
Figure imgf000464_0002
Intermediate 594-1 (434 mg, 60.0% yield) was prepared in a similar manner as described for example 378 by the cycloadditon of methyl (Z)-5-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)-2- methoxybenzoate (530 mg, 2.18 mol) with t-butylpropiolate (274 mg, 2.17 mmol) and TEA (2 mL) in DCM as previously described. LCMS m/z = 334.3 (M+H)+.
Preparation of intermediate 594-2.
Figure imgf000465_0001
Intermediate 594-1 (100 mg, 0.30 mmol) was hydrolysed with LiOH (12 mg, 0.35 mmol) in methanol/water as previously described in Example 378 to afford 594-2 (75 mg) as a mixture of two products. LCMS m/z = 278.2 (M+H) for the desired product. The other by product was the cleavage of the t-butyl ester to the acid prduct. The crude mixture was carried on to the next step without further manipulation
Preparation of intermediate 594-3.
Figure imgf000465_0002
Intermediate 594-2 (60 mg, 0.22 mmol, part as a mixture) was dissolved in DMF (1 mL) and to this was added 4-OH-piperidine (22 mg, 0.22 mmol) followed by BOP (6 mg, 0.22 mmol) reagent and Hunig's base (0.1 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 14 h, quenched with water (25 mL) and extractedwith EtOAc (2x25 mL). The combined organic portion was dried and concentrated in vacuo to an oil. LCMS m/z = 361.2 (M+H). The oil obtained was dissolved in methanol (1 mL) and to this was added LiOH (10 mg, 0.2 mmol) followed by water (1 mL) and the reaction mixture stirred for 14 h The reaction mixture was diluted with water (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2x25 mL). The combined organic portion was dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to yield 594-3 as an oil (LCMS m/z = 347.3 (M+H) which was used without further purification in the next step. Example 594. Intermediate 594-3 (8 mg, 0.02 mmol) was coupled to 166-2 (8.5 mg, 0.020 mmol) with BOP (10 mg, 0.02 mmol) reagent, and Hunig's base (0. 1 mL) to afford Example 594 as a solid (3.6 mg, 22% yield) after purification by preparative LC/MS with the following conditions: Column: XBridge C18, 200 mm x 19 mm, 5-pm particles; Mobile Phase A: 5:95 acetonitrile: water with 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid; Mobile Phase B: 95:5 acetonitrile: water with 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid. HPLC purity: 98.1 %; RT= 2.30 min [Method B], LCMS m/z = 697.01 (M+H)+. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 10.55 (s, 1H), 9.94 (br d, ,7=6.4 Hz, 1H), 9.26 - 9.19 (m, 1H), 8.27 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (br d, ,7=4.6 Hz. 1H), 7.80 (br dd. ,7=8.6. 2.1 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (br t, ,7=9.7 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, ,7=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27 - 7.21 (bs, 1H), 7.17 - 7.13 (bs, 1H), 7.09 (bs, 1H)4.69 (d, ,7=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (br s, 1H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.67 (br s, 1H), 3.51 (m, 2H), 3.34 - 3.13 (m, 1H), 3.10 (br s, 1H), 2.80 - 2.63 (m, 1H), 1.83 (br d, ,7=9.8 Hz, 1H), 1.77 (br s, 2H), 1.50 (br s, 1H), 1.45 (br s, 1H), 1.41 (br s, 2H), 1.16 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 1.10 (br s, 1H), 0.86 - 0.68 (m, 2H), 0.35 (br s, 2H)
Example 626
Figure imgf000466_0001
Intermediate 626-1
Figure imgf000466_0002
Preparation of 2-cyclopropyl-4-methoxybenzaldehyde. Intermediate 626-1 (0.30 g, 1.9 mmol, 84 % yield) was prepared in the manner described for example 12 substituting 2- bromo-4-methoxybenzaldehyde and cyclopropylboronic acid for example 11 and furan-3- ylboronic acid and dioxane for THF. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 10.46 (s, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (dd, J=8.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=2,4 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.70 (ft, J=8.5, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 1.15 - 1.07 (m, 2H), 0.86 - 0.76 (m, 2H). LCMS(ESI) m/z:177.1 (M+H).+
Intermediate 626-2
Figure imgf000467_0001
Preparation of 5-bromo-2-cyclopropyl-4-methoxybenzaldehyde. To 626-1 (0.30 g, 1.9 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL), cooled to 0 °C, was added pyridine hydrobromide perbromide (0.60 g, 1.9 mmol). After 24 h, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by normal phase silica gel chromatography elueting with hexanes/EtOAc to afford intermediate 626-2 (0.31 g, 1.2 mmol, 65 % yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 10.45 (s, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 2.68 - 2.55 (m, 1H), 1.20 - 1.11 (m, 2H), 0.88 - 0.78 (m, 2H).
Intermediate 626-3:
Figure imgf000467_0002
Preparation of methyl 4-cyclopropyl-5-formyl-2-methoxybenzoate. Intermediate 626-3 (0.16 g, 0.70 mmol, 58% yield) was prepared in a similar manner as intermediate 323-1 with the exception of using PdOAc2, dppf and DMSO/ MeOH. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 10.40 (s, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.96 - 2.71 (m, 1H), 1.25 - 1.13 (m, 2H), 0.87 (dd, J=5.3, 1.8 Hz, 2H). LCMS(ESI) m/z:235.2 (M+H).+
Intermediate 626-4:
Figure imgf000468_0001
Preparation of 4-cyclopropyl-2-methoxy-5-(3a,4,6,6a-tetrahydrofuro[3,4-d]isoxazol-3- yl)benzoic acid. Following the general procedures for example 378 and example 416, but substituting 626-3 for methyl 5-formyl-2-methoxy benzoate afforded 626-4 (46 mg, 0.15 mmol, 91 % yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.10 (s, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 5.38 (dd, J=9.2, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (t, .7=7,5 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (d, J=10.6 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (s, 3H), 4.03 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 3.86 - 3.75 (m, 2H), 2.77 - 2.63 (m, 1H), 1.28 - 1.20 (m, 1H), 1.18 - 1.10 (m, 1H), 0.85 - 0.72 (m, 2H). LCMS(ESI) m/z 304.3 (M+H).+
Example 626. A mixture of diastereomers was prepared by BOP coupling as described in example 378 substituting cyclopropyl norbomyl intermediate 166-2 and intermediate 626-4 for intermediate 378-3 and the cyclobutyl norbomyl intermediate 369-1. The mixture of diastereomers was separated into individual isomers using chiral SFC Instrument: Waters 100 Prep SFC Column: Chiral AD, 30 x 250 mm, 5 micron, Mobile Phase: 25% MeOH / 75% CO2 w/0.1% DEA, Flow Conditions: 100 mL/min, Detector Wavelength: 220 nm; Analytical methodlntrument: Shimadzu Nexera SFC, Column Chiral AD, 4.6 x 100 mm, 5 micron, Mobile Phase: 25% MeOH I 75% CO2 w/0. 1% DEA, Flow Conditions: 2 mL/min, Detector Wavelength: 220 nm, to afford chiral peak-1 (example 626) (8.2 mg, 12 pmol, 16 % yield), RT=2.6 min., >95% de and chiral peak-2 (8.1 mg, 12 pmol, 16 % yield), RT=3.3 min., >95% de. For example 626: 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.53 (s, 1H), 9.85 (br d, .7=7,0 Hz. 1H), 8.31 - 8.18 (m, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.82 - 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 5.32 (dd, .7=9.0, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (br t, ,7=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.47 - 4.39 (m, 1H), 4. 11 (br d, ,7=10.7 Hz. 1H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 3.76 (br d, .7=8,9 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (br dd. ,7=10,5. 4.4 Hz. 1H), 3.48 (br s, 1H), 3.15 (br dd, .7=10,8, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 3.09 (br s, 1H), 2.78 - 2.67 (m, 1H), 2.41 - 2.32 (m, 1H), 1.92 - 1.81 (m, 1H), 1.79 - 1.72 (m, 1H), 1.56 - 1.46 (m, 1H), 1.45 - 1.33 (m, 2H), 1.06 (br dd, .7=8.7, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 1.02 - 0.94 (m, 1H), 0.93 - 0.87 (m, 1H), 0.87 - 0.81 (m, 1H), 0.79 - 0.67 (m, 2H), 0.35 (br s, 2H). LCMS(ESI) m/z: 653.93 (M+H).+ HPLC purity 95% with retention time 2.65 min. [method C], Example 664 and Example 702
Figure imgf000469_0001
Intermediate 664-1:
Figure imgf000469_0002
rac-tert-butyl ((lR,3S)-3-hydroxycyclopentyl)carbamate (260 mg, 1.29 mmol) was dissolved in in DCM (15 mL). Hunig’s base (1.13 mL, 6.46 mmol) and MsCl (0.101 mL, 1.29 mmol) were added. After 2 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with acetonitrile (20 mL), and tetrabutylammonium cyanide (347 mg, 1.29 mmol) was added. After 1 hour, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via silica gel chromatography to furnish 664-1 (135 mg, 50%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 4.48 (br d, .7=4,3 Hz, 1H), 4.18 - 4.05 (m, 1H), 2.99 - 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.30 - 2.13 (m, 3H), 2.06 - 1.85 (m, 2H), 1.58 - 1.49 (m, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H).
Intermediate 664-2:
Figure imgf000469_0003
rac-tert-butyl ((lR,3R)-3-cyanocyclopentyl)carbamate (65 mg, 0.31 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (1.9 mL). TFA (0.19 mL, 2.5 mmol) was added. After 3 hours, TFA (0.19 mL, 2.5 mmol) was added. After a further 1.5 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, then azeotroped with DCM and hexanes. rac-(lR,3R)-3-aminocyclopentane-l- carbonitrile, TFA (131 mg, 0.584 mmol, 189 % yield) was obtained and taken forward without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 3.99 - 3.84 (m, 1H), 2.53 - 2.34 (m, 3H), 2.31 - 2.19 (m, 1H), 2.11 - 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.85 (dt, J=14.1, 7.0 Hz, 1H). Example 642 and Example 702:
A mixture of Example 642 and Example 702 was prepared from Intermediate 642-2 according to the procedure described for Example 447. The material obtained was purified via preparative reverse phas HPLC with the following conditions: Column: XBridge C18, 200 mm x 19 mm, 5-pm particles; Mobile Phase A: 5:95 acetonitrile: water with ammonium acetate; Mobile Phase B: 95:5 acetonitrile: water with ammonium acetate; Gradient: a 0-minute hold at 25% B, 25-70% B over 30 minutes, then a 0-minute hold at 100% B; Flow Rate: 20 mL/min; Column Temperature: 25 °C. Fraction collection was triggered by MS signals. Fractions containing the desired product were combined and dried via centrifugal evaporation.
Peak 1 is Example 664 (6.3 mg, 41%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.95 (br d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.21 - 8.14 (m, 2H), 7.79 (dd, J=8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (dd, J=9.0, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (br d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (br t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 4.27 (br dd, J=6.3, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.22 - 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.09 (br d, J=10.7 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.90 (br d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (br dd, J=9.2, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.67 - 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.13 - 3.01 (m, 2H), 2.86 (br dd, J=11.0, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 2.16 - 2.01 (m, 2H), 2.00 - 1.92 (m, 1H), 1.87 - 1.78 (m, 2H), 1.78 - 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.50 - 1.40 (m, 2H), 1.39 - 1.24 (m, 2H), 0.77 - 0.64 (m, 2H), 0.31 (br d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H). One proton is not visible in NMR, likely due to overlap with solvent peak. LC-MS RT: 2.02 min; MS (ESI) m/z 545.2 (M+H)+; Method B.
Peak 2 is Example 702 (5.1, 32%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.97 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.20 - 8.12 (m, 2H), 7.79 (dd, J=8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (dd, J=9.2, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (br t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.32 - 4.24 (m, 1H), 4.23 - 4.14 (m, 1H), 4.13 - 4.06 (m, 1H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 3.90 (br d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (dd, J=9.4, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (dd, J=10.7, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.12 - 3.01 (m, 2H), 2.85 (dd, J=10.9, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 2.18 - 1.95 (m, 3H), 1.88 - 1.68 (m, 4H), 1.52 - 1.40 (m, 2H), 1.39 - 1.24 (m, 2H), 0.70 (quin, J=9.4 Hz, 2H), 0.40 - 0.21 (m, 2H). One proton is not visible in NMR, likely due to overlap with solvent peak. LC-MS RT: 1.86 min; MS (ESI) m/z 545.2 (M+H)+; Method B.
Example 699
Figure imgf000471_0001
Intermediate 699-1:
Figure imgf000471_0002
A solution of (R)-pynolidin-2-ylmethanamine, 2 HC1 (70.2 mg, 0.406 mmol) in DCM (1.9 mL) was cooled in an ice bath. Hunig's base (0.14 mL, 0.81 mmol) and methyl 5- formyl-2-methoxy benzoate (75 mg, 0.39 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to rt. After 1 hour, NBS (72.2 mg, 0.406 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 14h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified via silica gel chromatograph to furnish Intermediate 699-1 (49 mg, 46%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.18 (d, 7=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (dd, J=8.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, 7=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.09 - 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.75 (q, 7=9.4 Hz, 1H), 3.42 - 3.27 (m, 1H), 3.24 - 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.05 - 1.91 (m, 1H), 1.90 - 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.52 - 1.40 (m, 1H).
Intermediate 699-2:
Figure imgf000471_0003
To a solution of Intermediate 699-1 (49 mg, 0.18 mmol) in THF (1.9 mL) and MeOH (0.37 mL) was added LiOH (2M aqueous) (0.27 mL, 0.54 mmol). After 4 hours, the reaction mixture was acidfied to pH 3 with IM HC1 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give methyl (R)-2-methoxy-5-(5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolo[l,2-c]imidazol- 3-yl)benzoate Intermediate 699-2 (49 mg, 0.18 mmol) which was used without further purification.
Example 699 was prepared from Intermediate 699-2 by the general procedure descnbed for Example 378 (3.8 mg, 31%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 10.61 (s, 1H), 9.98 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (dd, J=6.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.83 - 7.73 (m, 1H), 7.52 - 7.43 (m, 2H), 4.69 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.55 - 4.39 (m, 2H), 4.13 (s, 3H), 4.08 (t, J=11.5 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (dd, J=11.9, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.74 - 3,64 (m, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J=10.2, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (br s, 1H), 2.73 (br s, 1H), 2.17 - 2.08 (m, 1H), 2.07 - 1.96 (m, 2H), 1.88 - 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.72 - 1.60 (m, 1H), 1.52 - 1.35 (m, 3H), 0.79 - 0.66 (m, 2H), 0.39 - 0.27 (m, 2H). One proton is not visible in NMR, likely due to overlap with suppressed water peak. LC-MS RT: 2.20 min; MS (ESI) m/z 611.2 (M+H)+;
Method B.
Example 724
Figure imgf000472_0001
Intermediate 724-1: Preparation of tert-butyl 5-bromo-2-methoxybenzoate: To a solution of 5-bromo-2-methoxybenzoic acid (3.67 g, 15.9 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added Boc- anhydride (7.38 mL, 31.8 mmol) and DMAP (0.194 g, 1.59 mmol) To this mixture was then added Z-BuOH (50 mL) and the reaction mixture was then heated for 14h at 75 °C. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under vacuum and the residue was subjected to silica gel chromatography to yield intermediate 724-1 (4. 1 g, 81% yield). 1H NMR
(500 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.81 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J=8.9, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J=8.9
Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 1.61 - 1.57 (m, 9H) Intermediate 724-2: Preparation of tert-butyl 5-(3-hydroxyprop-l-en-2-yl)-2- methoxybenzoate: To a solution of prop-2-en-l-ol (1.42 mL, 20.9 mmol) and intermediate 724-1 (1200 mg. 4.18 mmol) in DMSO (3 mL) was added TEA (1.05 mL, 7.52 mmol) and l,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane (345 mg, 0.836 mmol) under argon. To the reaction mixture was added Pd(OAc)2 (94 mg, 0.42 mmol) and the mixture was purged with argon for 10 mins. The reaction mixture was then sealed and stirred for 14h at 60 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc and the organic portion washed with brine. The organic portion was dried over MgSOi. filtered and purified using silica gel chromatography to yield intermediate 724-2 (222 mg, 19.0% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.82 (d, .7=2,4 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, .7=8.6, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, .7=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.43 (d, .7=0,8 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (q, .7=1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (d, .7=5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.92 - 3.89 (s, 3H), 1.62 - 1.59 (m, 9H)
Intermediate 724-3: Preparation of dimethyl 2-((2-(3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4- methoxyphenyl)allyl) oxy)malonate: To a solution of intermediate 724-2 (222 mg, 0.840 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) was added Rh2(OAc)4 (19 mg, 0.042 mmol). The reaction mixture was then flushed with nitrogen before heating to reflux. To this refluxing solution was then added dimethyl 2-diazomal onate (133 mg, 0.840 mmol) in toluene (1 mL) over ~5 minutes. After continued relux for 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified using silica gel chromatography to yield intermediate 724-3 (192 mg, 58.0% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.85 (d, .7=2,4 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, .7=8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, .7=8,7 Hz, 1H), 5.59 - 5.56 (m, 1H), 5.34 (d, .7=0,9 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (s, 1H), 4.55 (d, .7=0.8 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 6H), 1.60 (s, 9H).
Intermediate 724-4: Preparation of dimethyl 2-((2-(3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4- methoxyphenyl)allyl)oxy)-2-((dimethylamino)methyl)malonate: To a solution of intermediate 724-3 (192 mg, 0.487 mmol) in DCM (7 mL) was added Eschenmoser's salt (135 mg, 0.730 mmol) followed by TEA (0.10 mL, 0.73 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 14h. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified using silica gel chromatography to yield intermediate 724-4 (100 mg, 45% yield). MS (ESI) m/z = 452.5 (M+H). Intermediate 724-5: Preparation of 2-((2-(3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4- methoxyphenyl)allyl)oxy)-3-methoxy-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-N,N,N-trimethyl-3- oxopropan-l-aminium: To a solution of intermediate 724-4 (100 mg, 0.221 mmol) in acetone (5 mL) was added methyl iodide (0.021 mL, 0.33 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 14h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum to yield intermediate 724-5 which was used without further purification, (100 mg, 87% yield). MS (ESI) m/z = 466.5 (M+H).
Intermediate 724-6: Preparation of tert-butyl 2-methoxy-5-(3-((3-methoxy-3-oxoprop-l- en-2-yl)oxy)prop-l-en-2-yl)benzoate: To a solution of intermediate 724-5 (100 mg, 0.214 mmol) in DMSO (4 mL) was added NaOH (2M, 0.13 mL, 0.26 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and purified using silica gel chromatography to yield intermediate 724-6 (50 mg, 64% yield). MS (ESI) m/z = 349.0 (M+H).
Intermediate 724-7: Preparation of methyl 4-(3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4- methoxyphenyl)-2-oxabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane-l-carboxylate: To a solution of intermediate 724-6 (50 mg, 0.14 mmol) in DMSO (30 mL) was added (Ir[dF(CF3)ppy]2(dtbpy))PF6 (1.6 mg, 1.4 pmol) and the reaction mixture degassed three times under N2. The reaction mixture wasstirred for 48h in the presence of blue LED lights. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and the organic portion washed with brine. The organic portion was dried over MgSCL. filtered and purified using silica gel chromatography to yield intermediate 724-7 (13 mg, 23% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.75 (d, 7=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=8.6, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, 7=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (s, 1H), 5.07 (d, 7=0.9 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.04 - 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.88 - 2.79 (m, 2H), 1.62 - 1.59 (m, 9H)
Intermediate 724-8: Preparation of 2-methoxy-5-(l -(methoxy carbonyl)-2- oxabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-4-yl)benzoic acid, TFA: To a solution of intermediate 724-7 (13 mg, 0.037 mmol) in DCM (0.8 mL) was added TFA (0.20 mL, 2.6 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at rt for 30 mins. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under vacuum to yield intermediate 724-8 which was used without further purification, (11 mg, 95% yield). MS (ESI) m/z = 293.2 (M+H).
Intermediate 724-9: Preparation of Methyl 4-(3-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-3-((4-fluoro-3- (tri fhroromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)-7-(2, 2, 2-trifluoroethylidene)bi cyclo [2.2.1 ]heptan-2- yl)carbamoyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-oxabicyclo[2. 1. l]hexane-l -carboxylate: Intermediate 724-9 was prepared by the general procedures described for 378 by using trifluoromethyl norbomyl intermediate 170-2 (25 mg, 0.049 mmol) and intermediate 724-8 to yield intermediate 724-9 (6 mg, 20% yield). MS (ESI) m/z = 671.1 (M+H).
Example 724: 4-(3-(((lR,2R,3S,4R,Z)-3-((4-fluoro-3-
(trifhroromethyl)phenyl)carbamoyl)-7-(2,2,2-trifluoroethylidene)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2- yl)carbamoyl)-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-oxabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane-l -carboxylic acid 724 was prepared by dissolving intermediate 724-9 (6 mg, 9 μmol) in THF (2 mL) and water (0.67 mL) and adding LiOH (2 M, 0.013 mL, 0.027 mmol). The reaction mixture was then stirred at rt for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and purified using reverse phase preparative HPLC to yield 724 (4.8 mg, 75% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDiOD) 5 10.26 - 10.17 (m, 1H), 8.14 (dd, J=6.3, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 8.00 - 7.92 (m, 1H), 7.80 - 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.50 - 7.42 (m, 1H), 7.29 (t, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, .7=8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.78 - 5.71 (m, 1H), 4.67 - 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 4.01 - 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.47 - 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.40 - 3.32 (m, 1H), 3.30 - 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.95 - 2.91 (m, 1H), 2.76 - 2.70 (m, 1H), 2.44 - 2.35 (m, 2H), 2.21 - 2.13 (m, 3H), 1.63 - 1.54 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) m/z = 657.4 (M+H). HPLC Purity: 92 %; Retention Time: 1.35 min; Method A.
Examples 725-728
Figure imgf000476_0001
Intermediate 725-1
Figure imgf000476_0002
Methyl (E)-5-(3-hydroxyprop-l-en-l-yl)-2-methoxybenzoate (0.30 g, 1.3 mmol) in DMF (14 mL) was cooled to 0 °C and treated with NaH (60% in mineral oil) (0.059 g, 1.5 mmol). After 15 minutes, the reaction mixture was treated with allyl bromide (0.13 mL, 1.5 mmol) and the solution was allowed to warm to rt 14h. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated ammonium chloride solution and extracted with EtOAc (2X). The organic portions were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to furnish methyl (E)-5 -(3 -(allyloxy )prop-l-en-l-yl)-2-methoxybenzoate (0.20 g, 0.76 mmol, 57 % yield). MS (ESI) m/z 263.0 (M+H)+.
Intermediates 725-2, 726-1 to 727-1, & 728-1
Figure imgf000476_0003
To a solution of Intermediate 725-1 (0.20 g, 0.76 mmol) dissolved in acetonitrile (75 mL) was added (Ir[dF(CF3)ppy]2(dtbpy))-PF6, (9 mg, 8 pmol) and the solution irradiated with Blue LED for 60 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by SFC using two successive columns. First column: (A5-5 250 X 4.6 mm ID, 5pm Temperature: Ambient, Flow rate: 2.0 mL/min, Mobile Phase: 85/15 CCh/MeOH) followed by (AD 250 X 4.6 mm ID, 5pm, Temperature: Ambient, Flow rate: 2.0 mL/min, Mobile Phase: 90/10 CCh/MeOH) to afford 726-2 ( Peak 1 : 33 mg, 0.13 mmol. 17 % yield) MS (ESI) m/z 263.0 (M+H)+, RT = 7.2 mm, AD 250 X 4.6 mm ID, 5pm, Temperature: Ambient, Flow rate: 2.0 mL/min, Mobile Phase: 90/10 CO2/MeOH 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.67 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (dd, 7=8.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, 7=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.02 - 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.65 - 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.53 - 3.50 (m, 1H), 3.23 - 3.17 (m, 1H), 3.01 - 2.93 (m, 2H), 2.31 - 2.22 (m, 1H), 2.21 - 2.13 (m, 1H).
727-1 (Peak 2: 20 mg, 0.076 mmol. 10 % yield) MS (ESI) m/z 263.0 (M+H)+, RT = 13.2 min, A5-5 250 X 4.6 mm ID, 5pm Temperature: Ambient, Flow rate: 2.0 mL/min, Mobile Phase: 85/15 CCh/MeOH: T1 NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.70 (d, 7=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (dd, 7=8.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, 7=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (dd, J=9.2, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.63 (dd, 7=9.2, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.53 (dd, 7=9.4, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.26 - 3.19 (m, 1H), 3.04 - 2.95 (m, 2H), 2.33 - 2.24 (m, 1H), 2.22 - 2.16 (m, 1H).
728-1 (Peak 3: 5.3 mg, 0.020 mmol. 2.7 % yield), MS (ESI) m/z 263.0 (M+H)1. RT = 6.11 min, AD 250 X 4.6 mm ID, 5pm, Temperature: Ambient, Flow rate: 2.0 mL/min, Mobile Phase: 90/10 CCh/MeOH 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.58 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 7=8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (d, 7=8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.86 (d, .7=9,0 Hz, 1H), 3.73 - 3.64 (m, 2H), 3.44 (dd, 7=9.0, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.37 (dd, 7=10.0, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (q, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 3.08 - 2.99 (m, 1H), 2.46 (dddd, 7=12.3, 10.3, 8.2, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 2.13 (ddd, 7=12.1, 9.6, 6.6 Hz, 1H)
Intermediate 725-3
Figure imgf000478_0001
Intermediate 725-3 was prepared from 725-2 by the general procedure used for
Intermediate 4-2. LC-MS RT: 0.77 min; MS (ESI) m/z 249.0 (M+H)+; Method A. Example 725: Prepared from intermediate 725-3 and IV-2a according to the general procedure for Example 1 to afford (lR,2S,3R,4R,Z)-3-(5-(3-oxabicyclo[3.2.0]heptan-6- yl)-2-methoxybenzamido)-7-(cyclopropylmethylene)-N-(4-fluoro-3- (trifhioromethyl)phenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxamide (3.2 mg, 10 % yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.49 (s, 1H), 9.81 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (dd, J=6.6, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dt, J=8.5, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (t, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (dd, J=8.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.49 - 4.41 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.91 - 3.84 (m, 2H), 3.48 (dd, J=9.2, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.39 (dd, J=9.2, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 3.15 (dd, J=10.7, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 3.13 - 3.06 (m, 2H), 3.00 - 2.90 (m, 1H), 2.89 - 2.83 (m, 1H), 2.72 (t, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 2.16 (dt, J=12.3, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 2.09 - 2.01 (m, 1H), 1.87 (br t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 1.81 - 1.74 (m, 1H), 1.55 - 1.47 (m, 1H), 1.46 - 1.34 (m, 2H),
0.82 - 0.70 (m, 2H), 0.36 (dd, J=4.5, 2.5 Hz, 2H). LC-MS RT: 2.7 min; MS (ESI) m/z 599.0 (M+H)+; Method A.
Table 3
Figure imgf000479_0001
Figure imgf000480_0002
Figure imgf000480_0001
Figure imgf000481_0001
Figure imgf000482_0001
Figure imgf000483_0001
Figure imgf000484_0001
Figure imgf000485_0001
Figure imgf000486_0002
Figure imgf000486_0001
Figure imgf000486_0003
Figure imgf000487_0001
Figure imgf000488_0001
Figure imgf000489_0001
Figure imgf000490_0001
Figure imgf000491_0002
Figure imgf000491_0001
Figure imgf000492_0001
Figure imgf000493_0001
Figure imgf000494_0001
Figure imgf000495_0001
Figure imgf000496_0001
Figure imgf000497_0001
Figure imgf000498_0001
Figure imgf000499_0001
Figure imgf000500_0001
Figure imgf000501_0001
Figure imgf000502_0001
Figure imgf000503_0001
Figure imgf000504_0001
Figure imgf000505_0001
Figure imgf000505_0002
Figure imgf000506_0001
Figure imgf000507_0001
Figure imgf000508_0001
Figure imgf000509_0001
Figure imgf000510_0001
Figure imgf000511_0001
Figure imgf000512_0001
Figure imgf000513_0001
Figure imgf000514_0001
Figure imgf000515_0001
Figure imgf000516_0001
Figure imgf000517_0001
Figure imgf000517_0002
Figure imgf000518_0001
Figure imgf000519_0001
Figure imgf000520_0001
Figure imgf000521_0002
Figure imgf000521_0001
Figure imgf000522_0001
Figure imgf000523_0001
Figure imgf000524_0001
Figure imgf000525_0001
Figure imgf000526_0001
Figure imgf000527_0001
Figure imgf000528_0001
Figure imgf000529_0001
Figure imgf000530_0001
Figure imgf000531_0001
Figure imgf000532_0001
Figure imgf000533_0001
Figure imgf000533_0002
Figure imgf000534_0001
Figure imgf000535_0001
Figure imgf000536_0001
Figure imgf000537_0001
Figure imgf000538_0001
Figure imgf000539_0001
Figure imgf000540_0001
Figure imgf000541_0001
Figure imgf000542_0001
Figure imgf000543_0001
Figure imgf000544_0001
Figure imgf000545_0001
Figure imgf000546_0001
Figure imgf000547_0002
Figure imgf000547_0001
Figure imgf000547_0003
Figure imgf000548_0001
Figure imgf000549_0001
Figure imgf000550_0001
Figure imgf000551_0001
Figure imgf000552_0001
Figure imgf000553_0001
Figure imgf000554_0001
Figure imgf000555_0001
Figure imgf000556_0001
Figure imgf000557_0001
Figure imgf000558_0001
Figure imgf000559_0001
Figure imgf000560_0002
Figure imgf000560_0001
Figure imgf000561_0001
Figure imgf000562_0001
Figure imgf000563_0001
Figure imgf000564_0001
Figure imgf000565_0001
Figure imgf000566_0001
Figure imgf000567_0001
Figure imgf000568_0001
Figure imgf000569_0001
Figure imgf000570_0001
Figure imgf000571_0001
Figure imgf000572_0001
Figure imgf000573_0001
Figure imgf000574_0001
Figure imgf000575_0001
Figure imgf000576_0001
Figure imgf000577_0001
Figure imgf000578_0001
Figure imgf000579_0001
Figure imgf000580_0001
Figure imgf000581_0001
Figure imgf000582_0001
Figure imgf000583_0001
Figure imgf000584_0001
Figure imgf000585_0001
Figure imgf000586_0002
Figure imgf000586_0001
Figure imgf000587_0001
Figure imgf000588_0002
Figure imgf000588_0001
Figure imgf000589_0001
Figure imgf000590_0001
Figure imgf000591_0001
Figure imgf000592_0001
Figure imgf000593_0002
Figure imgf000593_0001
Figure imgf000593_0003
Figure imgf000594_0001
Figure imgf000595_0001
Figure imgf000596_0001
Figure imgf000597_0002
Figure imgf000597_0001
Figure imgf000597_0003
Figure imgf000598_0001
Figure imgf000599_0001
Figure imgf000600_0001
Figure imgf000601_0001
Figure imgf000602_0001
Figure imgf000603_0001
Figure imgf000604_0001
Figure imgf000605_0001
Figure imgf000606_0001
Figure imgf000607_0001
Figure imgf000608_0001
Figure imgf000609_0001
Figure imgf000610_0001
Figure imgf000611_0001
Figure imgf000612_0001
Figure imgf000613_0001
Figure imgf000614_0001
Figure imgf000614_0002
Figure imgf000615_0001
Figure imgf000616_0001
Figure imgf000617_0001
Figure imgf000618_0001
Figure imgf000619_0001
Figure imgf000620_0001
Figure imgf000621_0001
Figure imgf000622_0001
Figure imgf000623_0001
Figure imgf000624_0002
Figure imgf000624_0001
Figure imgf000624_0003
Figure imgf000625_0001
Figure imgf000626_0001
Figure imgf000627_0001
Figure imgf000628_0001
Figure imgf000629_0001
Figure imgf000630_0002
Figure imgf000630_0001
Figure imgf000630_0003
Figure imgf000631_0001
P
Figure imgf000632_0001
Figure imgf000632_0002
Figure imgf000633_0001
Figure imgf000634_0001
Figure imgf000635_0001
Figure imgf000636_0001
Figure imgf000637_0001
Figure imgf000638_0001
Figure imgf000639_0001
Figure imgf000640_0001
Figure imgf000641_0001
Figure imgf000642_0001
Figure imgf000643_0001
Figure imgf000644_0001
Figure imgf000645_0002
Figure imgf000645_0001
Figure imgf000646_0001
Figure imgf000646_0002
Figure imgf000647_0001
Figure imgf000648_0001
Figure imgf000649_0001
Figure imgf000650_0001
Figure imgf000651_0001
Figure imgf000652_0001
Figure imgf000653_0001
Figure imgf000654_0001
Figure imgf000655_0001
Figure imgf000656_0001
Figure imgf000657_0001
Figure imgf000658_0001
Figure imgf000659_0001
Figure imgf000660_0001
Figure imgf000661_0001
Figure imgf000662_0001
Figure imgf000663_0002
Figure imgf000663_0001
Figure imgf000664_0001
Figure imgf000665_0001
Figure imgf000666_0001
Figure imgf000667_0001
Figure imgf000668_0001
Figure imgf000669_0001
Figure imgf000670_0001
Figure imgf000671_0001
Figure imgf000672_0001
Figure imgf000673_0001
Figure imgf000674_0001
Figure imgf000675_0001
Figure imgf000676_0001
Figure imgf000677_0001
Figure imgf000678_0001
Figure imgf000679_0001
Figure imgf000680_0002
Figure imgf000680_0001
Figure imgf000681_0001
Figure imgf000682_0001
Figure imgf000683_0001
Figure imgf000684_0001
Figure imgf000685_0001
Figure imgf000686_0001
Figure imgf000687_0001
Figure imgf000688_0001
Figure imgf000689_0001
Figure imgf000690_0001
Figure imgf000691_0001
Figure imgf000692_0001
Figure imgf000693_0001
Figure imgf000694_0001
Figure imgf000695_0001
Figure imgf000696_0001
Figure imgf000697_0001
Figure imgf000698_0001
Figure imgf000699_0001
Figure imgf000700_0001
Figure imgf000701_0001
Figure imgf000702_0001
Figure imgf000703_0001
Figure imgf000704_0001
Figure imgf000705_0001
Figure imgf000706_0001
Figure imgf000707_0001
Figure imgf000708_0001
Figure imgf000709_0001
Figure imgf000710_0001
Figure imgf000711_0001
Figure imgf000712_0001
Figure imgf000713_0001
Figure imgf000714_0001
Figure imgf000715_0001
Figure imgf000716_0001
Figure imgf000717_0001
Figure imgf000718_0001
Figure imgf000719_0001
Figure imgf000720_0001
Figure imgf000721_0001
Figure imgf000722_0001
Figure imgf000723_0001
Figure imgf000724_0001
Figure imgf000725_0001
Figure imgf000726_0001
Figure imgf000727_0001
Figure imgf000728_0001
Figure imgf000729_0001
Figure imgf000730_0001
Figure imgf000731_0001
Figure imgf000732_0001
Figure imgf000733_0001
Figure imgf000734_0001
Figure imgf000735_0001
Figure imgf000736_0001
Figure imgf000737_0001
Figure imgf000738_0003
Figure imgf000738_0002
Figure imgf000738_0001
Figure imgf000739_0001
Figure imgf000740_0001
Figure imgf000741_0001
Figure imgf000742_0001
Figure imgf000743_0001
Figure imgf000744_0001
Figure imgf000745_0001
Figure imgf000746_0001
Figure imgf000747_0001
Figure imgf000748_0001
Figure imgf000749_0001
Figure imgf000750_0001
Figure imgf000751_0001
Figure imgf000752_0001
Figure imgf000753_0001
Figure imgf000754_0001
Figure imgf000755_0001
Figure imgf000756_0001
Figure imgf000757_0001
Figure imgf000758_0001
Figure imgf000759_0001
Figure imgf000760_0001
Figure imgf000761_0001
Figure imgf000762_0001
Figure imgf000763_0001
Figure imgf000764_0001
Figure imgf000765_0001
Figure imgf000766_0001
Figure imgf000767_0001
Figure imgf000768_0001
Figure imgf000769_0001
Figure imgf000770_0001
Figure imgf000771_0001
Figure imgf000772_0001
Figure imgf000773_0001
Figure imgf000774_0001
Figure imgf000775_0001
Figure imgf000776_0001
Figure imgf000777_0001
Figure imgf000778_0001
Figure imgf000779_0001
Figure imgf000780_0001
Figure imgf000781_0001
Figure imgf000782_0001
Figure imgf000783_0001
Figure imgf000784_0001
Figure imgf000785_0001
Figure imgf000786_0001
Figure imgf000787_0001
Figure imgf000788_0001
Figure imgf000789_0001
Figure imgf000790_0001
Figure imgf000791_0001
Figure imgf000792_0001
Figure imgf000793_0001
Figure imgf000794_0001
Figure imgf000795_0001
Figure imgf000796_0001
Figure imgf000797_0001
Figure imgf000798_0001
Figure imgf000799_0001
Figure imgf000800_0001
Figure imgf000801_0001
Figure imgf000802_0001
Figure imgf000803_0001
Figure imgf000804_0001
Figure imgf000805_0001
Figure imgf000806_0001
Figure imgf000807_0001
Figure imgf000808_0001
Figure imgf000809_0001
Figure imgf000810_0001
Figure imgf000811_0001
Figure imgf000812_0001
Figure imgf000813_0001
Figure imgf000814_0001
Figure imgf000815_0001
Figure imgf000816_0001
Figure imgf000817_0001
Figure imgf000818_0001
Figure imgf000819_0001
Figure imgf000820_0001
Figure imgf000821_0001
Figure imgf000822_0001
Figure imgf000823_0001
Figure imgf000824_0001
Figure imgf000825_0001
Figure imgf000826_0001
Figure imgf000827_0001
Figure imgf000828_0001
Figure imgf000829_0002
Figure imgf000829_0001
Figure imgf000830_0001
Figure imgf000831_0001
Figure imgf000832_0001
Figure imgf000833_0001
Figure imgf000834_0001
Figure imgf000835_0001
Figure imgf000836_0001
Figure imgf000837_0001
Figure imgf000838_0001
Figure imgf000839_0001
Figure imgf000840_0001
Figure imgf000841_0001
Figure imgf000842_0001
Figure imgf000843_0001
Figure imgf000844_0001
Figure imgf000845_0001
Figure imgf000846_0001
Figure imgf000847_0001
Figure imgf000848_0001
Figure imgf000849_0001
Figure imgf000850_0001
Figure imgf000851_0001
Figure imgf000852_0001
Figure imgf000853_0001
Figure imgf000854_0001
Figure imgf000855_0001
Figure imgf000856_0001
Figure imgf000857_0001
Figure imgf000858_0001
Figure imgf000859_0001
Figure imgf000860_0001
Figure imgf000861_0001
Figure imgf000862_0001
Figure imgf000863_0001
Figure imgf000864_0001
Figure imgf000865_0001
Figure imgf000866_0001
Figure imgf000867_0001
Figure imgf000868_0001
Figure imgf000869_0001
Figure imgf000870_0001
Figure imgf000871_0001
Figure imgf000872_0001
Figure imgf000873_0001
Figure imgf000874_0001
Figure imgf000875_0001
Figure imgf000876_0001
Figure imgf000877_0001
Figure imgf000878_0001
Figure imgf000878_0002
Figure imgf000879_0001
Figure imgf000880_0001
Figure imgf000881_0001
Figure imgf000881_0002
Figure imgf000882_0001
Figure imgf000883_0001
Figure imgf000884_0001
Figure imgf000885_0001
Figure imgf000886_0001
Figure imgf000887_0001
Figure imgf000888_0001
Figure imgf000889_0001
Figure imgf000890_0001
Figure imgf000891_0001
Figure imgf000892_0001
Figure imgf000893_0001
Figure imgf000894_0001
Figure imgf000895_0001
Figure imgf000896_0001
Figure imgf000897_0001
Figure imgf000898_0001
Figure imgf000899_0001
Figure imgf000900_0001
Figure imgf000901_0001
Figure imgf000902_0001
Figure imgf000903_0001
Figure imgf000904_0001
Figure imgf000905_0001
Figure imgf000906_0001
Figure imgf000907_0001
Figure imgf000908_0001
Figure imgf000909_0001
Figure imgf000910_0001
Figure imgf000911_0001

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000912_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
L is -0- or -NH-;
R1 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituent;
R2 is H; provided when R1 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0 aryl or C3-6 cycloalkyl, R9 is not absent; or R1 and R2 are combined to be =CR6R7 or =NOC1-4 alkyl wherein “=” is a double bond; or R1 and R2 together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached form a dioxolanyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent;
R3 is C1-8 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo, CN, -OH, or -OC1-3 alkyl substituents, - (CRdRd)n-C3-10 -carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 R4, or -(CRdRd)n-3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR4C, and substituted with 0-5 R4;
R4 is halo, CN, -OH, SF5, -S(=O)PRC, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituents, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo substituents, -(CRdRd)n- C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CRdRd)n-4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and NR4c, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
R4C IS H, C1-4 alkyl, or -S(=O)2CF3; each R5 is H, halo, -OH, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo substituents, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo substituents;
R6 is H, halo, CN, C1-7 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-7 alkenyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-7 alkynyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, -C(=O)OR6b, -C(=O)NR6bR6b, -(CH2)n- C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 R , or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, or NR14a, and substituted with 0-5 R14;
R6a is halo, -OH, -OC1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkyl, aryl, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R6b is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R7 is H or C1-4 alkyl; or R6 and R7 together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached form a cyclopentadienyl, an indanyl, or an indenyl;
R8 is H, halo, CN, -NR7R7, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo or -OH substituents, or - OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo, -OH, C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl, 4- to 9- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 -OC1-3 alkyl substituents;
R9 is aryl substituted with 0-3 R10 and 0-2 R11 or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-5 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR11a, and substituted with 0-3 R10 and 0-2 R11;
R10 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl, =0, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl;
R11 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 R12 and 0-2 R13, -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, - NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaC(=O)NRaRa, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, -C(=O)NRaS(=O)PRc, -OC(=O)Rb, -S(=O)PRc, -S(=O)PNRaRa, C3-6 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl compnsing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
R11a is H, C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 R11b, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, aryl substituted with 0-5 Re, 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-5 Re; R11b is halo, -OH, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OC1-4 alkyl, or aryl;
R12 is halo, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, -C(=O)NRaORb, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo or -OH substituents, or C3-6 cycloalkyl; R13 is -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaC(=O)NRaRa, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -NRaS(=O)PNRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaORb, -S(=O)PNRaRa, - S(=O)PRC, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-3 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -(CH2)n-NRaRa, -(CH2)n-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, -O-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14a is H, C(=O)C1-4 alkyl, or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 Si(C1-3 alkyl)? or aryl substituted with 0-2 halo substituents;
R15 is H, C1-4 alkyl, or aryl;
Ra is H, -OC1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rc is C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re C3-6 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or 3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rd is H, C1-4 alkyl, or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
Re is halo, CN, NO2, =0, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=0)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Rg, -(CH2)nORf, - C(=O)ORf, -C(=O)NRfRf, -NRfC(=O)Rf, -S(=O)PRf, -S(=O)PNRfRf, - NRfS(=O)PRf, -NRfC(=O)ORf, -OC(=O)NRfRf, or -(CH2)nNRfRf;
Rf is H, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-2 -OH or -OC1-4 alkyl substituents, C3-6 cycloalkyd, aryl, or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N; or Rf and Rf together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N;
Rg is halo, CN, -OH, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
2. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R3 is C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo or -OH substituents, -(CHRd)o-i-C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 R4, C6-9 spirocycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 R4, C6-10 bicyclic carbocyclyl substituted with 0-4 R4, or 3 to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-2 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and NR4c, and substituted with 0-4 R4;
R4 is halo or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R4c is H or CI -4 alkyl; and
Rdis C1-3 alkyl.
3. The compound of claim 1 , having F ormula (II):
Figure imgf000915_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R4 is halo, -S(=0)PC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R5 is H or halo;
R6 is halo, CN, C1-7 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-7 alkenyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-7 alkynyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C(=O)OR6b, -C(=O)NR6bR6b, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R14, C3-6 cycloalkenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, aryl substituted with 0-3 R14, or 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR14a and substituted with 0-3 R14;
R6a is halo, -OH, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl;
R6b is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R7 is H or C1-3 alkyl;
R8 is halo, CN, -N(CI-2 alkyl)2, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo or -OH substituents, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo, -OH, aryl or -OC1-4 alkyl substituents;
R9 is aryl substituted with 0-3 R10 and 0-2 R11, or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR11a, and substituted with 0-3 R10 and 0-1 R11;
R10 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl, =0, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl;
R11 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R12 and 0-1 R13, -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, - NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaC(=O)NRaRa, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, -C(=O)NRaS(=O)PRc, -OC(=O)Rb, -S(=O)PRC, -S(=O)PNRaRa, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, 4- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1- 4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
R11a is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R11b, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-5 Re; R11b is -OH, -C(=O)OH, or aryl;
R12 is halo, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NHRa, -C(=O)NHORb, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo or -OH substituents;
R13 is -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -NRaS(=O)PNRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaORb, -S(=O)PNRaRa, or -S(=O)PRC; R14 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -(CH2)0-3-NRaRa, -(CH2)o-3-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, -O-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, or -(CH2)0-2-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl compnsing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14a is H, C(=O)C1-4 alkyl, or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 aryl substituted with 0-2 halo substituents;
R15 is H, C1-3 alkyl, or aryl;
Ra is H, C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rb is H, C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rc is C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re C3-6 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or 3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rd is H or C1-4 alkyl;
Re is halo, CN, =0, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, -(CH2)n-C3-6 cycloalkyd substituted with 0-4 Rg, -(CH2)n-aryl substituted with 0-4 Rg, -(CH2)n-4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Rg, -(CH2)nORf, -C(=O)ORf, -C(=O)NRfRf, -NRfC(=0)Rf, - S(=O)PRf, -NRfC(=O)ORf, -OC(=O)NRfRf, or -(CH2)nNRfRf;
Rf is H, C1-5 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; or Rf and Rf together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 9-membered heterocyclyl; Rg is halo, CN, -OH, C1-5 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
4. The compound of claim 1, having Formula (III):
Figure imgf000918_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo;
R4b is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R5 is H or F;
R6 is halo, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-4 alkenyl substituted with 0-1 phenyl or - OH substituent, -C(=O)OR6b, C(=O)NHR6b, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R14, C3-6 cycloalkenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, phenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, naphthyl, or 5- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, N, and NR14a and substituted with 0-3 R14;
R6a is halo, -OH, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl;
R6b is H or Ci -4 alkyl;
R7 is H or C1-3 alkyl; or R6 and R7 together with the carbon atom to which they are both attached form a cyclopentadienyl, an indanyl, or an indenyl;
R8 is -N(C1-4 alkyl)2 or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 -OC1-4 alkyl substituent;
R8ais halo;
R14 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -(CH2)0-2-NRaRa, -(CH2)0-2-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, -O-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, or -(CH2)0-2-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14a is H, C(=O)Ci-i alkyl, or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 aryl substituted with 0-2 halo substituents;
Ra is H, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-phenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)p, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rb is H, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)o-i-phenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Re is halo, CN, NO2, =0, C1-6 alkyl, or C(=O)OH; and n is zero, 1, 2, or 3.
5. The compound of claim 3, having Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000919_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R4 is halo, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
R5 is H or F; R6 is halo, CN, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R , C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-3 R , C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, -C(=O)OR6b, C(=O)NR6bR6b, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R14, C3-6 cycloalkenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, phenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR14a, and substituted with 0-3 R14;
R6a is halo, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl;
R6b is H, C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R7 is H or C1-2 alkyl;
R8 is -OC1-4 alk l substituted with 0-4 halo, -OH, aryl, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituents;
R10 is halo, CN, C1-3 alkyl, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl;
R11 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R12 and 0-1 R13, -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, - NRaC(=O)NRaRa, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, -C(=O)NRaS(=O)PRc, -OC(=O)Rb, -S(=O)PRC, -S(=O)PNRaRa, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
R12 is halo, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=0)NHRa, -C(=0)NH0Rb, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo or -OH substituents;
R13 is -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -NRaS(=O)PNRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaORb, -S(=O)PNRaRa, or -S(=O)PRC;
R14 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -(CH2)0-2-NRaRa, -(CH2)0-2-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, -O-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, or -(CH2)0-2-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14a is H, C(=O)C1-3alkyl, C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-2 aryl substituted with 0-2 halo substituents;
R15 is H, C1-2 alkyl, or phenyl;
Ra is H, C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-4 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-4 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rb is H, Ci-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-4 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-4 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rc is C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-4 Re C1-6 carbocyclyl, or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N;
Re is halo, CN, NO2, =0, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C1-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, -(CH2)n-C3-6 cycloalkyl, - (CH2)n-aryl, -(CH2)n- 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, -(CH2)nORf, S(=O)PRf, C(=O)NRfRf, C(=O)ORf, NRfC(=O)Rf, S(=O)PNRfRf, NRfS(=O)PRf, NRfC(=O)ORf, OC(=O)NRfRf, or -(CH2)nNRfRf;
Rf is H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; or Rf and Rf together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a heterocyclyl;
Rg is halo, CN, -OH, C1-5 alk l, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
6. The compound of claim 5, having Formula (V):
Figure imgf000921_0001
(V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo or C1-2 alkyl;
R4b is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R5 is H or F;
R6 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-4 alkenyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, - C(=O)OR6b, C(=O)NR6bR6b, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R14, phenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR14a and substituted with 0-3 R14;
R6a is halo, -OH, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl;
R6b is H, C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent, or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R7 is H or C1-2 alkyl;
R8 is -OC1-4alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo, -OH, -OC1-4 alkyl, or aryl substituents;
R10 is halo or C1-3 alkyl;
R11 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R12 and 0-1 R13, -OH, -OC1-4 alkyl, -NRaC(=O)Rb, - NRaC(=O)NRaRa, -NRaS(=O)pRc, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, -C(=O)NRaS(=O)PRc, -OC(=O)Rb, -S(=O)PRC, -S(=O)PNRaRa, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R12 is halo, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NHRa, -C(=O)NHORb, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo or -OH substituents;
R13 is -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -NRaS(=O)PNRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaRa, or -OC(=O)NRaORb;
R14 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -(CH2)0-2-NRaRa, -(CH2)o-i-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, -O-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, or -(CH2)0-1-3- to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14a is H, C(=O)C1-3 alkyl, C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituted with 0-2 halo substituents;
R15 is H, C1-2 alkyl, or phenyl; Ra is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-4 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-4 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rb is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-4 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-4 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rc is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-4 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Re, C2-4 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Re C3-6 carbocyclyl, or 3- to 9-membered heterocyclyl compnsing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N;
Re is halo, CN, =0, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, -(CH2)n-C3-6 cycloalkyl, - (CH2)n-aryl, -(CH2)n- 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, -(CH2)nORf, -S(=O)PRf, -C(=O)NRfRf, - C(=O)ORf, -NRfC(=O)Rf, -S(=O)PNRfRf, -NRfS(=O)PRf, -NRfC(=O)ORf, - OC(=O)NRfRf, or -(CH2)nNRfRf;
Rf is H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; or Rf and Rf together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a heterocyclyl;
Rg is halo CN, -OH, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
7. The compound of claim 6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R4a is halo;
R4b is CF3;
R6 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
R8 IS -OC1-4alkyl; R10 is F;
R11 is -OH, -OC1-4 alkyl, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, -C(=O)NRaS(=O)PRc, or 4- to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-5 Re;
R15 is H or C1 -2 alkyl;
Ra is H or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re;
Figure imgf000924_0001
Rb is H or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rc is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re or C3-6 carbocyclyl;
Re is halo, =0, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Rg, C(=O)OH, -ORf, or -NRfRf;
Rf is H and C1-6 alkyl; or Rf and Rf together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a heterocyclyl; and
Rg is halo.
8. The compound of claim 6, having Formula (VI):
Figure imgf000924_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo;
R4b is CF3;
R6 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents; R' is H;
R8 is -OC1-4alkyl substituted with 0-1 aryl substituent;
R10 is halo;
R12 is -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OC1-4 alkyl, -C(=O)NHC1-4 alkyl, -C(=O)NHOC1-3 alkyl, or Ci- 3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
R13 is -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -NRaS(=O)pNRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaRa, or -OC(=O)NRaORb;
Ra is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo substituents, phenyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C3-10 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, spirocycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, or 3- to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rb is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, -(CH2)n-phenyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents, or 3- to 12- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rc is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re,
Re is halo, CN, =0. C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Rs, C3-6 cycloalkyl, aryl, 4- to 6- membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, or -ORf;
Rf is H, C1-4 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl;
Rg is halo; n is zero or 1 ; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
9. The compound of claim 8 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R4a is F
R4b is CF3;
R6 is CF3 or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R8 is -OCH3 or -OCH2-phenyl; R10 is F;
R12 is -C(=O)OH, -C(=0)0C1-4 alkyl, -C(=0)NHC1-4 alkyl, -C(=O)NHOC1-3 alkyl, CH3, CHF2, or CF3;
R13 is -OH, -NRaRa, -NHC(=O)Rb, -NHS(=O)PC1-4 alkyl, -OC(=O)NRaRa, or - OC(=O)NHOC1-4 alkyl;
Figure imgf000926_0002
Figure imgf000926_0003
or Ra and Ra together is V
Figure imgf000926_0004
2
Rb is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, phenyl, or
Figure imgf000926_0005
; and Re is halo, =0, aryl. 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, or -ORf; and
Rf is H, C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl.
10. The compound of claim 3, having Formula (VII):
Figure imgf000926_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo; R4b is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
R5 is H or F;
R6 is halo, CN, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R14, C3-6 cycloalkenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, phenyl substituted with 0-3 R14, or 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR14a, and substituted with 0-3 R14;
R6a is halo, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl;
R7 is H or C1-2 alkyl;
R8 is halo, CN, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituents;
R8ais halo or CN;
R9 is a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR11a, and substituted with 0-3 R10 and 0-1 R11;
R10 is halo, CN, C1-3 alkyl, =0, -OH, or -OC1-3 alkyl;
R11 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R12 and 0-1 R13, -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=0)Rb, - NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaC(=O)NRaRa, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, -C(=O)NRaS(=O)PRc, -OC(=O)Rb, -S(=O)PRC, -S(=O)PNRaRa, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-5 Re, 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
R11a is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R11b, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, N, and NR15, and substituted with 0-4 Re; R11b is -OH, -C(=O)OH, or aryl;
R12 is -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NHRa, -C(=O)NHORb, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo or -OH substituents;
R13 is -ORb. -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -NRaC(=O)ORb, -NRaS(=O)PRc, -NRaS(=O)pNRaRa, -OC(=O)NRaRa, -S(=O)PNRaRa, or -S(=O)PRC;
R14 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents, -(CH2)0-2-NRaRa, -(CH2)0-2-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, -O-aryl substituted with 0-3 Re, or -(CH2)0-2-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-3 Re;
R14a is H, C(=O)Ci-i alkyl, or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-2 aryl substituted with 0-2 halo substituents;
R15 is H, C1-2 alkyl, or phenyl;
Ra is H, Ci-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-4 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-4 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re; or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rb is H, C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-4 Re, -(CH2)n-C3-10 carbocyclyl substituted with 0-4 Re, or -(CH2)n-3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rc is C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkenyl substituted with 0-4 Re, C2-5 alkynyl substituted with 0-4 Re C3-6 carbocyclyl, or 3- to 12-membered heterocyclyl compnsing 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N;
Re is halo, CN, =0, C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-4 Rg, C2-6 alkenyl substituted with 0-4 Rg, C2-6 alkynyl substituted with 0-4 Rg, -(CH2)n-C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 Rg, -(CH2)n-aryl substituted with 0-4 Rg,-(CH2)n-4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from 0, S(=O)P, and N, and substituted with 0-4 Rg, -(CH2)nORf, C(=O)ORf, C(=O)NRfRf, NRfC(=O)Rf, S(=O)PRf, NRfS(=O)PRf, NRfC(=O)ORf, OC(=O)NRfRf, or -(CH2)nNRfRf;
Rf is H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl;
Rg is halo, CN, -OH, C1-4 alky l, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or phenyl; n is zero, 1, 2, or 3; and p is zero, 1, or 2.
11. The compound of claim 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R4a is halo;
R4b is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
R5 is H;
R6 is C1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-2 F substituents or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R8 is -OC1-3 alkyl;
R8a is F or CN;
R9 is
Figure imgf000929_0001
R10 is halo, CN, C1-2 alkyl, =0. -OH, or -OC1-2 alkyl;
R11 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R12 and 0-1 R13, -ORb, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-5 Re;
R11a is H, -C(=O)Rb, -C(=O)NRaRa, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-lR11b; R11b is -OH or aryl;
R12 is -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NHRa, -C(=O)NHORb, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 halo or -OH substituents;
R13 is -OH, -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 -OH substituents, or -S(=O)2C1-4alkyl;
Ra is H or C1-4 alkyl or Ra and Ra together with the nitrogen atom to which they are both attached form a 3 to 9-membered heterocyclyl substituted with 0-4 Re;
Rb is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 Re, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 Re; Re is -OR , and
Rf is H or C i-4 alkyl.
12. The compound of claim 11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo;
R4b is CF3;
R5 is H;
R6 is CF3 or C3-6 cyclopropyl;
R8 IS -OC1.3 alkyl;
Figure imgf000930_0001
R10 is C1-2 alkyl, -OH, or -OC1-2 alkyl;
R11 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R12 and 0-1 R13, -C(=O)ORb, or -C(=O)NRaRa;
R12 is -C(=O)ORb;
R13 is -OH;
Ra is H or C1-4 alkyl; and
Rb is H or C1-4 alkyl.
13. The compound of claim 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo;
R4b is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
R5 is H;
R6 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 F substituents or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R8 IS -OC1-3 alkyl;
R9 is
Figure imgf000931_0001
R10 is halo, C1-3 alkyl, -OH, or -OC1-3 alkyl;
R11 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R12 and 0-1 R13;
R11a is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R11b, or -C(=O)OC1-4 alkyl; R11b is -OH, -C(=O)OH, or aryl; R12 is -C(=O)ORb or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
R13 is -OH; and
Rb is H or C1-4 alkyl.
14. The compound of claim 3, having Formula (VIII):
Figure imgf000932_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R4a is halo; R4b is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-4 halo substituents;
R6 is C1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-2 F substituents, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or aryl;
R7 is H;
R8 IS -OC1-3 alkyl;
R9 IS
Figure imgf000932_0002
R10 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl, =0, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl;
R11 is C1-2 alkyl substituted with 0-1 R12 and 0-1 R13, -NRaRa, -NRaC(=O)Rb, - NRaC(=O)ORb, or -C(=O)ORb; R12 is -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NHRa, -C(=O)NHORb, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo or -OH substituents;
R13 is -OH or -NRaC(=O)Rb;
Ra is H or C1-4 alkyl; and Rb is H, C1-4 alkyl, or 3 to 9-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-4 heteroatoms selected from O, S(=O)P, and N.
15. The compound of claim 1, having Formula (IX):
Figure imgf000933_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R3 is Ci-5 alkyl, CF3, -(CRdRd)o-i-C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-4 R4, or phenyl substituted with 0-4 R4;
R4 is halo, CN, CH3, or CF3;
R6 is C1-6 alkyl, CF3, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 F substituents; R7 is H;
R8 is halo, -N(C1-3 alkyl)2, -OC1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-1 -OC1-4 alkyl substituent;
R9 is
Figure imgf000934_0001
R10 is halo, C1-4 alkyl, -OH, or -OC1-4 alkyl; R11 is C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R12 and 0-2 R13, -C(=O)ORb, -C(=O)NRaRa, or C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 Re;
R11a is H, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R11b, -C(=O)Rb, or -C(=O)OC1-4 alkyl; R11b is -OH;
R12 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents or -C(=O)ORb; R13 is -OH;
Ra is H or C1-3 alkyl;
Rb is H or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-1 Re;
Re is -ORf; and
Rf is H or C 1-6 alkyl.
16. The compound of claim 1 , having Formula (X):
Figure imgf000934_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R1 is C1-2 alky l substituted with C3-6 cycloalkyl substituent;
R2 is H; or R1 and R2 are combined to be =CR6R7;
R3 is C1-6 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo, CN, or -OC1-3 alkyl substituents, -(CHRd)n-C3- 10-carbocyclyl substituted with 0-5 R4, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from 0, S, N, and substituted with 0-3 R4;
R4 is halo, S(=O)2CF3, CN, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo substituents;
R6 is halo, C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6a, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R14, or 5- to 6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N, and substituted with 0-3 R14;
R6a is halo, -OH, or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R7 is H;
R8 is H, halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo, -OH, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or -OC1-4 alkyl substituents;
Figure imgf000935_0001
R10 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl, or -OH;
R11 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R12 and 0-1 R13, -ORb, -NHC(=O)Rb, or -C(=O)ORb;
R12 is halo;
R13 is -ORb or C3-6 carbocyclyl;
R14 is halo, CN, or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
Rb is H or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rd is H or C1-4 alkyl;
Re is -OH; and n is zero or 1.
17. The compound of claim 16, having formula (XI):
Figure imgf000936_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Figure imgf000936_0002
R4 is halo, CN, -S(=O)2CF3, C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo substituents;
R6 is C1-5 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R6a, C3-6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R14, or 5- to
6-membered heterocyclyl comprising 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, S, and N, and substituted with 0-2 R14;
R6a is halo, -OH, or C3-6 cycloalkyl;
R7 is H;
R8 is -OC1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-5 halo, -OH, C3-6 cycloalkyl, or -OC1-3 alkyl substituents; R8ais H, halo, CN, or C1-3 alkyl;
Figure imgf000937_0001
R10 is halo, CN, C1-4 alkyl, or -OH;
R11 is C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R12 and 0-1 R13, -ORb, -NHC(=O)Rb, or -C(=O)ORb ;
R12 is halo;
R13 is -ORb or C3-6 carbocyclyl;
R14 is halo or C1-4 alkyl substituted with 0-3 halo substituents;
Rb is H or C1-3 alkyl substituted with 0-5 Re;
Rd is H or C1-2 alkyl; and n is zero or 1.
18. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
19. A method for treating a relaxin-associated disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition of claim 18 to a patient in need thereof.
20. The method of claim 19 wherein the disease is selected from the group consisting of angina pectoris, unstable angina, myocardial infarction, heart failure, acute coronary disease, acute heart failure, chronic heart failure, and cardiac iatrogenic damage. claim 20 wherein the disease is heart failure. claim 19 wherein the disease is fibrosis.
PCT/US2022/048277 2021-10-29 2022-10-28 Rxfp1 agonists WO2023076626A1 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
MX2024005142A MX2024005142A (en) 2021-10-29 2022-10-28 Rxfp1 agonists.
KR1020247017527A KR20240099354A (en) 2021-10-29 2022-10-28 RXFP1 agonist
EP22830974.6A EP4422746A1 (en) 2021-10-29 2022-10-28 Rxfp1 agonists
CA3234990A CA3234990A1 (en) 2021-10-29 2022-10-28 Rxfp1 agonists
IL312125A IL312125A (en) 2021-10-29 2022-10-28 Rxfp1 agonists
AU2022378644A AU2022378644A1 (en) 2021-10-29 2022-10-28 Rxfp1 agonists
CONC2024/0005247A CO2024005247A2 (en) 2021-10-29 2024-04-24 rxfp1 agonists

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202163273228P 2021-10-29 2021-10-29
US63/273,228 2021-10-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023076626A1 true WO2023076626A1 (en) 2023-05-04

Family

ID=84688378

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2022/048277 WO2023076626A1 (en) 2021-10-29 2022-10-28 Rxfp1 agonists

Country Status (11)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4422746A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20240099354A (en)
AR (1) AR127507A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2022378644A1 (en)
CA (1) CA3234990A1 (en)
CL (1) CL2024001268A1 (en)
CO (1) CO2024005247A2 (en)
IL (1) IL312125A (en)
MX (1) MX2024005142A (en)
TW (1) TW202333663A (en)
WO (1) WO2023076626A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013165606A1 (en) * 2012-05-04 2013-11-07 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Modulators of the relaxin receptor 1
WO2022122773A1 (en) * 2020-12-08 2022-06-16 Astrazeneca Ab 4-(2-fluoro-4-methoxy-5-3-(((1-methylcyclobutyl)methyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)phenoxy)-1-methylcyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid derivatives and similar compounds as rxfp1 modulators for the treatment of heart failure

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013165606A1 (en) * 2012-05-04 2013-11-07 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Modulators of the relaxin receptor 1
WO2022122773A1 (en) * 2020-12-08 2022-06-16 Astrazeneca Ab 4-(2-fluoro-4-methoxy-5-3-(((1-methylcyclobutyl)methyl)carbamoyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)carbamoyl)phenoxy)-1-methylcyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid derivatives and similar compounds as rxfp1 modulators for the treatment of heart failure

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202333663A (en) 2023-09-01
AU2022378644A1 (en) 2024-06-13
EP4422746A1 (en) 2024-09-04
MX2024005142A (en) 2024-05-13
CL2024001268A1 (en) 2024-08-23
KR20240099354A (en) 2024-06-28
IL312125A (en) 2024-06-01
CO2024005247A2 (en) 2024-05-30
CA3234990A1 (en) 2023-05-04
AR127507A1 (en) 2024-01-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2014315109B2 (en) Spirocyclic compounds as tryptophan hydroxylase inhibitors
EP3538526A1 (en) Cyclobutane- and azetidine-containing mono and spirocyclic compounds as alpha v integrin inhibitors
TWI828712B (en) Heterocyclic compounds as TRK inhibitors
US10947218B2 (en) Aminopyridine derivatives and their use as selective ALK-2 inhibitors
WO2023114819A1 (en) Tetraline, phenylcyclobutane, and phenylcyclopentane analogs as rxfp1 agonists
WO2023076626A1 (en) Rxfp1 agonists
WO2021214080A1 (en) Antiviral 1,3-di-oxo-indene compounds
WO2023114822A1 (en) Benzothiazole, benzoisoxazole and benzodioxole analogs as rxfp1 receptor agonists
WO2023114823A1 (en) Benzothiophene derivatives as rxfp1 agonists
KR20240091018A (en) RXFP1 agonist
WO2023077041A1 (en) Rxfp1 modulators for the treatment of heart failure
EP4423058A1 (en) Rxfp1 agonists
WO2023114818A1 (en) Naphthalene and quinoline analogs as rxfp1 agonists
WO2023114824A1 (en) Bicyclo [3.2.0] heptane bis(amide) rxfp1 agonists
TW202311260A (en) Sulfoximine-containing ATR inhibitor compound

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22830974

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 3234990

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 312125

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 000923-2024

Country of ref document: PE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12024551003

Country of ref document: PH

Ref document number: MX/A/2024/005142

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 2401002679

Country of ref document: TH

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2024525599

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112024008090

Country of ref document: BR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022378644

Country of ref document: AU

Ref document number: AU2022378644

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022830974

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11202402818U

Country of ref document: SG

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022830974

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20240529

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022378644

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20221028

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112024008090

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20240425